2

Published by
Vedantu Innovations Private Limited
D. No. 1081, 3rd Floor, Vistar Arcade,
14th Main Rd, Sector 3, HSR Layout
Bangalore, Karnataka, India 560 102
www.vedantu.com
Vedantu Innovations Private Ltd.
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any form or
by any means, electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording or by
any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the
publishers.
Notice : Vedantu is committed to serving students with the best of the resources and
knowledge. Bearing that in mind, we have obtained all the information in this book
from sources regarded as reliable, and taken utmost care in editing and printing this
book. However, we as authors and publishers are not to be held responsible for
unintentional mistakes that might have crept in. Having stated that, errors (if any)
brought to our notice shall be gratefully acknowledged and rectified in upcoming
editions.

Printed by
Colours Imprint
475C, Adugodi Main Road,
8th Block, Koramangala, Bengaluru 560 095
www.coloursimprint.com
3
 4

Founder’s Message
Dear Student,

It gives me immense pleasure to present to you a Ready Reckoner and Practice booklet by
Vedantu - ‘TATVA’. Tatva in Sanskrit, means a collection of “Core” content/truth and isn’t that
what Vedantu brings to your table - the Core? Vedantu, at all times, ensures that you have
easy accessibility to a collection of all essential concepts, theory, derivations, definitions, solved
examples, concept videos, and practice questions, important questions from competitive
examinations and pleased to say that all questions come with detailed solutions.

Tatva is the result of the constant endeavour and research done by our highly experienced
team of teachers and subject experts to compile relevant content for you to succeed in IIT JEE/
NEET and Olympiads. We strongly believe and vouch for the effectiveness and relevance of
this booklet to grab the desired rank in IIT JEE/ NEET.

Key Points on ‘How to obtain optimal benefits from ‘Tatva’ ?

 We suggest starting with the Practice of ‘Tatva questions’ at the end of a chapter
after revision and Practice of basic questions.
 For daily practice of questions attempt we strongly recommend session assignments
along with Vedantu live sessions
 Tatva equips you with Theory, Concept Videos, and Solved examples to help you
revise concepts, mark your notes, walk you through the entire summary and eventually
clear all your conceptual doubts all by yourself.
 Attempt Tatva questions post revision of 11th and 12th Grade topics. Take one topic at
a time to solve. Attempt any revision test series for NEET/JEE once you have resolved
Tatva questions. Following this will not only help you during revision but also give a
major boost to your confidence.
 First solve basic level questions and gradually progress to the advanced level.
 Practice basic level questions regularly all through your journey of preparation.
 Your success is our dream-come-true

I wish you all the best.

Anand Prakash
Founder, Academic Head
Vedantu

Anand Prakash Sir has been a pioneer in producing

Top Ranks in JEE/NEET and Olympiads. He has
personally taught and mentored AIR 1, 6,7 (JEE
ADVANCED) and AIR-1, 7, 9 (AIIMS), and thousands of
more students who have successfully cleared these
competitive exams in the last few years.
 5

Credits
“Happiness lies in the joy of achievement
and the thrill of creative effort.”
—Theodore Roosevelt

Tatva is the brainchild of the creative Vedans who The managers who understood every aspect of what
strived tirelessly to weave success stories for you. Our the leadership were trying to accomplish and brought
heartfelt thanks to the Super Vedans who give wings so much of their own to the table and managed the
to the vision of Vedantu. execution of ‘Tatva’ immaculately.

Our leaders who have been our guiding light and Kiran Kumari Harish Rao
encouragement in every step: Bhavya Bangera Shraddha
Vamsi Sir, Anand Prakash Sir and Pulkit Sir Sushmitha Akshatha
Charubak Chakrabarti
Our gratitude to the insightful leadership and
guidance of our leaders who dreamt about ‘Tatva’, Our heartfelt gratitude to ourcreative content
steered the project in the right direction and were developers, the dedicated master teachers and the
instrumental in making this dream into a reality: DTP team who have put in their hard work, insights,
eagerness to execute and nurtured Tatva into ‘your
Sahil Bhatia Shubam Gupta ready handbook’ and to bring positive learning
Arshad Shahid Ajay Mittal experience to you.
JaideepSontakke Sudhanshu Jain

Physics Team

Teachers SME DTP

Aarzoo Walia Satyam Kumar Atul Singh (Team Lead) Jitender Singh
Ishani Mitra Santosh Kumar Nanda Pukhraj Singh Yamala Santhosh Kumar
Shubham Ghar Anmol Gupta Saurabh Sharma
Anand M Tamanna Arora
Vijayalakshmi Viswanathan Kanchan Kumari
Pritesh Ranjan Pushp Raj Singh
Ravneet Wadhwa

A loud shout out for our media team - a bunch of creative minds with contagious energy. We cannot thank
them enough.

Suraj Bhan Singh

Gadde Ranjith
Ranjeeth Ramesh
Sreyoshi Biswas
Devika Ramachandran

Special thanks and appreciation for the enthusiastic support provided by Arunima Kar, Savin Khandelwal,
Dipshi Shetty, Mohamed Anzar and Anuska Singh.

The journey of the imagination to the reality of ‘Tatva’ would not have been possible without our enthusiastic
Operations Team, our amazing Academic Team, our dedicated team of Teachers and our talented Tech
Team.
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

MAGNETISM

Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 8

Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 37

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions............................................................................................ 48

Exercise - 2 : Previous Years JEE MAIN Questions ........................................................................... 55

Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions .................................................................................. 61

Exercise - 4 : Previous Years JEE Advanced Questions ..................................................................... 76

Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 159

EMI & AC

Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 84

Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 114

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions............................................................................................ 126

Exercise - 2 : Previous Years JEE MAIN Questions ........................................................................... 134

Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions .................................................................................. 141

Exercise - 4 : Previous Years JEE Advanced Questions ..................................................................... 153

Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 163

 7

Teacher’s Note:

Back in the 6th century BC, the Greek philosopher Thales of Miletus had already noticed

the special effects of the magnetic stones and later on magnetic needles were being used

for navigation for voyages by various explorers ! Even Albert Einstein wasn't spared, a

gift of a compass from his father when he was five years old led to a lifetime fascination

with magnetic fields. The future of transportation i.e the motors in electric vehicles is

based on fundamentals of magnetism ! Lets see the origins and applications of the

magnetism and its beautiful relationship with electric currents .

"Samajh ayega to mazaa ayega,

Mazaa ayega to smajh ayega".

Anand Prakash Sir has been a pioneer in producing

Top Ranks in JEE/NEET and Olympiads. He has
personally taught and mentored AIR 1,6,7 (JEE
ADVANCED) and AIR-1, 7, 9 (AIIMS), and thousands of
more students who have successfully cleared these
competitive exams in the last few years.
MAGNETISM
 Chapter 01 9

MAGNETISM

 
1. MAGNETIC FIELD AND FORCE If v and B are in the plane of paper, then according to

 Right-Hand Rule, the direction of F on positively charged
In order to define the magnetic field B , we deduce an expression particle will be perpendicular to the plane of paper upwards
for the force on a moving charge in a magnetic field. as shown in figure (a), and on negatively charged particle will
Consider a positive charge q moving in a uniform magnetic field be perpendicular to the plane of paper downwards, figure (b).
   
B , with a velocity V . Let the angle between V and B be .


(i) The magnitude of force F experienced by the moving charge
is directly proportional to the magnitude of the charge i.e.

F q Definition of B
 If v = 1, q = 1 and sin  = 1 or = 90°, the nfrom (1),
(ii) The magnitude of force F is directly proportional to the
component of velocity acting perpendicular to the direction F = 1 × 1 × B × 1 = B.
of magnetic field, i.e. Thus the magnetic field induction at a point in the magnetic
F  v sin  field is equal to the force experienced by a unit charge moving
 with a unit velocity perpendicular to the direction of magnetic
(iii) The magnitude of force F is directly proportional to the field at that point.
magnitude of the magnetic field applied i.e.,
Special Cases
FB Case (i) If  = 0° or 180°, then sin = 0.
Combining the above factors, we get
 From (1),
F  qvsin B or F = kqv B sin  F = qv B (0) = 0.
where k is a constant of proportionality. Its value is found It means, a charged particle moving along or opposite to the
to be one i.e. k = 1. direction of magnetic field, does not experience any force.
 F = qv B sin  ...(1) Case (ii) If v = 0, then F = qv B sin = 0.
  

F  q vB  ...(2) It means, if a charged particle is at rest in a magnetic field, it
experiences no force.

The direction of F is the direction of cross-product of Case (iii) If = 90°, then sin = 1

velocity v and magnetic field B , which is perpendicular to  F = qv B (1) = qv B (Maximum).
 
the plane containing v and B . It is directed as given by the Unit of B . SI unit of B is tesla (T) or weber/(metre)2 i.e. (Wb/m2)
Right- Handed-Screw Rule or Right-Hand Rule. or Ns C–1 m–1

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
10

Thus, the magnetic field induction at a point is said to be speed, velocity, momentum and kinetic energy of charged
one Tesla if a charge of one coulomb while moving at right particle will change.
angle to a magnetic field, with a velocity of 1 ms–1 experiences   
a force of 1 newton, at that point. Case II. When v, E and B are mutually perpendicular to
 
each other. In this situation if E and B are such that
MLT 2   
Dimensions of B    MA 1T 2 
AT LT 1
 F  Fe  Fm  0 , then acceleration in the particle,

 F
a   0 . It means the particle will pass through the fields
2. LORENTZ FORCE m
without any change in its velocity. Here, Fe = Fm so qE = q
The force experienced by a charged particle moving in space v B or v = E/B.
where both electric and magnetic fields exist is called Lorentz This concept has been used in velocity-selector to get a
force. charged beam having a definite velocity.
Force due to electric field: When a charged particle carrying
 3. MOTION OF A CHARGED PARTICLE IN A
charge +q is subjected to an electric field of strength E , it
UNIFORM MAGNETIC FIELD
experiences a force given by
  Suppose a particle of mass m and charge q, entering a
Fe  qE ...(3)

 uniform magnetic field induction B at O, with velocity v ,
whose direction is the same as that of E . making an angle  with the direction of magnetic field acting
Force due to magnetic field: If the charged particle is moving in the plane of paper as shown in figure

in a magnetic field B , with a velocity v it experiences a
force given by
  

Fm  q v  B 
The direction of this force is in the direction of  
v  B i.e.

perpendicular to the plane contaning v and B and is
directed as given by Right hand screw rule.
Due to both the electric and magnetic fields, the total force
experienced by the charged particle will be given by
        
  
F  Fe  Fm  qE  q v  B  q E  v  B  Resolving v into two rectangular components, we have :
v cos  (= v1) acts in the direction of the magnetic field and
    v sin  (= v2) acts perpendicular to the direction of magnetic

F  q E  vB  ...(4) field.

This is called Lorentz force. For velocity component v2 , the force acting on the charged
  
Special cases 
particle due to magnetic field is F  q v 2  B
  
Case I. When v, E and B , all the three are collinear.. In  
or F  q v 2  B  qv 2 Bsin 90  q  vsin   B ...(1)
this situation, the charged particle is moving parallel or 
antiparallel to the fields, the magnetic force on the charged The direction of this force F is perpendicular to the plane
particle is zero. The electric force on the charged particle  
containing B and v2 and is directed as given by Right

 qE hand rule. As this force is to remain always perpendicular to
will produce acceleration a  , 
m v2 it does not perform any work and hence cannot change
along the direction of electric field. As a result of this, there 
the magnitude of velocity v2 . It changes only the direction
will be change in the speed of charged particle along the
of motion of the particle. Due to it, the charged particle is
direction of the field. In this situation there will be no change
made to move on a circular path in the magnetic field, as
in the direction of motion of the charged particle but, the
shown in figure

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
11

Therefore, under the combined effect of the two

component velocities, the charged particle in magnetic field
will cover linear path as well as circular path i.e. the path of
the charged particle will be helical, whose axis is parallel
to the direction of magnetic field, figure

Here, magnetic field is shown perpendicular to the plane of

paper directed inwards and particle is moving in the plane
of paper. When the particle is at points A, C and D the
direction of magnetic force on the particle will be along AO,
CO and DO respectively, i.e., directed towards the centre O
of the circular path.
The force F on the charged particle due to magnetic field

2

provides the required centripetal force = mv 2 / r necessary
for motion along a circular path of radius r.
 Bq v 2  mv22 / r or v2  Bq r / m
or v sin  = B q r/m ...(2)
The angular velocity of rotation of the particle in magnetic
vsin  Bqr Bq The linear distance covered by the charged particle in the
field will be    
r mr m magnetic field in time equal to one revolution of its circular
The frequency of rotation of the particle in magnetic field path (known as pitch of helix) will be
will be 2m
d  v1T  v cos 
 Bq Bq
v  ...(3)
2 2m Important points
The time period of revolution of the particle in the magnetic 1. If a charged particle having charge q is at rest in a magnetic
field will be 
field B , it experiences no force; as v = 0 and F = q v B sin  = 0.
1 2m 
T  ...(4) 2. If charged particle is moving parallel to the direction of B , it
v Bq
also does not experience any force because angle  between
From (3) and (4), we note that v and T do not depend upon  
velocity v of the particle. It means, all the charged particles v and B is 0° or 180° and sin 0° = sin 180° = 0. Therefore,
having the same specific charge (charge/mass) but moving the charged particle in this situation will continue moving
with different velocities at a point, will complete their circular along the same path with the same velocity.
paths due to component velocities perpendicular to the 3. If charged particle is moving perpendicular to the direction
magnetic fields in the same time. 
of B , it experiences a maximum force which acts
For component velocity v1   vcos   , there will be no force  
perpendicular to the direction B as well as v . Hence this
on the charged particle in the magnetic field, because the force will provide the required centripetal force and the
 
angle between v1 and B is zero. Thus the charged particle charged particle will describe a circular path in the magnetic
covers the linear distance in direction of the magnetic field
mv 2
with a constant speed v cos . field of radius r, given by  Bqv .
r

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
12

4. MOTION IN COMBINED ELECTRON AND

MAGNETIC FIELDS

4.1 Velocity Filter

Velocity filter is an arrangement of cross electric and
magnetic fields in a region which helps us to select from a
beam, charged particles of the given velocity irrespective of
their charge and mass.
A velocity selector consists of two slits S1 and S2 held parallel
to each other, with common axis, some distance apart. In the
region between the slits, uniform electric and magnetic fields
are applied, perpendicular to each other as well as to the
axis of slits, as shown in figure. When a beam of charged
particles of different charges and masses after passing

through slit S1 enters the region of crossed electric field E

and magnetic field B , each particle experiences a force due
to these fields. Those particles which are moving with the
velocity v, irrespective of their mass and charge, the force Construction. It consists of two D-shaped hollow
on each such particle due to electric field (qE) is equal and evacuated metal chambers D1 and D2 called the dees.
opposite to the force due to magnetic field (q v B), then q E These dees are placed horizontally with their diametric
= q v B or v = E/B edges parallel and slightly separated from each other.
The dees are connected to high frequency oscillator
which can produce a potential difference of the order of
10 4 volts at frequency  10 7 Hz. The two dees are
enclosed in an evacuated steel box and are well insulated
from it. The box is placed in a strong magnetic field
produced by two pole pieces of strong electromagnets
N, S. The magnetic field is perpendicular to the plane of
the dees. P is a place of ionic source or positively charged
particle figure.

Working and theory. The positive ion to be accelerated

is produced at P. Suppose, at that instant, D1 is at negative
Such particles will go undeviated and filtered out of the
potential and D2 is at positive potential. Therefore, the
region through the slit S2. Therefore, the particles emerging
from slit S2 will have the same velocity even though their ion will be accelerated towards D1. On reaching inside
charge and mass may be different. D1, the ion will be in a field free space. Hence it moves
with a constant speed in D1 say v. But due to perpendicular
The velocity filter is used in mass spectrograph which helps
magnetic field of strength B, the ion will describe a circular
to find the mass and specific charge (charge/mass) of the
charged particle. mv 2
path of radius r (say) in D1, given by Bqv  where
4.2 Cyclotron r
m and q are the mass and charge of the ion.
A cyclotron is a device developed by Lawrence and
Livingstone by which the positively charged particles like
mv
proton, deutron, alpha particle etc. can be accelerated.  r
Bq
Principle. The working of the cyclotron is based on the fact
that a positively charged particle can be accelerated to a Time taken by ion to describe a semicircular path is given
sufficiently high energy with the help of smaller values of
oscillating electric field by making it to cross the same electric r m 
by, t    = a constant.
field time and again with the use of strong magnetic field. v Bq B  q / m 

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
13

This time is independent of both the speed of the ion and

radius of the circular path. In case the time during which
the positive ion describes a semicircular path is equal to the
time during which half cycle of electric oscillator is completed,
then as the ion arrives in the gap between the two dees, the
polarity of the two dees is reversed i.e. D1 becomes positive
and D2 negative. Then, the positive ion is accelerated

towards D2 and it enters D2 with greater speed which remains Let, vd drift velocity of electron
constant in D2. The ion will describe a semicircular path of – e = charge on each electron.
greater radius due to perpendicular magnetic field and again
Then magnetic Lorentz force on an electron is given by
will arrive in a gap between the two dees exactly at the
  
instant, the polarity of the two dees is reversed. Thus, the
positive ion will go on accelerating every time it comes into

f   e vd  B 
the gap between the dees and will go on describing circular If n is the number density of free electrons i.e. number of
path of greater and greater radius with greater and greater free electrons per unit volume of the conductor, then total
speed and finally acquires a sufficiently high energy. The number of free electrons in the conductor will be given by
accelerated ion can be removed out of the dees from window N = n (A) = nA
W, by applying the electric field across the deflecting plates
 Total force on the conductor is equal to the force acting on
E and F.
all the free electrons inside the conductor while moving in
Maximum Energy of positive ion the magnetic field and is given by
Let v0, r0 = maximum velocity and maximum radius of the      
circular path followed by the positive ion in cyclotron.    
F  Nf  nA   e v d  B    nAe vd  B ...(1)
 
mv02 Bqr0 We know that current through a conductor is related with
Then,  Bqv0 or v0  drift velocity by the relation
r0 m
I = n A e vd
2
1 1  Bqr0  B2q 2 r02  I  nAevd .
 Max. K.E.  mv02  m   
2 2  m  2m 
We represent I  as current element vector. It acts in the
Cyclotron Frequency
 
If T is the time period of oscillating electric field then T = 2t direction of flow of current i.e. along OX. Since I  and vd
= 2 m/Bq have opposite directions, hence we can write
 
1 Bq I    nAevd ...(2)
The cyclotron frequency is given by   
T 2m From (7) and (8), we have
  
It is also known as magnetic resonance frequency. F  I  B ...(3)
The cyclotron angular frequency is given by   
F  I B
c  2  Bq / m
F  IBsin  ...(4)
5. FORCE ON A CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTOR  
were  is the smaller angle between I  and B .
PLACED IN A MAGNETIC FIELD Special cases
Expression for the force acting on the conductor carrying Case I: If  = 0° or 180°, sin = 0,
current placed in a magnetic field From (4), F = IB (0) = 0 (Minimum)
Consider a straight cylindrical conductor PQ of length , It means a linear conductor carrying a current if placed parallel
area of cross-section A, carrying current I placed in a uniform to the direction of magnetic field, it experiences no force.
 Case II: If  = 90°, sin = q ;
magnetic field of induction, B . Let the conductor be placed
along X-axis and magnetic field be acting in XY plane making From (4), F = IB × 1 = IB (Maximum)
an angle  with X-axis. Suppose the current I flows through It means a linear conductor carrying current if placed
the conductor from the end P to Q, figure. Since the current perpendicular to the direction of magnetic field, it experiences
in a conductor is due to motion of electrons, therefore, maximum force. The direction of which can be given by
electrons are moving from the end Q to P (along X’ axis). Right handed screw rule.

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
14

6. TORQUE ON A CURRENT CARRYING COIL IN  

A MAGNETIC FIELD
Consider a rectangular coil PQRS suspended in a uniform

magnetic field of induction B . Let PQ = RS =  and QR = SP = b.
Let I be the current flowing through the coil in the direction
PQRS and  be the angle which plane of the coil makes with
the direction of magnetic field figure. The forces will be
acting on the four arms of the coil.
Since the forces F2 and F4 are equal in magnitude and acting
in opposite directions along the same straight line, they cancel
out each other i.e. their resultant effect on the coil is zero.
Now, the force on the arm PQ is given by
    
  
F1  I PQ  B or F1 = I (PQ) B sin 90° = IB  PQ  B 
Direction of this force is perpendicular to the plane of the
coil directed outwards (i.e. perpendicular to the plane of
paper directed towards the reader).
And, force on the arm RS is given by
    
  
F3  I RS  B or F3 = I (PQ) B sin 90° = IB  RS  B 
The direction of this force, is perpendicular to the plane of paper
directed away from the reader i.e. into the plane of the coil.
The forces acting on the arms PQ and RS are equal, parallel
and acting in opposite directions having different lines of
action, form a couple, the effect of which is to rotate the coil
in the anticlockwise direction about the dotted line as axis.
The torque on the coil (equal to moment of couple) is given by
 = either force × arm of the couple
The forces F1 and F3 acting on the arms PQ and RS will be as
shown in figure when seen from the top.
Arm of couple = ST = PS cos  = b cos .

   IB  b cos   IBA cos  (  × b = A = area of coil

PQRS)
If the rectangular coil has n turns, then

  nIBA cos 
Note that if the normal drawn on the plane of the coil makes
an angle  with the direction of magnetic field, then +  = 90°
   
Let F1, F2 , F3 and F4 be the forces acting on the four current or = 90° – ; And cos = cos (90° – ) = sin 
carrying arms PQ, QR, RS and SP of the coil. Then torque becomes,
The force on arm SP is given by,    
     nIBA sin   MBsin   M  B  nIA  B
 
F4  I SP  B or F4 = I (SP) B sin (180° – ) = Ib B sin 
  where, nIA = M = magnitude of the magnetic dipole moment
 
The direction of this force is in the direction of SP  B i.e. of the rectangular current loop
in the plane of coil directed upwards.     
      M  B  nI A  B 

The force on the arm QR is given by F2  I QR  B or 
This torque tends to rotate the coil about its own axis. Its
F2 = I (QR) B sin  = I b B sin  value changes with angle between plane of coil and direction
The direction of this force is in the plane of the coil directed of magnetic field.
downwards.

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
Special cases
Case: 1 If the coil is set with its plane parallel to the direction of
magnetic field B, then
  0 and cos   1
 Torque,  = nIBA (1) = nIBA (Maximum)
This is the case with a radial field.
Case: 2 If the coil is set with its plane perpendicular to the
direction of magentic field B, then  = 90° and cos  = 0
 Torque, = nIBA (0) = 0 (Minimum)
7. MOVING COIL GALVANOMETER
Moving coil galvanometer is an instrument used for detection
and measurement of small electric currents.
Principle. Its working is based on the fact that when a current
carrying coil is placed in a magnetic field, it experiences a torque.
Construction. It consists of a coil PQRS1 having large
number of turns of insulated copper wire, figure. The coil is
wound over a non-magnetic metallic frame (usually brass)
which may be rectangular or circular in shape. The coil is
suspended from a movable torsion head H by means of
phosphor bronze strip in a uniform magnetic field produced
by two strong cylindrical magnetic pole pieces N and S.
 = nIBA
15
The lower end of the coil is connected to one end of a hair
spring S’ of quartz or phosphor bronze. The other end of
this highly elastic spring S’ is connected to a terminal T2. L
is soft iron core which may be spherical if the coil is circular
and cylindrical, if the coil is rectangular. It is so held within
the coil, that the coil can rotate freely without touching the
iron core and pole pieces. This makes the magnetic field
linked with coil to be radial field i.e. the plane of the coil in
all positions remains parallel to the direction of magnetic
field. M is concave mirror attached to the phosphor bronze
strip. This helps us to note the deflection of the coil using
lamp and scale arrangement. The whole arrangement is
enclosed in a non-metallic case to avoid disturbance due to
air etc. The case is provided with levelling screws at the
base.
The spring S’ does three jobs for us : (i) It provides passage
of current for the coil PQRS1 (ii) It keeps the coil in position
and (iii) generates the restoring torque on the twisted coil.
The torsion head is connected to terminal T 1. The
galvanometer can be connected to the circuit through
terminals T1 and T2.
Theory. Suppose the coil PQRS1 is suspended freely in the
magnetic field.
Let,  = length PQ or RS1 of the coil,
b = breadth QR or S1P of the coil,
n = number of turns in the coil.
Area of each turn of the coil, A =  × b.
Let, B = strength of the magnetic field in which coil is
suspended.
I = current passing through the coil in the direction PQRS1
as shown in figure.
Let at any instant,  be the angle which the normal drawn on
the plane of the coil makes with the direction of magnetic field.
As already discussed, the rectangular coil carrying current
when placed in the magnetic field experiences a torque whose
magnitude is given by  = nIBA sin .
If the magnetic field is radial i.e. the plane of the coil is
parallel to the direction of the magnetic field then = 90°
and sin = 1.
Due to this torque, the coil rotates. The phosphor bronze
strip gets twisted. As a result of it, a restoring torque comes
into play in the phosphor bronze strip, which would try to
restore the coil back to its original position.
Let  be the twist produced in the phosphor bronze strip
due to rotation of the coil and k be the restoring torque per
unit twist of the phosphor bronze strip, then total restoring
torque produced = k .
In equilibrium position of the coil, deflecting torque
= restoring torque
SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
16

 nIBA = k (a) The value of n can not be increased beyond a certain limit
because it results in an increase of the resistance of the
k galvanometer and also makes the galvanometer bulky. This
or I  or I  G
nBA tends to decrease the sensitivity. Hence n can not be
increased beyond a limit.
k (b) The value of B can be increased by using a strong horse
where  G  a constant for a galvanometer. It is
nBA shoe magnet.
known as galvanometer constant. (c) The value of A can not be increased beyond a limit because
in that case the coil will not be in a uniform magnetic field.
Hence, I   Moreover, it will make the galvanometer bulky and
unmanageable.
It means, the deflection produced is proportional to the
(d) The value of k can be decreased. The value of k depends
current flowing through the galvanometer. Such a upon the nature of the material used as suspension strip.
galvanometer has a linear scale. The value of k is very small for quartz or phosphor bronze.
Current sensitivity of a galvanometer is defined as the That is why, in sensitive galvanometer, quartz or phosphor
deflection produced in the galvanometer when a unit current bronze strip is used as a suspension strip.
flows through it.
8. BIOT-SAVART’S LAW
If  is the deflection in the galvanometer when current I is
passed through it, then According to Biot-Savart’s law, the magnitude of the
magnetic field induction dB (also called magnetic flux
Current sensitivity, density) at a point P due to current element depends upon
the factors at stated below :
 nBA  k  (i) dB  I (ii) dB  d
Is    I  
I k  nBA 
1
(iii) dB  sin  (iv) dB 
The unit of current sensitivity is rad. A–1 or div. A–1. r2
Combining these factors, we get
Voltage sensitivity of a galvanometer is defined as the
deflection produced in the galvanometer when a unit voltage Id sin 
dB 
is applied across the two terminals of the galvanometer. r2
Let, V = voltage applied across the two terminals of the Id sin 
or dB  K
galvanometer, r2
 = deflection produced in the galvanometer.
Then, voltage sensitivity, VS = /V
If R = resistance of the galvanometer, I = current through it.
Then V = IR
 Voltage sensitivity,

 nBA IS
VS   
IR kR R
where K is a constant of proportionality. Its value depends
the unit of VS is rad V or div. V .
–1 –1 on the system of units chosen for the measurement of the
various quantities and also on the medium between point P
Conditions for a sensitive galvanometer and the current element. When there is free space between
A galvanometer is said to be very sensitive if it shows large current element and point, then
deflection even when a small current is passed through it.
0
In SI units, K  and In cgs system K = 1
nBA 4
From the theory of galvanometer,   I
k where 0 is absolute magnetic permeability of free space
For a given value of I,  will be large if nBA/k is large. It is so and 0  4 107 Wb A 1m1  4107 TA 1m
if (a) n is large (b) B is large (c) A is large and (d) k is small.
( 1 T = 1 Wb m–2)

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
17

Similarities and Dis-similarities between the Biot-Savart’s law

 0 Id sin 
In SI units, dB   ...(1) for the magnetic field and coulomb’s law for electrostatic field
4 r2
Similarities

Id sin  (i) Both the laws for fields are long range, since in both the
In cgs system, dB  laws, the field at a point varies inversely as the square of the
r2
distance from the source to point of observation.
In vector form, we may write
(ii) Both the fields obey superposition principle.
    
 0 I d   r
dB 
 0 I d   r
or dB 
  ...(2)
(iii) The magnetic field is linear in the source Id  , just as the
4 r 3 4 r3 electric field is linear in its source, the electric charge q.

  9. MAGNETIC FIELD DUE TO A STRAIGHT

Direction of dB . From (2), the direction of dB would CONDUCTOR CARRYING CURRENT
obviously be the direction of the cross product vector,
  Consider a straight wire conductor XY lying in the plane of
d   r . It is represented by the Right handed screw rule or paper carrying current I in the direction X to Y, figure. Let P
 be a point at a perpendicular distance a from the straight
Right Hand Rule. Here dB is perpendicular to the plane wire conductor. Clearly, PC = a. Let the conductor be made

containing d  and r and is directed inwards. If the point P
of small current elements. Consider a small current element
 
 Id  of the straight wire conductor at O. Let r be the
is to the left of the current element, dB will be perpendicular position vector of P w.r.t. current element and  be the angle
  
to the plane containing d  and r , directed outwards. between Id  and r. Let CO = .

Some important features of Biot Savart’s law

1. Biot Savart’s law is valid for a symmetrical current distribution.

2. Biot Savart’s law is applicable only to very small length
conductor carrying current.
3. This law can not be easily verified experimentally as the
current carrying conductor of very small length can not be
obtained practically.
4. This law is analogous to Coulomb’s law in electrostatics.
 
5. The direction of dB is perpendicular to both Id  and r .

6. If  = 0° i.e. the point P lies on the axis of the linear conductor

carrying current (or on the wire carrying current) then

 0 Id sin 0
dB  0
4 r2

It means there is no magnetic field induction at any point on According to Biot-Savart’s law, the magnetic field dB (i.e.
the thin linear current carrying conductor. magnetic flux density or magnetic induction) at point P due

7. If  = 90° i.e. the point P lies at a perpendicular position w.r.t. to current element Id  is given by
current element, then 
  0 Id   r
dB  . 3
 0 Id 4 r
dB  , which is maximum.
4 r 2
 0 Id sin 
or dB   ...(5)
8. If  = 0° or 180°, then dB = 0 i.e. minimum. 4 r2

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
18

In rt. angled POC, +  = 90° or = 90° – 

0 I  2I  2I L
 sin  = sin (90° – ) = cos  ...(6) Then, B  sin   sin   0 sin   40 a
4a 4 a 4a  L2
2

a a 
Also, cos   or r  ...(7) (iv) When point P lies on the wire conductor, then d  and r for
r cos 
each element of the straight wire conductor are parallel.


or   a tan  Therefore, d   r  0 . So the magnetic field induction at P = 0.
And, tan  
a
Direction of magnetic field
Differentiating it, we get The magnetic field lines due to straight conductor carrying
d  a sec  d
2
...(8) current are in the form of concentric circles with the
conductor as centre, lying in a plane perpendicular to the
Putting the values in (5) from (6), (7) and (8), we get straight conductor. The direction of magnetic field lines is
anticlockwise, if the current flows from A to B in the straight

dB 
 2
0 I a sec  d cos  0 I

cos  d ...(9)
conductor figure (a) and is clockwise if the current flows
4  a2  4 a from B to A in the straight conductor, figure (b). The direction
 2  of magnetic field lines is given by Right Hand Thumb Rule
 cos   or Maxwell’s cork screw rule.

The direction of dB , according to right hand thumb rule,
will be perpendicular to the plane of paper and directed
inwards. As all the current elements of the conductor will
also produce magnetic field in the same direction, therefore,
the total magnetic field at point P due to current through the
whole straight conductor XY can be obtained by integrating
Eq. (9) within the limits – 1 and + 2. Thus
2 2
0 I  I
 cos  d  40 a sin 21

B  dB 
4 a
1 1

0 I  I
 sin 2  sin  1   0  sin 1  sin 2  ...(10)
4 a  4 a Right hand thumb rule. According to this rule, if we imagine
the linear wire conductor to be held in the grip of the right
Special cases. (i) When the conductor XY is of infinite length
hand so that the thumb points in the direction of current,
and the point P lies near the centre of the conductor then
then the curvature of the fingers around the conductor
1  2  90 will represent the direction of magnetic field lines, figure
(a) and (b).
0 I  2I
So, B sin 90  sin 90  0 ...(11)
4 a 4 a
(ii) When the conductor XY is of infinite length but the point P
lies near the end Y (or X) then 1 = 90° and 2 = 0°.

0 I  I
So, B sin 90  sin 0  0 ...(11 a)
4 a 4 a
Thus we note that the magnetic field due to an infinite long
linear conductor carrying current near its centre is twice
than that near one of its ends.
(iii) If length of conductor is finite, say L and point P lies on
right bisector of conductor, then

L/2 L
1  2   and sin   
a   L / 2
2
2 4a  L2
2

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
19

10. MAGNETIC FIELD AT THE CENTRE OF THE 0 I  2I

 B .2r  0
CIRCULAR COIL CARRYING CURRENT 4 r 2
4 r
If the circular coil consists of n turns, then
Consider a circular coil of radius r with centre O, lying with  0 2nI 0 I
its plane in the plane of paper. Let I be the current flowing in B   2n ...(13)
4 r 4 r
the circular coil in the direction shown, figure (a). Suppose
the circular coil is made of a large number of current elements 0 I
i.e. B × angle subtended by coil at the centre.
each of length d. 4 r

Direction of B
The direction of magnetic field at the centre of circular current
loop is given by Right hand rule.
Right Hand rule. According to this rule, if we hold the thumb
of right hand mutually perpendicular to the grip of the fingers
such that the curvature of the fingers represent the direction
of current in the wire loop, then the thumb of the right hand
will point in the direction of magnetic field near the centre of
the current loop.

According to Biot-Savart’s law, the magnetic field at the


centre of the circular coil due to the current element Id  is
given by

 0  d   r 
dB  I 
4  r 3 

 0 Idr sin   0 Id sin 

or dB  
4 r3 4 r 2
where r is the position vector of point O from the
11. AMPERE’S CIRCUITAL LAW

current element. Since the angle between d  and r is Consider an open surface with a boundary C, and the current
90° (i.e.,  = 90°), therefore, I is passing through the surface. Let the boundary C be
made of large number of small line elements, each of length
 0 Id sin 90  Id 
dB  or dB  0 2 d. The direction of d  of small line element under study is
...(12)
4 r2 4 r acting tangentially to its length d. Let Bt be the tangential
 component of the magnetic field induction at this element
In this case, the direction of dB is perpendicular to the  
plane of the current loop and is directed inwards. Since the then Bt and d  are acting in the same direction, angle
current through all the elements of the circular coil will between them is zero. We take the product of Bt and d for
contribute to the magnetic feild in the same direction,  
that element. Then Bt d  B.d 
therefore, the total magnetic field at point O due to current
in the whole circular coil can be obtained by integrating eq.
(12). Thus

 Id  0 I

B  dB   40 
r 2 4 r 2
d 


But d = total length of the circular coil = circumference of
the current loop = 2r

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
If length d is very small and products for all elements of
closed boundary are added together, then sum tends to be
an integral around the closed path or loop (i.e., ) . 
 
Therefore,  of B.d  over all elements on a closed path
  

 B.d  = Line integral of B around the closed path or
loop whose boundary coincides with the closed path.
According to Ampere’s circuital law,
 
 B.d   0 I ...(14)
where I is the total current threading the closed path or loop
and 0 is the absolute permeability of the space. Thus,
Ampere’s circuital law states that the line integral of magnetic

field induction B around a closed path in vacuum is equal to
0 times the total current I threading the closed path.
The relation (14) involves a sign convention, for the sense
of closed path to be traversed while taking the line integral
of magnetic field (i.e., direction of integration) and current
threading it, which is given by Right Hand Rule. According
to it, if curvature of the fingers is perpendicular to the thumb
of right hand such that the curvature of the fingers represents
the sense, the boundary is traversed in the closed path or
 

loop for B.d  , then the direction of thumb gives the sense
in which the current I is regarded as positive.
According to sign convention, for the closed path as shown
in figure, I1 is positive and I2 is negative. Then, according to
Ampere’s circuital law
 
 B.d  0  I1  I2   0Ie
where Ie is the total current enclosed by the loop or closed path.
or
The relation (19) is independent of the size and shape of the
closed path or loop enclosing the current.
20
12. MAGNETIC FIELD DUE TO INFINITE LONG
STRAIGHT WIRE CARRYING CURRENT
Consider an infinite long straight wire lying in the plane of
paper. Let I be the current flowing through it from X to Y. A
magnetic field is produced which has the same magnitude
at all points that are at the same distance from the wire, i.e.
the magnetic field has cylindrical symmetry around the wire.
Let P be a point at a perpendicular distance r from the straight

wire and B be the magnetic field at P. It will be acting
tangentially to the magnetic field line passing through P.
Consider an amperian loop as a circle of radius r, perpendicular
to the plane of paper with centre on wire such that point P
lies on the loop, figure. The magnitude of magnetic field is

same at all points on this loop. The magnetic field B at P
will be tangential to the circumference of the circular loop.
We shall integrate the amperian path anticlockwise. Then
 
B and d  are acting in the same direction. The line integral

of B around the closed loop is
 
 B.d    Bd cos 0  B d  B2r
As per sign convention, here I is positive,
Using Ampere’s circuital law
 
 B.d  0I or B2r   0 I
0 I 0 2I
B  ...(15)
2r 4 r
13. MAGNETIC FIELD DUE TO CURRENT THROUGH
A VERY LONG CIRCULAR CYLINDER
Consider an infinite long cylinder of radius R with axis XY.
Let I be the current passing through the cylinder. A magnetic
field is set up due to current through the cylinder in the form
of circular magnetic lines of force, with their centres lying
on the axis of cylinder. These lines of force are perpendicular
to the length of cylinder.
SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
21

If we plot a graph between magnetic field induction B and

distance from the axis of cylinder for a current flowing through
a solid cylinder, we get a curve of the type as shown figure

Case I. Point P is lying outside the cylinder. Let r be the Here we note that the magnetic field induction is maximum
perpendicular distance of point P from the axis of cylinder, for a point on the surface of solid cylinder carrying current

where r > R. Let B be the magnetic field induction at P. It is and is zero for a point on the axis of cylinder.
acting tangential to the magnetic line of force at P directed
  14. FORCE BETWEEN TWO PARALLEL CONDUCTORS
into the paper. Here B and d  are acting in the same direction.
CARRYING CURRENT
Applying Ampere circuital law we have
  Consider C 1D 1 and C 2D 2, two infinite long straight
B.d   0 I or 
Bd cos 0   0 I
conductors carrying currents I 1 and I 2 in the same
direction. They are held parallel to each other at a
or  Bd  0I or B2r   0 I distance r apart, in the plane of paper. The magnetic
field is produced due to current through each conductor
0 I shown separately in figure. Since each conductor is in
or B , i.e., B  1/ r the magnetic field produced by the other, therefore, each
2r
conductor experiences a force.
Case II. Point P is lying inside cylinder. Here r < R. we may
have two possibilities.
D1 r D2
(i) If the current is only along the surface of cylinder which is
so if the conductor is a cylindrical sheet of metal, then current B1 90° I2
through the closed path L is zero. Using Ampere circutal
law, we have B = 0. F1 B F2
(ii) If the current is uniformly distributed throughout the cross- × ×
section of the conductor, then the current through closed B
path L is given by
90°
2
I Ir I1 B2
I'  2
 r 2  2
R R
C1 C2
Applying Ampere’s circuital law, we have
  Magnetic field induction at a point P on conductor C2D2
B.d   0 r I ' due to current I1 passing through C1D1 is given by
0 2I1
  Ir 2 B1  ...(16)
or 2rB  0 r I '  0 r2 4 r
R
According to right hand rule, the direction of magnetic field
 0 r Ir 
or B i.e., B  r B1 is perpendicular to the plane of paper, directed inwards.
2 R 2

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
22

As the current carrying conductor C2D2 lies in the magnetic

   Q  R  S  P 
field B1 (produced by the current through C1D1), therefore,     
B.d   B.d   B.d   B.d   B.d 
PQRS P Q R S
the unit length of C2D2 will experience a force given by
F2 = B1I2 × 1 = B1I2
  Q
Q
Putting the value of B1, we have
 
Here, B.d   Bd cos 0  BL
P P
 2I I
F2  0 . 1 2 ...(17)
4 r R
  R P
 
It means the two linear parallel conductors carrying and   
B.d   Bd cos90  0  B.d 
currents in the same direction attract each other. Q Q S

Thus one ampere is that much current which when flowing

through each of the two parallel uniform long linear S
 
conductors placed in free space at a distance of one metre 
Also, B.d   0 ( outside the solenoid, B = 0)
from each other will attract or repel each other with a force R
of 2 × 10–7 N per metre of their length.
 
15. THE SOLENOID  B.d   BL  0  0  0  BL
...(18)
PQRS

A solenoid consists of an insulating long wire closely wound From Ampere’s circuital law
in the form of a helix. Its length is very large as compared to
its diameter.  
Magnetic field due to a solenoid
 B.d   0 × total current through the rectangle PQRS
PQRS
Consider a long straight solenoid of circular cross-section.
Each two turns of the solenoid are insulated from each other. = 0 × no. of turns in rectangle × current
When current is passed through the solenoid, then each = 0 n LI ...(19)
turn of the solenoid can be regarded as a circular loop
carrying current and thus will be producing a magnetic field. From (18) and (19), we have
At a point outside the solenoid, the magnetic fields due to BL = 0 n LI or B = 0 n I
neighbouring loops oppose each other and at a point inside
the solenoid, the magnetic fields are in the same direction. This relation gives the magnetic field induction at a point
As a result of it, the effective magnetic field outside the well inside the solenoid. At a point near the end of a solenoid,
solenoid becomes weak, whereas the magnetic field in the the magnetic field induction is found to be 0 n I/2.
interior of solenoid becomes strong and uniform, acting
along the axis of the solenoid. 16. TOROID
Let us now apply Ampere’s circuital law.
Let n be the number of turns per unit length of solenoid and The toroid is a hollow circular ring on which a large number of
I be the current flowing through the solenoid and the turns insulated turns of a metallic wire are closely wound. In fact, a
of the solenoid be closely packed. toroid is an endless solenoid in the form of a ring, figure.

Consider a rectangular amperian loop PQRS near the middle

of solenoid as shown in figure

S R

P Q
L
B

×××××××××××××××××


The line integral of magnetic field induction B over the
closed path PQRS is

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
23

Magnetic field due to current in ideal toroid

17. MAGNETISM & MATTER
Let n be the number of turns per unit length of toroid and I
be the current flowing through it. In case of ideal toroid, the 17.1 The Bar Magnet
coil turns are circular and closely wound. A magnetic field It is the most commonly used form of an artificial magnet.
of constant magnitude is set up inside the turns of toroid in When we hold a sheet of glass over a short bar magnet and
the form of concentric circular magnetic field lines. The sprinkle some iron filings on the sheet, the iron filings rearrange
direction of the magnetic field at a point is given by the themselves as shown in figure. The pattern suggests that attraction
tangent to the magnetic field line at that point. We draw is maximum at the two ends of the bar magnet. These ends are
three circular amperian loops, 1, 2 and 3 of radii r1, r2 and r3 to called poles of the magnet.
be traversed in clockwise direction as shown by dashed
circles in figure, so that the points P, S and Q may lie on
them. The circular area bounded by loops 2 and 3, both cut
the toroid. Each turn of current carrying wire is cut once by
the loop 2 and twice by the loop 3. Let B1 be the magnitude
of magnetic field along loop 1. Line integral of magnetic
field B1 along the loop 1 is
 
 B1 .d    B1d cos 0  B1 2r1
loop 1 loop1

Loop 1 encloses no current.

According to Ampere’s circuital law
 
 B1 .d    0  current enclosed by loop 1 = 0 × 0 = 0
loop 1

or B12  r1 = 0 or B1 = 0
Let B3 be the magnitude of magnetic field along the loop 3.
The line integral of magnetic field B3 along the loop 3 is
 
 B3 .d    B3d cos 0  B3 2r3
loop 3 loop 3

From the sectional cut as shown in figure, we note that the

current coming out of the plane of paper is cancelled exactly
by the current going into it. Therefore, the total current
enclosed by loop 3 is zero.
According to Ampere’s circuital law
 
 B3 .d   0 × total current through loop 3
loop 3

or B3 2r3  0  0  0 or B3  0 1. The earth behaves as a magnet.

Let B the magnitude of magnetic field along the loop 2. Line 2. Every magnet attracts small pieces of magnetic substances
integral of magnetic field along the loop 2 is like iron, cobalt, nickel and steel towards it.
  3. When a magnet is suspended freely with the help of an
 B.d   B2r2
unspun thread, it comes to rest along the north south
loop 2
direction.
Current enclosed by the loop 2 = number of turns × current 4. Like poles repel each other and unlike poles attract each
in each turn = 2  r2 n × I other.
According to Ampere’s circuital law
5. The force of attraction or repulsion F between two magnetic
 

poles of strengths m1 and m2 separated by a distance r is
B.d   0  total current
directly proportional to the product of pole strengths and
loop 2
inversely proportional to the square of the distance between
or B2  r2   0  2r2 nI or B  0 nI their centres, i.e.,

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
24

m1m 2 mm The path along which the compass needles are aligned is
F 2
or F  K 1 2 2 , where K is magnetic force known as magnetic field line.
r r
constant.

0
In SI units, K   107 Wb A 1m 1
4
where 0 is absolute magnetic permeability of free space
(air/vacuum).

0 m1m 2
 F
4 r 2
This is called Coulomb’s law of magnetic force. However, in
cgs system, the value of K = 1.
Note:-
This corresponds to Coulomb’s law in electrostatics.
SI Unit of magnetic pole strength
Suppose m1 = m2 = m (say),
r = 1 m and F = 10–7 N
From equation (1),

107  107 
 m  m 2
or m  1 or m = +1 ampere-metre
12
(Am). Therefore, strength of a magnetic pole is said to be
one ampere-metre, if it repels an equal and similar pole, when
placed in vacuum (or air) at a distance of one metre from it,
with a force of 10–7 N.
6. The magnetic poles always exist in pairs. The poles of a
magnet can never be separated i.e. magnetic monopoles do
not exist.

18. MAGNETIC FIELD LINES

Magnetic field line is an imaginary curve, the tangent to
which at any point gives us the direction of magnetic field

B at that point.
If we imagine a number of small compass needless around a
magnet, each compass needle experiences a torque due to
the field of the magnet. The torque acting on a compass
needle aligns it in the direction of the magnetic field.

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
Properteis of magnetic field lines
1. The magnetic field lines of a magnet (or of a solenoid
carrying current) form closed continuous loops.
2. Outside the body of the magnet, the direction of magnetic
field lines is from north pole to south pole.
3. At any given point, tangent to the magnetic field line

represents the direction of net magnetic field ( B ) at that
point.
4. The magnitude of magnetic field at any point is represented
by the number of magnetic field lines passing normally
through unit area around that point. Therefore, crowded
lines represent a strong magnetic field and lines which are
not so crowded represent a weak magnetic field.
5. No two magnetic field lines can intersect each other.
19. MAGNETIC DIPOLE
A magnetic dipole consists of two unlike poles of equal
strength and separated by a small distance.
For example, a bar magnet, a compass needle etc. are
magnetic dipoles. We shall show that a current loop behaves
as a magnetic dipole. An atom of a magnetic material behaves
as a dipole due to electrons revolving around the nucleus.
The two poles of a magnetic dipole (or a magnet), called
north pole and south pole are always of equal strength, and
of opposite nature. Further such two magnetic poles exist
always in pairs and cannot be separated from each other.
The distance between the two poles of a bar magnet is called
the magnetic length of the magnet. It is a vector directed from

S-pole of magnet to its N-pole, and is represented by 2  .
Magnetic dipole moment is the product of strength of either

pole (m) and the magnetic length ( 2  ) of the magnet. It is
 i = strength of current passed through the solenoid
represented by M .
Magnetic dipole moment = strength of either pole × magnetic
length
 
 
M  m 2
Magnetic dipole moment is a vector quantity directed from
South to North pole of the magnet, as shown in figure
25
We shall show that the SI unit of M is joule/tesla or ampere
metre2.
 SI unit of pole strength is Am.
Bar magnet as an equivalent solenoid
We know that a current loop acts as a magnetic dipole.
According to Ampere’s hypothesis, all magnetic phenomena
can be explained in terms of circulating currents.
In figure magnetic field lines for a bar magnet and a current
carrying solenoid resemble very closely. Therefore, a bar
magnet can be thought of as a large number of circulating
currents in analogy with a solenoid. Cutting a bar magnet is
like cutting a solenoid. We get two smaller solenoids with
weaker magnetic properties. The magnetic field lines remain
continuous, emerging from one face of one solenoid and
entering into other face of other solenoid. If we were to
move a small compass needle in the neighbourhood of a bar
magnet and a current carrying solenoid, we would find that
the deflections of the needle are similar in both cases.
To demonstrate the similarity of a current carrying solenoid
to a bar magnet, let us calculate axial field of a finite solenoid
carrying current.
In figure, suppose
a = radius of solenoid,
2 = length of solenoid with centre O
n = number of turns per unit length of solenoid,
We have to calculate magnetic field at any point P on the
axis of solenoid, where OP = r. Consider a small element of
thickness dx of the solenoid, at a distance x from O.
Number of turns in the element = n dx.
Using equation, magnitude of magnetic field at P due to this
current element is
0ia 2  n dx 
dB  3/ 2
2  r  x   a 2 
2 ...(1)
 
SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
26

If P lies at a very large distance from O, i.e., r >> a and r >> x,

then [(r – x)2 + a2]3/2  r3 U  W   MB  cos 2  cos 1  ...(6)

0ia 2 ndx When 1 = 90°, and 2 = , then

dB  ...(2)
2r 3 U = W = – MB (cos  – cos 90°)
As range of variation of x is from x = –  to x = +, therefore W = – MB cos  ...(7)
the magnitude of total magnetic field at P due to current
carrying solenoid In vector notation, we may rewrie (7) as

x    
 nia 2  nia 2 x   U   M.B ...(8)
B 0 3  dx  0 3  x x  
2r x 
2r
Particular Cases

 2n  2  ia 1. When  = 90°

2
0 ni a 2
3 
B 2   0 ...(3)
2 r 4 r3 U = – MB cos  = – MB cos 90° = 0
If M is magnetic moment of the solenoid, then i.e., when the dipole is perpendicular to magnetic field its potential
M = total no. of turns × current × area of cross section energy is zero.
M = n (2) × i × (a2) Hence to calculate potential energy of diole at any position
making angle  with B, we use
0 2M
 B ...(4) U = – MB (cos 2 – cos 1) and take 1 = 90° and 2 = .
4 r 3
Therefore,
This is the expression for magnetic field on the axial line of
U = – MB (cos  – cos 90°) = – MB cos 
a short bar magnet.
Thus, the axial field of a finite solenoid carrying current is 2. When = 0°
same as that of a bar magnet. Hence, for all practical purposes, U = – MB cos 0° = – MB
a finite solenoid carrying current is equivalent to a bar magnet.
which is minimum. This is the position of stable equilibrium,
Potential energy of a magnetic dipole in a magnetic field
i.e., when the magnetic dipole is aligned along the magnetic
Potential energy of a magnetic dipole in a magnetic field is field, it is in stable equilibrium having minimum P.E.
the energy possessed by the dipole due to its particular
position in the field. 3. When = 180°
 U = – MB cos 180° = MB, which is maximum. This is the
When a magnetic dipole of moment M is held at an angle 
 position of unstable equilibrium.
with the direction of a uniform magnetic field B , the
magnitude of the torque acting on the dipole is
  MBsin  ...(5)
This torque tends to align the dipole in the direction of the
field. Work has to be done in rotating the dipole against the
action of the torque. This work done is stored in the
magnetic dipole as potential energy of the dipole.
Now, small amount of work done in rotating the dipole
through a small angle d against the restoring torque is
dW = d= MB sin d
Total work done in rotating the dipole from = 1 to  = 2 is
2
20. MAGNETISM AND GAUSS’S LAW
 MBsin  d  MB  cos 12   MB cos 2  cos 1 

W
1
According to Gauss’s law for magnetism, the net magnetic
 Potential energy of the dipole is flux (B) through any closed surface is always zero.

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
27

Vertical component along AD is

21. EARTH’S MAGNETISM
AM = V = R sin  ...(2)
Magnetic elements of earth at a place are the quantities Square (23) and (24), and add
which describe completely in magnitude as well as direction, H2 + V2 = R2 (cos2  + sin2 ) = R2
the magnetic field of earth at that place.
21.1 Magnetic declination  R  H2  V2 ...(3)

Magnetic declination at a place is the angle between
magnetic meridian and geographic meridian at that place.
 H = R cos 90° = zero
 H = R cos 0° = R
Memory note
Retain in Memory
1. The earth’s magnetic poles are not at directly opposite positions
on globe. Current magnetic south is farther from geographic
south than magnetic north is from geographic north.
2. Infact, the magnetic field of earth varies with position and
also with time. For example, in a span of 240 years from 1580
to 1820 A.D., the magnetic declination at London has been
found to change by 3.5° – suggesting that magnetic poles
of earth change their position with time.
3. The magnetic declination in India is rather small. At Delhi,
declination is only 0° 41’ East and at Mumbai, the declination
is 0° 58’ West. Thus at both these places, the direction of
geographic north is given quite accurately by the compass
needle (within 1° of the actual direction).
21.2 Magnetic Dip or Magnetic Inclination
Magnetic dip or magnetic inclination at a place is defined as
the angle which the direction of total strength of earth’s
magnetic field makes with a horizontal line in magnetic meridian.
21.3 Horizontal Component i.e.,
It is the component of total intensity of earth’s magnetic
field in the horizontal direction in magnetic meridian. It is
represented by H.
In figure, AK represents the total intensity of earth’s magnetic
field, BAK = . The resultant intensity R along AK is
resolved into two rectangular components :  r 
Horizontal component along AB is
AL = H = R cos  ...(1)
Dividing (24) by (23), we get
R sin  V V
 or tan   ...(4)
R cos  H H
The value of horizontal component H = R cos  is different
at different places. At the magnetic poles,  = 90°
At the magnetic equator,  = 0°
Horizontal component (H) can be measured using both, a
vibration magnetometer and a deflection magnetometer.
The value of H at a place on the surface of earth is of the
order of 3.2 × 10–5 tesla.
Note that the direction of horizontal component H of earth’s
magnetic field is from geographic south to geographic north
above the surface of earth. (if we ignore declination).
22. MAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF MATTER
To describe the magnetic properties of materials, we define
the following few terms, which should be clearly understood
22.1 Magnetic Permeability
It is the ability of a material to permit the passage of magnetic
lines of force through it i.e. the degree or extent to which magnetic
field can penetrate or permeate a material is called magnetic
permeability of the material. It is represented by r.
Relative magnetic permeability of a mterial is defined as the
ratio of the number of magnetic field lines per unit area (i.e.
flux density B) in that material to the number of magnetic
field lines per unit area that would be present, if the medium
were replaced by vacuum. (i.e. flux density B0).
B
r 
B0
Relative magnetic permeability of a material may also be
defined as the ratio of magnetic permeability of the material
() and magnetic permeability of free space (0)

or    r  0
0
We know that 0 = 4 × 10–7 weber/amp-metre (Wb A–1 m–1)
or henry/metre (Hm–1)

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
28

 SI units of permeability () are But B = H

Hm–1 = Wb A–1 m–1 = (T m2) A–1 m–1 = T m A–1 
 H  0 H 1   m  or  1  m
0

22.2 Magnetic Intensity ( H )
or  r  1  m
The degree to which a magnetic field can magnetise a material
This is the relation between relative magnetic permeability
is represented in terms of magnetising force or magnetise
 and magnetic susceptibility of the material.
intensity ( H ).
23. CLASSIFICATION OF MAGNETIC MATERIALS
22.3 Magnetisation or Intensity of Magnetisation ‘I’
There is a large variety of elements and compounds on earth.
It represents the extent to which a specimen is magnetised, Some new elements, alloys and compounds have been
when placed in a magnetising field. Quantitatively, synthesized in the laboratory. Faraday classified these
The magnetisation of a magnetic material is defined as the substances on the basis of their magnetic properties, into
magnetic moment per unit volume of the material. the following three categories :
(i) Diamagnetic substances,
Magnetic moment m
M   (ii) Paramagnetic substances, and
volume V
(iii) Ferromagnetic substances
There are SI unit of I, which are the same as SI units of H.
Their main characteristics are discussed below :
Magnetic susceptibility (  m ) of a magnetic material is
23.1 Diamagnetic Substances
defined as the ratio of the intensity of magnetisation (I)
The diamagnetic substances are those in which the
induced in the material to the magnetising force (H) applied
individual atoms/molecules/ions do not possess any net
on it. Magnetic susceptibility is represented by  m . magnetic moment on their own. When such substances are
placed in an external magnetising field, they get feebly
I magnetised in a direction opposite to the magnetising field.
Thus  m  when placed in a non-uniform magnetic field, these
H
substances have a tendency to move from stronger parts of
Relation between magnetic permeability and magnetic the field to the weaker parts.
susceptibility When a specimen of a diamagnetic material is placed in a
magnetising field, the magnetic field lines prefer not to pass
When a magnetic material is placed in a magnetising field of
through the specimen.
magnetising intensity H, the material gets magnetised. The
Relative magnetic permeability of diamagnetic substances
total magnetic induction B in the material is the sum of the
is always less than unity.
magnetic induction B0 in vacuum produced by the magnetic
intensity and magnetic induction Bm, due to magnetisation From the relation r  1  m  , as  r  1,  m is negative.
of the material. Therefore, Hence susceptibility of diamagnetic substances has a small
B = B0 + Bm negative value.
A superconductor repels a magnet and in turn, is repelled
But B0 = 0 H and Bm = m0 I, where I is the intensity of by the magnet.
magnetisation induced in the magnetic material. Therefore, The phenomenon of perfect diamagnetism in
from above superconductors is called Meissner effect. Superconducting
magnets have been used for running magnetically leviated
B   0 H  0 I   0  H  I  , superfast trains.

i.e., B  0  H  I  23.2 Paramagnetic substances

Paramagnetic substacnes are those in which each individual
I atom/molecule/ion has a net non zero magnetic moment of
Now as  m   I  mH
H its own. When such substances are placed in an external
magnetic field, they get feebly magnetised in the direction
From above, B  0  H   m H   0 H 1   m  of the magnetising field.

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
29

When placed in a non-uniform magnetic field, they tend to 1

move from weaker parts of the field to the stronger parts. i.e., I  B, and I 
T
When a specimen of a paramagnetic substance is placed in
a magnetising field, the magnetic field lines prefer to pass B
through the specimen rather than through air. Combining these factors, we get I 
T
From the SI relation,  r  1   m , as  r  1 , therefore,  m As B  H , magnetising intensity
must be positive. Hence, susceptibility of paramagnetic
substances is positive, though small. H I 1
 I or 
T H T
Susceptibility of paramagnetic substances varies inversely
1 I
as the temperature of the substance i.e.  m  i.e. they But  m
T H
lose their magnetic character with rise in temperature.
1 C
 m  or m 
23.3 Ferromagnetic substances T T

Ferromagnetic substances are those in which each individual
atom/molecule/ion has a non zero magnetic moment, as in a
paramagnetic substance.
24. HYSTERISIS CURVE
When such substances are placed in an external magnetising
field, they get strongly magnetised in the direction of the field.
The ferromagnetic materials show all the properties of
paramagnetic substances, but to a much greater degree. For
example,
(i) They are strongly magnetised in the direction of external
field in which they are placed.
(ii) Relative magnetic permeability of ferromagnetic materials is
very large (  103 to 105)
(iii) The susceptibility of ferromagnetic materials is also very
large.   m  r  1
That is why they can be magnetised easily and strongly.
(iv) With rise in temperature, susceptibility of ferromagnetics
decreases. At a certain temperature, ferromagnetics change
over to paramagnetics. This transition temperature is called
curie temperature. For example, curie temperature of iron is
about 1000 K.
where C is a constant of proportionality and is called Curie
constant.
The hysterisis curve represents the relation between
 
magnetic induction B (or intensity of magnetization I ) of
a ferromagnetic material with magnetiziing force or magnetic

intensity H . The shape of the hysterisis curve is shown in
figure. It represents the behaviour of the material as it is
taken through a cycle of magnetization.

Suppose the material is unmagnetised initially i.e., B  0

and H  0 . This state is represented by the origin O. Wee
place the material in a solenoid and increase the current

through the solenoid gradually. The magnetising force H

increases. The magnetic induction B in the material
increases and saturates as depicted in the curve oa. This
behaviour represents alignment and merger of the domains

of ferromagnetic material until no further enhancement in B
is possible. Therefore, there is no use of inreasing solenoid
current and hence magnetic intensity beyond this.

23.4 Curie Law in Magnetism

According to Curie law,
Intensity of magnetisation (I) of a magnetic material is (i)
directly proportional to magnetic induction (B), and (ii)
inversely proportional to the temperature (T) of the material.

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
Next, we decrease the solenoid current and hence magnetic

intensity H till it reduces to zero. The curve follows the
 
path ab showing that when H  0 , B  0 . Thus, some
magnetism is left in the specimen.

The value of magnetic induction B left in the specimen
when the magnetising force is reduced to zero is called
Retentivity or Remanence or Residual magnetism of the
material.
It shows that the domains are not completely randomised
even when the magnetising force is removed. Next, the
current in the solenoid is reversed and increased slowly.
Certain domains are flipped until the net magnetic induction
 temperature, their ferromagnetic properties for a long time.
B inside is reduced to zero. This is represented by the
curve bc. It means to reduce the residual magnetism or
retentivity to zero, we have to apply a magnetising force =
OC in opposite direction. This value of magnetising force is
called coercivity of the material.
As the reverse current in solenoid is increased in magnitude,
we once again obtain saturation in the reverse direction at
d. The variation is represented by the curve cd. Next, the
solenoid current is reduced (curve de), reversed and
increased (curve ea). The cycle repeats itself. From figure,
we find that saturated magnetic induction BS is of the order
of 1.5 T and coercivity is of the order of –90 Am–1.
From the above discussion, it is clear that when a specimen
of a magnetic material is taken through a cycle of
magnetisation, the intensity of magnetisation (I) and
magnetic induction (B) lag behind the magnetising force
(H). Thus, even if the magnetising force H is made zero, the
values of I and B do not reduce to zero i.e., the specimen
tends to retain the magnetic properties.
30
This phenomenon of lagging of I or B behind H when a
specimen of a magnetic material is subjected to a cycle of
magnetisation is called hysteresis.
For example, hysteresis loop for soft iron is narrow and
large, whereas the hysteresis loop for steel is wide and short,
figure
The hysterisis loops of soft iron and steel reveal that
(i) The retentivity of soft iron is greater than the retentivity of
steel,
(ii) Soft iron is more strongly magnetised than steel,
(iii) Coercivity of soft iron is less than coercivity of steel. It
means soft iron loses its magnetism more rapidly than steel
does.
(iv) As area of I-H loop for soft iron is smaller than the area of
I-H loop for steel, therefore, hysterisis loss in case of soft
iron is smaller than the hysterisis loss in case of steel.
(a) Permanent Magnets
Permanent magnets are the materials which retain at room
The material chosen should have
(i) high retentivity so that the magnet is strong,
(ii) high coercivity so that the magnetisation is not erased by
stray magnetic fields, temperature changes or mechanical
damage due to rough handling etc.
(iii) high permeability so that it can be magnetised easily.
Steel is preferred for making permanent magnets.
(b) Electromagnets
The core of electromagnets are made of ferromagnetic
materials, which have high permeability and low retentivity.
Soft iron is a suitable material for this purpose. When a soft
iron rod is placed in a solenoid and current is passed through
the solenoid, magnetism of the solenoid is increased by a
thousand fold. When the solenoid current is switched off,
the magnetism is removed instantly as retentivity of soft
iron is very low. Electromagnets are used in electric bells,
loudspeakers and telephone diaphragms. Giant
electromagnets are used in cranes to lift machinery etc.
SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
31

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
32

Specific example
25. HALL EFFECT
In the above circular loop tension in part A and B.
The Phenomenon of producing a transverse emf in a current
In balanced condition of small part AB of the loop is shown below
carrying conductor on applying a magnetic field perpendicular
to the direction of the current is called Hall effect.
Hall effect helps us to know the nature and number of charge
carriers in a conductor.
Consider a conductor having electrons as current carriers.
The electrons move with drift velocity v opposite to the
direction of flow of current

d d
2T sin  dF  Bid  2T sin  BiRd
2 2

d d d
If d is small so, sin   2T.  BiRd
  2 2 2
 
Force acting on electron Fm   e v  B . This force acts
along x-axis and hence electrons will move towards face (2) BiL
T  BiR, if 2R  L so T 
and it becomes negatively charged. 2
Note:-
26. STANDARD CASES FOR FORCE ON
CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS If no magnetic field is present, the loop will still open into
a circle as in it’s adjacent parts current will be in opposite
Case 1 : When an arbitrary current carrying loop placed in direction and opposite currents repel each other.
a magnetic field (  to the plane of loop), each element of
loop experiences a magnetic force due to which loop
stretches and open into circular loop and tension developed
in it’s each part.

Case 2 : Equilibrium of a current carrying conductor :

When a finite length current carrying wire is kept parallel to
another infinite length current carrying wire, it can suspend
freely in air as shown below

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
33

Case 4 : Current carrying spring : If current is passed

through a spring, then it will contract because current will
flow through all the turns in the same direction.

In both the situations for equilibrium of XY it’s downward

 0 2i1i 2
weight = upward magnetic force i.e. mg  . .
4 h
Note: -
* In the first case if wire XY is slightly displaced from its
equilibrium position, it executes SHM and it’s time period If current makes to flow through spring, then spring will
contract and weight lift up.
h
is given by T  2 .
g

* If direction of current in movable wire is reversed then

it’s instantaneous acceleration produced is 2g.

Case 3 : Current carrying wire and circular loop : If a

current carrying straight wire is placed in the magnetic field
of current carrying circular loop.

If switch is closed then current start flowing, spring will

execute oscillation in vertical plane.
Case 5 : Tension less strings : In the following figure the
value and direction of current through the conductor XY so
that strings becomes tensionless ?
Strings becomes tensionless if weight of conductor XY
balanced by magnetic force (Fm).
Wire is placed in the perpendicular magnetic field due to
coil at it’s centre, so it will experience a maximum force
0i1
F  Bi   i2
2r

Wire is placed along the axis of coil so magnetic field

produced by the coil is parallel to the wire. Hence it will not
experience any force.

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
34

Hence direction of current is from X  Y and in balanced TIPS & TRICKS

mg
condition Fm = mg  Bi = mg  i =
B
Case 6 : A current carrying conductor floating in air such
that it is making an angle  with the direction of magnetic
field, while magnetic field and conductor both lies in a
horizontal plane.
1. The device whose working principle based on Halmholtz
coils and in which uniform magnetic field is used called as
“Halmholtz galvanometer”.
2. The value of magnetic field induction at a point, on the
centre of separation of two linear parallel conductors
carrying equal currents in the same direction is zero.

3. If a current carrying circular loop (n = 1) is turned into a

coil having n identical turns then magnetic field at the
centre of the coil becomes n2 times the previous field i.e.
B(n turn) = n2 B(single turn).

4. When a current carrying coil is suspended freely in earth’s

magnetic field, it’s plane stays in East-West direction.

In equilibrium mg = Bi sin  i 
mg 5.  
Magnetic field B produced by a moving charge q is given
B sin 
 0 q  v  r  0 q  v  rˆ 
Case 7 : Sliding of conducting rod on inclined rails : When by 
B  ; where v = velocity of
a conducting rod slides on conducting rails. 4 r 3 4 r 2
charge and v < < c (speed of light).

6. If an electron is revolving in a circular path of radius r with

speed v then magnetic field produced at the centre of circular

 0 ev v
path B  . r .
4 r 2 B

7.  
The line integral of magnetising field H for any closed
path called magnetomotive force (MMF). It’s S.I. unit is amp.
8. Ratio of dimension of e.m.f. to MMF is equal to the dimension
In the following situation conducting rod (X, Y) slides at of resistance.
constant velocity if 9. The positive ions are produced in the gap between the two
dees by the ionisation of the gas. To produce proton,
mg
Fcos   mgsin   Bi cos   mgsin   B  tan  hydrogen gas is used; while for producing alpha-particles,
i helium gas is used.

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
35

10. Cyclotron frequency is also known as magnetic resonance

frequency.
11. Cyclotron can not accelerate electrons because they have
very small mass.
12. The energy of a charged particle moving in a uniform magnetic
field does not change because it experiences a force in a
direction, perpendicular to it’s direction of motion. Due to
which the speed of charged particle remains unchanged and 17. If no magnetic field is present, the loop will still open into a
hence it’s K.E. remains same. circle as in it’s adjacent parts current will be in opposite
direction and opposite currents repel each other.
13. Magnetic force does no work when the charged particle is
displaced while electric force does work in displacing the
charged particle.
14. Magnetic force is velocity dependent, while electric force
is independent of the state of rest or motion of the charged
particle.
15. If a particle enters a magnetic field normally to the
magnetic field, then it starts moving in a circular orbit.
18. In the following case if wire XY is slightly displaced from its
The point at which it enters the magnetic field lies on the
equilibrium position, it executes SHM and it’s time period is
circumference. (Most of us confuse it with the centre of the
h
orbit) given by T  2 .
g
16. Deviation of charged particle in magnetic field : If a

charged particle (q, m) enters a uniform magnetic field B
(extends upto a length x) at right angles with speed v as
shown in figure. The speed of the particle in magnetic
field does not change. But it gets deviated in the magnetic
field.

 Bq  19. In the previous case if direction of currnet in movable wire

Deviation in terms of time t ;   t   t
 m is reversed then it’s instantaneous acceleration produced is
Deviation in terms of length of the magnetic field ; 2g.
20. Electric force is an absolute concept while magnetic force is
x
  sin 1   . This relation can be used only when x  r . a relative concept for an observer.
r
21. The nature of force between two parallel charge beams
For x > r, the deviation will be 180° as shown in the following figure decided by electric force, as it is dominator. The nature of
force between two parallel current carrying wires decided
by magnetic force.

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
36

22. If a straight current carrying wire is placed along the axis of 24. If a current carrying conductor AB is placed transverse
a current carrying coil then it will not experience magnetic to a long current carrying conductor as shown then
force because magnetic field produced by the coil is parallel
force. Experienced by wire AB F 
0i1i 2 x
to the wire. log e  
2  x 
23. The force acting on a curved wire joining points a and b as
shown in the figure is the same as that on a straight wire
  
joining these points. It is given by the expression F  iL  B

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
37

SOLVED EXAMPLES

Example - 1 Magnetic field induction at O due to current loop 2 is

Name the physical quantity whose unit is tesla. Hence 0 I R 2

B2  acting vertically upwards.
 
3/ 2
define a tesla. 2 x2  R2

Sol. Tesla is the SI unit of magnetic field induction or magnetic Resultant magnetic field induction at O will be
flux density at a point in the magnetic field. The magnetic
B  B12  B22  2 B1  B1  B2 
field induction at a point in a magnetic field is said to be 1
tesla if one coulomb charge while moving with a velocity of 0I R 2 0 I R 2
1 m/s, perpendicular to the magnetic field experiences a force  2 
   
3/ 2 3/ 2
of 1 N at that point. 2 x2  R 2 2 x2  R2

Example - 2 Example - 4

What is meant by a magnetic field ? How is it produced ? The ratio of the magnetic field at the centre of a current
carrying circular wire and the magnetic field at the centre
Sol. A magnetic field is the space around a magnet or the space of a square coil made from the same length of wire will be
around a wire carrying current, in which its magnetic effect
2 2
can be felt. (a) (b)
4 2 8 2
A magnetic field may be produced in many ways. For
example, (i) by a magnet (ii) by a current carrying conductor  
(c) (d)
(iii) by a moving charge (iv) by a varying electric field. 2 2 4 2
(displacement current)
Sol. (b)
Example - 3 Circular coil
i
Two small circular loops, marked (1) and (2), carrying
equal currents are placed with the geometrical axes
perpendicular to each other as shown in figure. Find the r
magnitude and direction of the net magnetic field produced
at the point O.
i
Length L = 2 r

Magnetic field B 
 0i
4
Square coil
i

i
45°
O
45°
i
Sol. Magnetic field induction at O due to current loop 1 is
a/2
2
0 I R
B1  , acting towards left. 0 I  sin 1  sin 2 

2 x R2

2 3/ 2 Since, B
4a

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
38

Sol. Here, total number of turns = 3000

0 2 2 i
Length L = 4a B .
4 a 11  12
Average radius, r   11.5 cm
0 8 2 i 0 8 2i 2
Bnet  4 B  . 
4 a 2  r = 11.5 × 10–2 m ; i = 0.7 amp. and B = 2.5 T
No. of turns/length,
 0i
Bcircular 2 3000 3000 3  105
Hence  2r  n  
2r 2  11.5 102 23
Bsquare 0 . 8 2i 8 2
2  r As B=ni
B = 0 r n i
Example
Example -- 55
B 2.5  23
 r    684.5
Two parallel coaxial circular coils of equal radius R and 0 ni 4107  3  105  0.7
equal number of turns N carry equal currents I in the
same direction and are separated by a distance 2 R. Find
Example - 8
the magnitude and direction of the net magnetic field
produced at the mid-point of the line joining their centres. The average radius of a toroid made on a ring of non-
magnetic material is 0.1 m and it has 500 turns. If it
Sol. Magnetic field induction at the mid-point due to current
carries 0.5 ampere current, then the magnetic field
loop 1 is
produced along its circular axis inside the toroid will be
0 2I R 2 0 I R 2 (a) 25 × 10–2 Tesla (b) 5 × 10–2 Tesla
B1   , acting towards right.
 
4 R 2  R 2 3/ 2 2 2R 2 3/ 2
  (c) 25 × 10–4 Tesla (d) 5 × 10–4 Tesla

Magnetic field induction at the mid point due to current

loop 2 is Sol. (d)

0 I R 2 0 I R 2 N
B2   , acting towards right. B = 0ni; where n 
2R

2 R2  R 
2 3/ 2

2 2R 
2 3/ 2

500
Total magnetic field induction is  B  4  10  7   0.5  5  10  4 T.
2   0 .1
0 I R 2 0 I R 2 0 I R 2 0 I
B  B1  B2    

2 2R 
2 3/ 2
2 2R 
2 3/ 2 2 2 R3 2 2R Example - 9
For the solenoid shown in figure. The magnetic field at
Example
Example-- 6 point P is
Magnetic field lines can be entirely confined within the n turn
core of a toroid, but not within a straight solenoid. Why ?
30° 60°
Sol. It is so because the magnetic field induction outside the P
toroid is zero.

Example - 7 (a)
 0 ni
4
 3  1 (b)
3  0 ni
4
The core of a toroid having 3000 turns has inner and
outer radii 11 cm and 12 cm respectively. Calculate relative
permeability of its core, given that a current of 0.7 amp.
(c)
 0 ni
2
 3  1 (d)
 0 ni
4
 3  1
produces a magnetic field of intensity 2.5 T in the core.

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
39

Sol. (a) (iii) For positively charged particle, the direction of force,
0 according to Fleming’s left hand rule will be towards left. So
B . 2 ni sin   sin . both tracks A and B correspond to positively charged
4
particles (i.e. protons and -particles).
From figure  = (90o – 30o) = 60o and  = (90o – 60o) = 30o
When a moving charged particle is subjected to a


 ni  ni
B  0 sin 60  sin 30   0
2 4
 3  1. perpendicular magnetic field, it describes a circular path of
radius r given by
mv m
Example - 10 r or r 
Bq q
Distinguish between Biot Savart’s law and Ampere’s rp mp q   m   2e  1
circuital law.      
r m q p  4m   e  2
Sol.
or r  2rp i.e. r  rp .
Biot-Savart’s Law Ampere’s Circuital Law
1. This law is based on the This law is based on the i.e. track B corresponds to -particle and track A corresponds
principle of magnetism. principle of electromagnetism. to proton.
2. This law is valid for This law is valid for
Example - 12
asymmetrical current symmetrical current
distribution. distributions. An electron and proton enter perpendicularly in a uniform
3. This law is the differential This law is the integral form magnetic field with the same speed. How many times larger
  will be the radius of proton’s path than the electron’s ?
form of magnetic field of B or H . Proton is 1840 times heavier than electron.

induction B or
 Sol. The charged particle while moving perpendicular to magnetic
magnetising force H . field experiences a force which provides the centripetal force
for its circular motion. The radius r of the circular path traced
Example - 11 by the particle in magnetic field B, is given by Bqv = mv2/r or
A neutron, a proton an electron and an -particle enter a r = mv/Bq or r  m if v, B and q are constant.
region of constant magnetic field with equal velocities. Since the value of charge on electron and proton is the
The magnetic field is along the inward normal to the plane same but mass of proton is 1840 times mass of electron,
of paper. The tracks of the particles are shown in figure. rp m p 1840m e
Relate the tracks to the particles. hence    1840 or r = 1840 r .
re me me p e

Example - 13
An electron of energy 2000 eV describes a circular path
in magnetic field of flux density 0.2 T. What is the radius
of the path ? Take e = 1.6 × 10–19 C, m = 9 × 10–31 kg.
Sol. Here, energy of electron, E’ = 2000 eV
= 2000 × 1.6 × 10–19 J = 3.2 × 10–16 J.
B = 0.2 T ; r = ?
Sol. We know that force on a charged particle in the magnetic
   1 2E '
field is F  q v  B or F  qvBsin , so As, E '  mv 2  v 
2 m
(i) For neutral particle i.e. neutron, q = 0, hence F = 0. It means
neutron will go undeflected i.e. track C corresponds to mv 2 mv m 2E ' 2E 'm
Also, Bev  or r   
neutron. r Be Be m Be
(ii) For negatively charged particle i.e. electron, the direction of
2  3.2 1016  9 1031
force, according to Fleming’s Left hand rule will be towards   7.5 104 m
right. So track D corresponds to electron. 0.2  1.6 1019

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
40

Example - 14
A proton of mass m and charge +e is moving in a circular
orbit of a magnetic field with energy 1MeV. What should
be the energy of -particle (mass = 4 m and charge =
+2e), so that it can revolve in the path of same radius
(a) 1 MeV (b) 4 MeV
(c) 2 MeV (d) 0.5 MeV

2 mK
Sol. (a) By using r  ; r  same, B  same
qB

q2
 K
m Sol. Here, I = 4A ; v = 4 × 106 ms–1 ; a = 0.2 m.
2 2 Magnetic field induction at P is
K q  m p  2q p  m
Hence          p 1= 1
K p  q p  m  q p
 
 4m p
  0 2I 107  2  4
B   4  106 T
 K = Kp = 1meV. 4 r 0.2

The direction of B , according to Right Hand Thumb rule is
Example - 15
perpendicular to the plane of paper directed inwards.
An electron is passing through a field but no force is
Since proton is moving in opposite direction to the current
acting on it. Under what conditions is it possible, if the
carrying straight wire, hence the proton is moving
motion of the electron be in the (i) electric field (ii)
perpendicular to the direction of magnetic field due to current
magnetic field ?
through straight wire. The force on moving proton of charge
Sol. (i) In electric field, there is always a force on the moving
q due to magnetic field is
electron opposite to the direction of field. Thus the force
will be zero only if electric field is zero. F = qvB sin 90º = (1.6 × 10–19) × (4 × 106) × (4 × 10–6)
(ii) In magnetic field, the force acting on a moving electron is = 2.56 × 10–18 N
F = qv B sin , it is zero if  = 0º or 180º. The direction of force on proton, according to Fleming’s
i.e. the electron is moving parallel or antiparallel to the direction Left Hand Rule acts in the plane of paper towards right.
of magnetic field.
Example - 18
Example - 16
 Figure shows a rectangular current-carrying loop placed
 
A charge 3 coulomb is moving with velocity v  4iˆ  3jˆ ms
1
2 cm away from a long, straight, current carrying

 
in a magnetic field B  4iˆ  3jˆ Wbm . Find the force
2 conductor. What is the direction and magnitude of the net
force acting on the loop ?
acting on the charge.
  
     
Sol. F  q v  B  3  4iˆ  3jˆ  4iˆ  3jˆ  = 3 [0] = 0

 Cross product of two equal vector is zero.

Example - 17
A long straight wire AB carries a current of 4 A. A proton
P travels at 4 × 106 ms–1 parallel to the wire, 0.2 m from it
and in a direction opposite to the current as shown in
figure. Calculate the force which the magnetic field of
current exerts on the proton. Also specify the direction of
the force.

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
41

Sol. Here, I1 = 15 A ; I2 = 25 A ; Example - 20

r1 = 2 × 10 m ; r2 = (2 + 10) × 10 m
–2 –2
What is the net force on the coil

 0 2I1I 2 10 cm
Force on BC, F1   length BC
4 r1 2A
1A
2  15  25
 10 7  
 25 102  15 cm
 2  102  2 cm
= 9.375 × 10 N (repulsive, away from XY)
–4

(a) 25 × 10–7 N moving towards wire

 2I I (b) 25 × 10–7 N moving away from wire
Force on DA, F2  0 1 2  length DA
4 r2 (c) 35 × 10–7 N moving towards wire
(d) 35 × 10–7 N moving away from wire
2  15  25
 107   25  102 Sol. (a) Force on sides BC and AD cancel each other.
 2  10   10 2
Force on side AB
= 1.5625 × 10–4 N (attractive towards XY) 2  2 1
FAB  10 7   15  10  2  3  10 6 N
Net force on the loop F = F1 – F2 = (9.375 – 1.5625) × 10–4 2  10  2
= 7.8175 × 10–4 N (respulsive, away from XY) Force on side CD
2  2 1
FAB  10 7  2
 15  10  2  0.5  10  6 N
Example - 19 12  10
A long straight conductor PQ, carrying a current of 60 A, B 10 cm C
is fixed horizontally. Another long conductor XY is 2A 1A 15 cm
kept parallel to PQ at a distance of 4 mm, in air.
Conductor XY is free to move and carries a current I. FAB FCD
Calculate the magnitude and direction of current I 2 cm
for which the magnetic repulsion just balances the A D
weight of conductor XY. (Mass per unit lengths for Hence net force on loop = FAB – FCD = 25  10–7 N (towards
conductor XY is 10 –2 kg/m). the wire).

Example - 21

A conductor PQRSTU, each side of length L, bent as shown

in the figure, carries a current i and is placed in a uniform
magnetic induction B directed parallel to the positive Y-
axis. The force experience by the wire and its direction are
Sol. Here, I1 = 60 A ; I2 = I A, r = 4 mm = 4 × 10–3 m ; R
Z B
Mass per unit length of conductor XY, m = 10–2 kg/m. i
As magnetic repulsion is balancing the weight of conductor S Q P
XY Y
7 T
0 2I1I2 10  2  60  I U
so,  mg or 3
 102  9.8 X
4 r 4  10
(a) 2iBL directed along the negative Z-axis
4  105  9.8 (b) 5iBL directed along the positive Z-axis
or I  32.67 A
2  107  60
(c) iBL direction along the positive Z-axis
The current in XY must flow opposite to that in PQ, because
(d) 2iBL directed along the positive Z-axis
only then the force will be repulsive.

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
42

Sol : (c) Sol. Here, B = 4 × 10–3 weber/m2 ; E = 2 × 104 V/m.

As PQ and UT are parallel to Q, therefore FPQ = FUT = 0 As the path of moving electron is undeviated, so force on
The current in TS and RQ are in mutually opposite direction. moving electron due to electric field is equal and opposite
Hence, FTS – FRQ = 0 to the force on moving electron due to magnetic field i.e.

Therefore the force will act only on the segment SR whose E 2  104
value is iBL and it’s direction is +z. eE  evB or v    5 106 m / s
B 4  103
Example - 22 When electron moves perpendicular to magnetic field, the
radius r of circular path traced by electron is
An electron moves straight inside a charged parallel plate
capacitor at uniform charge density . The space between
the plates is filled with constant magnetic field of r
mv

  
9.1 1031  5 106 
 7.11 103 m  7.11 mm

induction B . Time of straight line motion of the electron
eB 
1.6  10 19

 4  10 3

in the capacitor is Example - 24

× × × × × × × An electron beam moving with uniform velocity is

× – × × × × × × gradually diverging. When it is accelerated to a very high
e
× × × × × × × velocity, it again starts converging. Why ?
× × × × × × ×
Sol. Moving electrons, apart from electrical repulsion experience
magnetic attraction also. If the electron beam is moving
e  0 B under normal conditions, the electrical repulsive force is
(a)  B (b) much stronger than the magnetic attraction and hence the
0 
beam diverges. When the electron beam is moving at very
e 0B high velocity, the magnetic force of attraction becomes more
(c)  B (d) e  effective than electrical repulsion and the beam starts
0
converging.
Sol. (b) Example - 25
The net force acting on the electron is zero because it moves
A cyclotron oscillator frequency is 10 M Hz. What should
with constant velocity, due to it’s motion on straight line.
be the operating magnetic field for accelerating -particle
     ? If the radius of the dees is 50 cm, what is the kinetic
 Fnet  Fe  Fm  0  | Fe |  | Fm |
energy in MeV of the -particle beam produced by the
 eE = evB accelerator? (e = 1.6 × 10–19 C ; m = 4.0028 a.m.u. ; 1 a.m.u.
= 1.66 × 10–27 kg)
E  
 v  Since, E 
B 0B 0 Sol. Here, v = 10 MHz = 107 Hz ; r0 = 50 cm = 0.50 m ; B = ?
m = 4.0028 × 1.66 × 10–27 kg = 6.645 × 10–27 kg,
  0 B q = 2 e = 2 × 1.6 × 10–19 = 3.2 × 10–19 C.
 The time of motion inside the capacitor . t   .
v 
Example - 23 Bq
As, v
2m
An electron beam passes through a magnetic field of 4 × 10–
3
weber/m2 and an electric field of 2 × 104 Vm–1, both acting 2m v
simultaneously. The path of electron remaining or B
q
undeviated, calculate the speed of the electrons. If the
electric field is removed, what will be the radius of the 22 6.645 10 27  107
electron path ?  2   1.305 T
7 3.2 1019

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
43

Maximum kinetic energy is   

This is possible if B is parallel to A i.e. B is perpendicular
to the plane of the loop. In this orientation, the magnetic
 
2
B2 q 2 r 2 1.305  3.2 10   0.50 
2 19 2
field produced by the loop is in the same direction as that of
E max   J
2m 
2  6.645  1027  external field, both normal to the plane of loop. It is due to
this fact, the magnetic flux due to total field is maximum.

1.3052   3.2 2 1038  0.25 Example - 29

 MeV  20.5 MeV
2  6.645 1027  1.6  1013 Three wires each of length 2.0 m are bent into different
rectangular loops and then suspended in a magnetic field,
Example - 26 figure. If the current in each of them be the same, which
What is meant by cyclotron frequency ? loop shall be acted upon by largest torque ? If any of the
wires be bent into circular loop, then ?
Sol. It is the frequency of oscillation of a heavy charged particle
in between two dees of cyclotron, which is equal to the
frequency of high frequency oscillator, creating electric field
between two dees of cyclotron. Cyclotron frequency,
v = Bq/2  m, which is independent of the radius of the
circular path and velocity of the charged particle in the two
dees of cyclotron.

Example - 27

What is the basic principle of working of cyclotron ?

Write two uses of this machine.

Sol. The working of the cyclotron is based on the fact that a Sol. Torque () on a current loop suspended in a uniform magnetic
heavy positively charged particle can be accelerated to a field is given by = I AB sin  i.e.   A. Since the area of
sufficiently high energy with the help of smaller values of loop (c) = 0.5 m × 0.5 m is maximum; hence the largest torque
oscillation and electric field, by making it to cross the same will be acting on it. When any wire is bent into a circular
electric field time and again with the use of strong magnetic loop, the torque will be even more because for a given
field. perimeter the area of the circle is maximum.
A cyclotron is used (i) to bombard nuclei with high energy
Example - 30
particles and to study the resulting nuclear reaction (ii) to
produce radioactive substances which may be used in A circular coil of 100 turns, radius 10 cm carries a
hospitals for diagnosing the diseases in the body. current of 5 A. It is suspended vertically in a uniform
horizontal magnetic field of 0.5 T, the field lines making
Example - 28 an angle of 60º with the plane of coil. Calculate the
magnitude of the torque that must be applied on it to
A current carrying circular loop is located in a uniform prevent it from turning.
external magnetic field. If the loop is free to turn, what is
its orientation of stable equilibrium? Show that in this Sol. Here, n = 100 ; I = 5 A ; B = 0.5 T ;  = 90º – 60º = 30º ; r = 10
orientation, the flux of the total field (external field + field cm = 0.10 m ;
produced by the loop) is maximum.
22
  0.10  m 2
2
Sol. The current carrying circular loop behaves as a magnetic A  r 2 
 7
dipole of magnetic moment M acting perpendicular to its
plane. The torque on the current loop of magnetic dipole Torque,  = nIBA sin 
moment M in the magnetic field B is 22
 = MB sin  = IA × B sin , ( M = AI) = 100 × 5 × 0.5 × × (0.10)2 × sin 30º
7
 
where  is the angle between M and B . The system will be = 3.925 N.m
in stable equilibrium if torque is zero, which is so if  = 0º.

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
44

Example - 31 1/ 2 1/ 2
 2MB   2  20 
or      20 rad / s.
What is a radial magnetic field ? How has it been achieved  I   0.1 
in moving coil galvanometer ? Second Method for (iv)
Sol. Radial magnetic field is that field, in which the plane of the Change in KE of rotation = work done in rotation
coil always lies in the direction of the magnetic field. A radial
1 2
magnetic field has been achieved by (i) properly cutting the I  MB  cos 1  cos 2  where
2
magnetic pole pieces in the shape of concave faces. (ii)
using a soft iron core within the coil.
1  0º ; 2  90º , I  0.1 kg m 2 ; MB  20 Nm
Example - 32 1/ 2
 2MB  cos 1  cos 2  
  
A 100 turn closely wound circular coil of radius 10 cm  I 
carries a current of 3.2 A. (i) What is the field at the centre
1/ 2
of the coil ? (ii) What is the magnetic moment of this  2  20   cos 0º  cos90º  
arrangement ? The coil is placed in a vertical plane and is    20 rad / s
 0.1 
free to rotate about a horizontal axis which coincides with
its diameter. A uniform magnetic field of 2 T in the
Example - 33
horizontal direction exists such that initially the axis of
the coil is in the direction of the field. The coil rotates Compare the current sensitivity and voltage sensitivity of
through an angle of 90º under the influence of the the following moving coil galvanometers :
magnetic field. (iii) What are the magnitudes of the torques Meter A : n = 30, A = 1.5 × 10–3 m2, B = 0.25 T, R = 20 
on the coil in the initial and final position ? (iv) What is
Meter B : n = 35, A = 2.0 × 10–3 m2, B = 0.25 T, R = 30 
the angular speed acquired by the coil when it has rotated
by 90º ? The moment of inertia of the coil is 0.1 kg m2. You are given that the springs in the two metres have the
same torsional constants.
Sol. (i) Here, n = 100, r = 0.10 m, i = 3.2 A, B = 2 T, I = 0.1 kg m2
Sol. For metre A, n1 = 30, A1 = 1.5 × 10–3 m2, B1 = 0.25 T, R1 = 20 .
0 2ni 22 100  3.2
B  107  2    2  10 3 T For metre B, n2 = 35, A2 = 2.0 × 10–3 m2, B2 = 0.25 T, R2 = 30 .
4 r 7 0.10
nBA
Current sensitivity of a meter 
 22  k
M = niA = nir2 = 100   3.2       0.10   10 Am 2
2
(ii)
 
7 Current sensitivity of meter A
  
 Current sensitivity of meter B
(iii)   M  B  MBsin  where  is the angle between M
   n1B1A1 k2 nBA
and B or between A and B .    1 1 1  k  k 
k1 n 2 B 2 A 2 n 2 B2 A 2 1 2
Initially,  = 0º,  = MB sin 0º = 0.
Finally,  = 90º,  = MB sin 90º = MB = 10 × 2 = 20 Nm. 30  0.25  1.5  103 45 9
  
35  0.25  2.0  103 70 14
d d d d
(iv)   I  I  I   I    MBsin  nBA
dt d dt d Now, voltage sensitivity of a meter 
kR
 Id  MBsin d .
Voltage sensitivity of A
Integrating it within the given conditions,  Voltage sensitivity of B
 /2
9 R 2 9 30

I d   MBsin  d    
14 R1 14 20
0 0

2 / 2    27
I  MB   cos  0   MB  cos  cos 0º   MB 
2  2  28

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
45

Example - 34 Example - 36

The current sensitivity of a moving coil galvanometer State properties of the material of the wire used for
increases by 20% when its resistance is increased by a suspension of the coil in a moving coil galvanometer.
factor 2. Calculate by what factor the voltage sensitivity Sol. The properties of the material of the wire used for suspension
changes. of the coil in a moving coil galvanometer are as follows :
1. It should have low torsional constant i.e. restoring torque
' 20 120 per unit twist should be small.
Sol. Given, Is  Is  Is  Is ; R '  2R
100 100 2. It should have high tensile strength.

Is 3. It should be a non-magnetic substance.

Then, initial voltage sensitivity, Vs  4. It should have a low temperature coefficient of resistance.
R
5. It should be a good conductor of electricity.
New voltage sensitivity,
Example - 37
I'  120  1 3
Vs'  s   Is    Vs Define the term : magnetic dipole moment of a current
R '  100  2R 5
loop. Write the expression for the magnetic moment when
an electron revolves at a speed v around an orbit of radius
Vs  Vs'
 % decrease in voltage sensitivity  100 r in hydrogen atom.
Vs

3 Sol. A current carrying loop behaves as a system of two equal

Vs  Vs
5 100  40% and opposite magnetic poles separated by a distance. Hence

Vs it behaves as a magnetic dipole. Magnetic dipole moment of
current loop is the product of current I and area A enclosed
Example - 35 by the loop of current, i.e. M = IA.

A galvanometer having 30 divisions has a current In a hydrogen atom, when an electron revolves at a speed v
sensitivity of 20 A/division. It has a resistance of 25 . around an orbit of radius r, the magnetic moment is given by
How will you convert it into an ammeter upto 1 ampere ? e 2r
M  . r 2 , T 
How will you convert this ammeter into a voltmeter up to 1 T V
volt ? e.v eVr
 M= .πr 2 =
2πr 2
Sol. Current sensitivity = 20 A/div. = 20 × 10–6 A/div. where e is charge on electron, m is mass of electron ;
Current for full scale deflection, ig = 20 × 10–6 × 30 = 6 × 10–4 A n denotes the number of orbit and h is Plack’s constant.

For converting galvanometer into ammeter the shunt required Example - 38

Ig 6  104  25 A magnetised steel wire 31.4 cm long has a pole strength
S .G   0.015
I  Ig 1  6  10 4 of 0.2 Am. It is then bent in the form of a semicircle.
Calculate magnetic moment of the needle.
Resistance of ammeter formed,

GS 0.015  25 Sol. Here, L = 31.4 cm. m = 0.2 Am, M = ?

G'    0.015 
G  S 25  0.015 When the wire is bent in the form of a semicircle of radius r,
then L = r = 3.14 r
Conversion of ammeter into voltmeter
L 31.4
Here, Ig = 1 ampere, V = 1 volt, G’ = 0.015  r   10 cm
3.14 3.14
Resistance to be used in series, Distance between the two ends of wire,
V 1 2 = 2r = 20 cm = 0.2 m
R  G '   0.015  0.985 
Ig 1 M = m × 2 = 0.2 × 0.2 = 0.04 Am2

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
46

Example - 39 C m T '
Sol. As  m  T  '  T
A magnetised needle of magnetic moment 4.8 × 10 J T –2 –1
m
is placed at 30º with the direction of uniform magnetic
field of magnitude 3 × 10–2 T. What is the torque acting on m 1.2  105
or T'  T   300  249.99 K
the needle ? 'm 1.44  105

Sol. Here, M = 4.8 × 10–2 J T–1 ;  = 30º ; B = 3 × 10–2 T Example - 44

torque,  = ? A solenoid has a core of a material with relative
As  = MB sin  permeability 400. The windings of the solenoid are
  = 4.8 × 10–2 × 3 × 10–2 sin 30º insulated from the core and carry a current of 2 A. If the
number of turns is 1000 per metre, calculate (i) H (ii) B
= 7.2 × 10–4 N-m
(iii) Intensity of magnetisation I, and the magnetising
Example - 40 current.

Why do magnetic lines of force prefer to pass through Sol. Here, r = 400, I’ = 2A, n = 1000 per metre
iron than air ? (i) H = nI’ = 1000 × 2 = 2 × 103 Am–1
Sol. This is because permeability of soft iron is much greater (ii) B = H = 0 r H = 4× 10–7 × 400 (2 × 103) = 1.0 T
than that of air.
(iii) From B = 0 (H + I), where I is intensity of magnetisation,
Example - 41
B 1.0
I H  7
 2  103
State two methods to destroy the magnetism of a magnet. 0 4 10

Sol. (i) By heating the magnet. = 7.95 × 105 – 0.02 × 105

(ii) By applying magnetic field in the reverse direction. = 7.93 × 105 Am–1.

Example - 42 (iv) The magnetising current Im is the additional current that

A magnetic needle has magnetic moment of 6.7 × 10–2 Am2
and moment of inertia of 7.5 × 10–6 kg m2. It performs 10
complete oscillations in 6.70 s. What is the magnitude of
the magnetic field ?
needs to be passed through the windings of the solenoid in
the absence of the core, which would produce a B value as
in the presence of the core. Thus,
B = 0 n (I’ + Im)

Sol. Here, M = 6.7 × 10–2 Am2, I = 7.5 × 10–6 kg m2 1.0 = 4 × 10–7 × 1000 (2 + Im)

6.70 1.0
Time for one oscillation, T   0.67 s ; B  ? Im   2  796  2  794 A
10 4 10 4

I 4 2 I Example - 45
From T*  2 ;B
MB MT 2
A magnetic needle free to rotate in a vertical plane, orients
4   22 / 7   7.5  10 6
2
  0.01 T itself with its axis vertical at a certain place on the earth.
6.7  102  0.67 
2
What are the values of
(a) Horizontal component of earth’s field ?
Example - 41
(b) angle of dip at this place.
The susceptibility of magnesium at 300 K is 1.2 × 10–5.
At what temperature will the susceptibility be equal to Sol. H = 0 and  = 90º.
1.44 × 10–5 ? The place will be magnetic pole of earth.

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM
47

Example - 46
In the magnetic meridian of a certain place, the horizontal
component of the earth’s magnetic field is 0.26 G and dip
angle is 60º. What is the magnetic field of earth at this
location ?
Example - 47
A ship is to reach a place 10º south of west. In what
direction should it be steered if declination at the place
is 17º west ?

Sol. Here, H = 0.26 G,  = 60º, B = ? Sol. As the ship is to reach a place 10º south of west i.e. along
OA, in the figure, therefore, it should be steered west of
As H = B cos 
(magnetic) north at an angle of (90 – 17 + 10) = 83º.
H 0.26 0.26
 B    0.52 G
cos  cos 60º 1/ 2 

SCAN CODE
Magnetism
MAGNETISM 48

EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Biot Savart's Law 7. A current I flowing through the sides of an equilateral triangle
 of side a. The magnitude of the magnetic field at the centroid
1. An element d   dxiˆ (where dx = 1 cm) is placed at the of the triangle is
origin and carries a large current I = 10A. What is the
magnetic field on the y-axis at a distance of 0.5 m ? 2 0 I 3 3 0 I
(a) (b)
ˆ
(a) 2  108 kT ˆ
(b) 4 108 kT a 2a
ˆ
(c) 2  108 kT ˆ
(d) 4  108 kT 90 I 2 2 0 I
(c) (d)
2. A current carrying power line carries current from west to 2a 2a
east. The direction of magnetic field 1m above the power 8. A long, straight, solid metal wire of radius 2 mm carries a
line will be current uniformly distributed over its circular cross-section.
(a) east to west (b) west to east The magnetic field induction at a distance 2 mm from its axis
(c) south to north (d) north to south is B. Then the magnetic field induction at distance 1 mm from
axis will be
Magnetic Induction Due to Different Current
Carrying Conductors Configurations (a) B (b) B/2

3. A current of i ampere flows along an infinitely long straight (c) 2B (d) 4B

thin walled tube, then the magnetic induction at any point 9. The magnetic flux density B at a distance r from a long straight
inside the tube is rod carrying a steady current varies with r as shown in figure
(a) infinite (b) zero
B B
0 2i 0i0
(c)  tesla  (d)  tesla
4r 2r
4. A circular coil A of radius r carries current I. Another circular
coil B of radius 2r carries current of I. The magnetic fields (a) (b)
at the centres of the circular coils are in the ratio of
O r O
(a) 3 : 1 (b) 4 : 1 r
(c) 1 : 1 (d) 2 : 1 B B
5. A circular conducting ring of radius R is connected to two
exterior straight wires ending at two ends of a diameter.
The current I split into unequal portions while passing
through the ring as shown. What is magnetic field (c) (d)
induction at the centre of the ring?
O r O r
I/4
O 10. Two long parallel wires are at a distance 2d apart. They
I R I carry steady equal current flowing out of the plane of the
paper as shown. The variation of the magnetic field along
the line XX’ is given by
3I/4
I I
(a) 0 (b) 0
4R 8R
0 I (a)
(c) (d) zero
3R
6. The magneitc field due to a current carrying circular loop
of radius 3 cm at a point on the axis at a distance of 4 cm
from the centre is 54 T. What will be its value at the
centre of the loop ?
(a) 250 T (b) 150 T (b)
(c) 125 T (d) 75 T
MAGNETISM 49

Magnetic Induction Due to Extended Current Configurations

13. A toroidal solenoid has 3000 turns and a mean radius of 10

cm. It has soft iron core of relative permeability 2000. What
is the magnitude of magnetic field in the core when a current
(c) of 1 A is passed through the solenoid.
(a) 1.2 T (b) 12 T
(c) 5.6 T (d) 4.5 T
14. A long solenoid is formed by winding 20 turns/cm. The
current necessary to produce a magnetic field of 20 milli
tesla inside the solenoid will be aproximately
(d)
(a) 1.0 A (b) 2.0 A
(c) 4.0 A (d) 8.0 A
11. The magnitude of the magnetic field (B) due to loop ABCD 15. A long solenoid has 800 turns per metre length of solenoid.
at the origin (O) is : A current of 1.6 A flows through it. The magnetic induction
at the end of the solenoid on its axis is
(a) 16 × 10–4 tesla (b) 8 × 10–4 tesla
(c) 32 × 10–4 tesla (d) 4 × 10–4 tesla
16. If a current is passed in a spring, it
(a) gets compressed
(b) gets expanded
(c) oscillates
(a) zero
(d) remains unchanged

0  b  a  17. A thin circular disk of radius R is uniformly charged with

(b) density  > 0 per unit area. The disk rotates about its axis
24 ab
with a uniform angular speed . The magnetic moment of
the disck is :
0 I  b  a  4 4
(a) 2R  (b) R 
4  ab 
(c)

R 4 R 4
0I    (c)  (d) 
(d)  2  b  a    a  b 2 4
4  3 
Ampere's Law
12. Consider two thin identical conducting wires covered with 18. A horizontal overhead powerline is at a height of 4m from
very thin insulating material. One of the wires is bent into the ground and carries a current of 100 A from east to
a loop and produces magnetic field B1, at its centre when west. The magnetic field directly below it on the ground is
a current I passes through it. The second wire is bent into –7 –1
(0 = 4 × 10 TmA )
a coil with three identical loops adjacent to each other and
–7
produces magnetic field B2 at the centre of the loops when (a) 2.5 × 10 T, southward
current 1/3 passes through it. The ratio B1 : B2 is: –6
(b) 5 × 10 T, northward
(a) 1 : 3 (b) 9 : 1 –6
(c) 5 × 10 T, southward
(c) 1 : 9 (d) 1 : 1
–7
(d) 2.5 × 10 T, northward
MAGNETISM 50

19. A current I flows along the length of an infinitely long,
straight, thin walled pipe. Then
(a) the magnetic field is zero only on the axis of the pipe
(b) the magnetic field is different at different points inside
the pipe
(c) the magnetic field at any point inside the pipe is zero
25. Proton, deuteron and alpha particles of same kinetic energy
are moving in circular trajectories in a constant magnetic
field. The radii of proton, deuteron and alpha particle are
respectively rp, rd and ra. Which one of the following relation
is correct ?
(a) r = rp = rd (b) r = rp < rd

(d) the magnetic field at all points inside the pipe is the (c) r > rd > rp (d) r = rd > rp
same, but not zero 26. An electron has a circular path of radius 0.01 m in a
perpendicular magnetic induction 10–3 T. The speed of the
Electromagnetic Interactions electron is nearly
20. If a charged particle is describing a circle of radius r in a (a) 1.76 × 104 m/s (b) 1.76 × 106 m/s
magnetic field with a time period T, then (c) 3.52 × 106 m/s (d) 7.04 × 106 m/s
(a) T 2  r 3 (b) T 2  r 27. The current in wire is directed towards east and the wire is
placed in magnetic field directed towards north. The force
(c) T  r 2 (d) T  r 0 on the wire is
(a) vertically upwards (b) vertically downwards
21. A deutron of kinetic energy 50 keV is describing a circular
orbit of radius 0.5 metre in a plane perpendicular to magnetic (c) due south (d) due east

field B . The kinetic energy of the proton that describes a 28. A charged particle enters a uniform magnetic field with
circular orbit of radius 0.5 metre in the same plane with the velocity vector at an angle of 45º with the magnetic field. The
 pitch of the helical path is p. The radius of the helix will be
same B is
p p
(a) 200 keV (b) 100 keV (a) (b)
 2
(c) 50 keV (d) 25 keV p
22. A bar magnet of length 3 cm has a point A and B along axis (c) 2p (d)
2 
at a distance of 24 cm and 48 cm on the opposite ends. Ratio
of magnetic fields at these points will be Magnetic Force on Current Carrying Conductors

29. A metal wire of mass m slides without friction on two rails

placed at a distance l apart. The track lies in a uniform vertical
magnetic field B. A constant current I flows along the rails
across the wire and back down the other rail. The acceleration
(a) 8 (b) 3
of the wire is
(c) 4 (d) 1/ 2 2 BmI
(a) (b) mBIl
23. The time period of a charged particle undergoing a circular 
motion in a uniform magnetic field is independent of its BI mI
(c) (d)
(a) speed (b) mass m B
30. A straight horizontal wire of mass 10 mg and length 1 m
(c) charge (d) magnetic induction carries a current of 2 ampere .What minimum magnetic field
B should be applied in the region so that the magnetic
24. A charged particle of mass m and charge q travels on a force on the wire may balance its weight.
circular path of radius r that is perpendicular to a magnetic (a) 2.45 × 10-4 T (b) 4.9 × 10-4 T
field B. The time taken by the particle to complete one (c) 4.9 × 10-5 T (d) 9.8 × 10-4 T
revolution is
31. The forces existing between two parallel current carrying
conductors is F. If the current in each conductor is doubled,
2mq 2q B2
then the value of force will be
(a) (b)
B m
(a) 2F (b) 4F
2qB 2m (c) 5F (d) F/2
(c) (d)
m qB
MAGNETISM 51

32. Two parallel wires carry currents of 20 A and 40 A in 36. A current I1 carrying wire AB is placed near an another long
opposite directions. Another wire carrying current of 20 A wire CD carrying current I2. Figure. If free to move, wire AB
and anti-parallel to 20A is placed midway between the two will have
wires .The magnetic force on this wire will be
(a) towards 20 A
(b) towards 40 A
(c) perpendicular to plane of wires
(d) zero
33. Through two parallel wires A and B, 10A and 2A of currents
are passed respectively in opposite directions. If the wire
A is infinitely long and the length of the wire B is 2m, then (a) rotational motion only
force on the conductor B, which is situated at 10 cm
distance from A, will be (b) translational motion only
(c) rotational as well as translational motion
(a) 8 × 10–7 N (b) 8 × 10–5 N
(d) neither rotational nor translational motion
(c) 4 × 10–7 N (d) 4 × 10–5 N 37. A charged particle moves through a magnetic field
perpendicular to its direction. Then
34. Two thin, long, parallel wires, separated by a distance d
(a) the momentum changes but the kinetic energy is constant
carry a current of I ampere in the same direction. They will
(b) both momentum and kinetic energy of the particle are not
0 I2 constant
(a) attract each other with a force of 2d
  (c) both momentum and kinetic energy of the particle are
0 I2 constant
(b) repel each other with a force of 2d
  (d) kinetic energy changes but the momentum is constant
0I2 38. Wires 1 and 2 carrying currents I1 and I2 respectively are

(c) attract each other with a force of 2d 2
 inclined at an angle  to each other. What is the force on a
small element dl of wire 2 at a distance r from wire 1 (as
0I2 shown in figure) due to the magnetic field of wire 1 ?

(d) repel each other with a force of 2d 2

1 2
35. Three straight parallel current carrying conductors are
shown in the figure. The force experienced by the middle i1
conductor of length 25 cm is: i2
r
dl

0
(a) I I dl tan 
2r 1 2

0
(b) I I dl sin 
2r 1 2

0
(a) Zero (b) 6 × 10–4 N toward left (c) I I dl cos 
2r 1 2
(c) 9 × 10–4 N toward left (d) 3 × 10–4 N toward right
(d) None of these
MAGNETISM 52

Motion of a Charged Particle in Electromagnetic Field A Closed Current Carrying Coil Placed in Magnetic Field
39. An electron is moving along positive x axis. A uniform 44. Due to the presence of the current I1 at the origin
electric field exists towards negative y axis. What should
(a) The forces on AB and DC are zero
be the directions of the magnetic field of suitable magnitude
so that net force on the electron is zero? (b) The forces on AD and BC are zero
(c) The magnitude of the net force on the loop is given by
(a) positive y axis (b) positive z axis
 0 II1  
(c) negative z axis (d) negative y axis.
 2  b  a    a  b  
4  3 
40. A uniform electric field and a uniform magnetic field are
pointed in the same direction. If an electron is projected in (d) The magnitude of the net force on the loop is given by
the same direction, the electron
 0 II1
(a) velocity will increase in magnitude (b – a)
24ab
(b) velocity will decrease in magnitude
Magnetic Moment
(c) will turn to its left
45. A wire of length L metre carrying a current I ampere is bent
(d) will turn to its right in the form of a circle. Its magnitude of magnetic moment
will be
41. In a region, steady and uniform electric and magnetic fields
(a) IL/4p (b) I2L2/4p
are present. These two fields are parallel to each other. A
charged particle is released from rest in this region. The (c) I2L/8p (d) IL2/4p
path of the particle will be a 46. A current of 2 ampere is passed in a coil of radius 0.5 m and
number of turns 20. The magnetic moment of the coil is
(a) helix (b) straight line
(a) 0.314 Am2 (b) 3.14 A–m2
(c) ellipse (d) circle
(c) 314 A–m2 (d) 31.4 A–m2
42. A charged particle with charge q enters a region of constant,
  47. A steel wire of length l has a magnetic moment M. It is bent
uniform and mutually orthogonal fields E and B with a into L shape from the middle. The new magnetic moment is
  
velocity v perpendicular to both E and B , and comes out (a) M (b) M / 2

without any change in magnitude or direction of v . Then
(c) M/2 (d) 2M
Classical Magnetism
 
  B   E 48. If an electron and a proton having same momenta enter
(a) v  E  2 (b) v  B  2
B B perpendicularly to a magnetic field, then
(a) curved path of electron and proton will be same (ignoring
 
  B   E the sense of revolution)
(c) v  E  (d) v  B  2
E2 E (b) they will move undeflected
–18
43. A particle of charge – 16 × 10 C moving with velocity (c) curved path of electron is more curved than that of proton
–1
10 ms along the x-axis enters a region where a magnetic (d) path of proton is more curved
field of induction B is along the y-axis and an electric field of 49. A thin rectangular bar magnet suspended freely has period
4 –1
magnitude 10 Vm is along the negative z-axis. If the of oscillation of 4 seconds. What will be period of oscillation
charged particle continues moving along the x-axis, the if the magnet is broken into two halves; each having length
magnitude of B is half of original; and one piece is made to oscillate in the
3 2 5 2 same field.
(a) 10 Wb/m (b) 10 Wb/m
16 2 –3 2 (a) 2 s (b) 3 s
(c) 10 Wb/m (d) 10 Wb/m
(c) 1 s (d) 4 s
MAGNETISM 53

50. Of the following figure, the lines of magnetic induction due 55. An iron rod of length 20 cm and diameter 1 cm is placed
to a magnet SN, are given by inside a solenoid on which the number of turns is 600. The
relative permeability of the rod is 1000. If a current of 0.5 A is
placed in the solenoid, then the magnetisation of the rod
will be
(a) 2.997 × 102 A/m (b) 2.997 × 103 A/m
(1) (2) (c) 2.997 × 104 A/m (d) 2.997 × 105 A/m
56. The magnetization in the absence of the core will be
(a) 2400 A/m (b) 2.3 × 104 A/m
(c) 7.94 × 10 A/m
5
(d) zero
57. There are 1000 turns /m in a Rowland’s ring and a current of
2A is flowing in the windings .The value of magnetic
induction produced is found to be 1.0T.When no core is
present then magnetizing field produced in the ring will be
(a) 1000 A/m (b) 1400 A/m
(3) (4)
(c) 2000 A/m (d) 2400A/m
58. A solenoid has core of a material with relative permeability
400.The winding of the solenoid are insulated from the core
and carry a current of 2 ampere. If the number of turns is
1000 per meter, what is magnetic flux density inside the
(a) 1 (b) 2
core?
(c) 3 (d) 4 (a) 0.4T (b) 0.5 T
51. The magnetic induction along the axis of an air cored (c) 0.7 T (d) 1.0T
solenoid is 0.03 T. On placing an iron core inside the 59. The mass of iron rod is 80 gm and its magnetic moment is
solenoid the magnetic induction becomes 1.5T .The relative 10A.m2.If the density of iron is 8 gm/cc, then the value of
permeability of iron core will be intensity of magnetization will be
(a) 12 (b) 40 (a) 106A/m (b) 3000 A/m
(c) 50 (d) 300 (c) 10 A/m
5
(d) 1A/m
52. A sensitive magnetic instrument can be shielded very 60. The magnetic susceptibility of a material of a rod is 499.
effectively from outside magnetic field by placing it Permeability of vacuum is 4p × 10 –7 H/m. Absolute
inside a box of permeability of the material of the rod in henry/meter is

(a) Teak wood (a) p × 10–4 (b) 4p × 10–4

(c) 3p × 10–4 (d) 2p × 10–4
(b) plastic material
61. The coercivity of a bar magnet is 4000A/m .In order to
(c) A metal of low magnetic permeability demagnetize it is placed inside a solenoid of length 12 cm
(d) A metal of high magnetic permeability and having 60 turns. What current should be passed
53. The relative permeability of the material will be through the solenoid?
(a) 2A (b) 4A
(a) 397.7 (b) 448.5
(c) 8A (d) 16A
(c) 533 (d) 657
62. Magnetic susceptibility is negative for
54. A magnetising field of 2 × 103 amp/m produces a magnetic (a) Paramagnetic material only
flux density of 8p tesla in an iron rod. The relative permeability
(b) Diamagnetic material only
of the rod will be
(c) Ferromagnetic material only
(a) 102 (b) 100
(d) Paramagnetic and Ferromagnetic materials
(c) 103 (d) 104
MAGNETISM 54

63. The intensity of magnetization in the presence of core will

(c) 2B0 (d) B02
be
(a) 1000 A/m (b) 2.3 × 104 A/m 70. Agonic line is that curve at which
(c) 7.94 × 10 A/m
5
(d) 4.3 × 10-5 A/m (a) total intensity of earth ‘s magnetic field is same
64. A uniform magnetic field parallel to the plane of paper,
(b) the angle of dip is same
existed in space initially directed from left to right. When
a bar of soft iron is placed in the field parallel to it, the (c) angle of declination is same
lines of force passing through it will be represented by (d) magnetic declination is zero
figure
71. The magnetic lines of force due to horizontal component
of earth’s magnetic field will be
(a) elliptical
(A) (B) (b) circular
(c) horizontal and parallel
(d) curved
Numerical Type Questions
72. A charge 4 C enters in a region of uniform magnetic field
(C) (D) with a velocity (4iˆ  7 ˆj )m / s experiences a force
ˆˆ)N. Find the value of C.
(5iˆ  Cj
(a) A (b) B 73. An electron beam passes through a magnetic field of
(c) C (d) D
magnetic induction 2  10 3 T and an electric field of
Terrestrial Magnetism
65. The total intensity of the Earth’s magnetic field at equator strength 3.4 104 V / m both acting simultaneously in
is 5 units. What is its value at the poles ? mutually perpendicular directions. If the path of electrons
(a) 5 (b) 4 remains undeviated, calculate the speed of the electrons. If
the electric field is removed, what will be the radius of
(c) 3 (d) 2
curvature of the trajectory of the electron path after 2 s?
66. At a certain place, horizontal component of Earth’s field is 74. A circular coil of wire 8 cm in diameter has 12 turns and
3 times the vertical component. The angle of dip at this carries a current of 5A. The coil is placed in a field where
place is magnetic induction is 0.6T. What is the maximum torque on
(a) 0 (b) p/3 the coil?
75. A solid sphere of radius R, uniformly charged with a charge
(c) p/6 (d) none of the above
Q is rotating about its central axis at angular speed  Find
67. In a magnetic meridian of a certain place, horizontal com- the magnetic moment of this rotating sphere.
ponent of earth’s field is 0.25G and the angle of dip is 76. A current i = 1 A circulates in a round thin wire loop of
60o.What is the magnetic field of the earth at this location. radius r = 100 mm. Find the magnetic induction. At the
(a) 0.5G (b) 0.25 G centre of the loop

(c) 0. 25 3 G (d) none of these

68. The angles of dip at the poles and the equator respectively
are
(a) 30°, 60° (b) 90°, 0°
(c) 30°, 90° (d) 0°, 0°
69. At a certain place, the horizontal component of the earth’s
magnetic field is B0 and the angle of dip is 45°. The total
intensity of the field at that place will be

(a) B0 (b) 2 B0
MAGNETISM 55

EXERCISE - 2 : PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAIN QUESTIONS

1. Two long current carrying thin wires, both with current I, If there is a uniform magnetic field of 0.3 T in the positive
are held by insulating threads of length L and are in z direction, in which orientations the loop would be in (i)
equilibrium as shown in the figure, with threads making stable equilibrium and (ii) unstable equilibrium ? (2015)
an angle ‘’ with the vertical. If wires have mass  per unit (a) (B) and (D), respectively
length then the value of I is : (b) (B) and (C), respectively
(g = gravitational acceleration) (2015) (c) (A) and (B), respectively
(d) (A) and (C), respectively
3. Two coaxial solenoids of different radii carry current I in

the same direction. Let F1 be the magnetic force on the

inner solenoid due to the outer one and F2 be the
magnetic force on the outer solenoid due to the inner one.
Then :
 
(a) F1 is radially inwards and F2 = 0 (2015)
 
(b) F1 = F2 = 0
gL gL  
(a) 2 tan  (b) tan  (c) F1 is radially outwards and F2 = 0
0 0
 
(d) F1 is radially inwards and F2 is radially outwards
gL  gL
(c) sin   cos  (d) 2 sin   cos  4. Two long straight parallel wires, carrying (adjustable)
0 0 current I1 and I2, are kept at a distance d apart. If the force
‘F’ between the two wires is taken as ‘positive’ when the
2. A rectangular loop of sides 10 cm and 5 cm carrying a
wires repel each other and ‘negative’ when the wires attract
current I of 12 A is placed in different orientations as shown
each other, the graph showing the dependence of ‘F’, on
in the figures below :
the product I1I2, would be : (2015 Online)

(A)

(a) (b)

(B) (c) (d)

5. A short bar magnet is placed in the magnetic meridian of

the earth with north pole pointing north. Neutral points
are found at a distance of 30 cm from the magnet on the
(C) EastWest line, drawn through the middle point of the
magnet. The magnetic moment of the magnet is Am2 is
close to : (2015 Online)


(Given = 10  in SI units and B H = Horizontal

component of earth’s magnetic field = 3.6 × 10 Tesla)
(D) (a) 14.6 (b) 19.4
(c) 9.7 (d) 4.9
MAGNETISM 56

6. Two identical wires A and B, each of length ‘l’, carry the

same current I. Wire A is bent into a circle of radius R and
wire B is bent to form a square of side ‘a’. If BA and BB are
the values of magnetic field at the centres of the circle and
BA
square respectively, then the ratio B is : (2016)
B

2 2
(a) (b)
16 2 16

2 2
(c) (d)
8 2 8
(a) 1  0 vB, 2  0 vB
7. Hysteresis loops for two magnetic materials A and B are
given below :
0 v B  vB
(b) 1  , 2  0
2 2

(c) 1  2   0 vB

 0 vB  vB
(d) 1  , 2  0
2 2
10. A fighter plane of length 20 m, wing span (distance from
tip of one wing to the tip of the other wing) of 15 m and
These materials are used to make magnets for electric height 5m is flying towards east over Delhi. Its speed is
generators, transformer core and electromagnet core. Then 240 ms–1. The earth’s magnetic field over Delhi is 5 × 10–5 T
it is proper to use : (2016) with the declination angle ~ 0º and dip of  such that sin
(a) A for electromagnets and B for electric generators. 2
  . If the voltage developed is V between the lower
(b) A for transformers and B for electric generators. 3 B

(c) B for electromagnets and transformers.
(d) A for electric generators and transformers.
8. A magnetic dipole is acted upon by two magnetic fields
which are inclined to each other at an angle of 75°. One of
the fields has a magnitude of 15 mT. The dipole attains
stable equilibrium at an angle of 30° with this field. The
magnitude of the other field (in mT ) is close to
(2016 Online Set-1)
(a) 11 (b) 36
(c) 1 (d) 1060
9. Consider a thin metallic sheet perpendicular to the plane
of the paper moving with speed ‘v’ in a uniform magnetic
field B going into the plane of the paper (See figure). If
charge densities 1 and  2 are induced on the left and
right surfaces, respectively, of the sheet then (ignore fringe
effects) : (2016 Online Set-2)
and upper side of the plane and VW between the tips of the
wings then VB and VW are close to :(2016 Online Set-2)
(a) VB = 45 mV; VW = 120 mV with right side of pilot at
higher voltage.
(b) VB = 45 mV; VW = 120 mV with left side of pilot at higher
voltage
(c) VB = 40 mV; VW = 135 mV with right side of pilot at high
voltage
(d) VB = 40 mV; VW = 135 mV with left side of pilot at higher
voltage
11. Apparent angles of dip of a magnetic needle due to earth’s
magnetic field at a particular location on earth are θ and Õ
in two vertical planes which are perpendicular to each
other, then true angle of dip (δ) at that location is:
(2016 Online Set-2)
(a) cot 2   cot 2   cot 2  (b) tan 2   tan 2   tan 2 
(c)      (d) cos 2   cos 2   cos 2 
MAGNETISM 57

12. A magnetic needle of magnetic moment 6.7  102 Am 2 17. An electron, a proton and an alpha particle having the
same kinetic energy are moving in circular orbits of radii
and moment of inertia 7.5 106 kg m2 is performing
re, rp, r respectively in uniform magnetic field B. The
simple harmonic oscillations in a magnetic field of 0.01 T.
Time taken for 10 complete oscillations is: (2017) relation between re, rp, r is : (2018)
(a) 6.65 s (b) 8.89 s (a) re  rp  r (b) re  r  rp
(c) 6.98 s (d) 8.76 s
13. A magnetic dipole in a constant magnetic field has : (2017) (c) re  rp = r (d) re  rp =r
(a) maximum potential energy when the torque is maximum. 18. The dipole moment of a circular loop carrying a current I,
is m and the magnetic field at the centre of the loop is B.
(b) zero potential energy when the torque is minimum.
When the dipole moment is double by keeping the current
(c) zero potential energy when the torque is maximum. constant, the magnetic field at the centre of loop is B2.
(d) minimum potential energy when the torque is maximum.
B1
14. In a certain region static electric and magnetic fields exist. The ratio is. (2018)
B2

 
The magnetic field is given by B  B0 ˆi  2ˆj  4 kˆ . If a 1
(a) 2 (b)
 2

test charge moving with a velocity v  v 0 3iˆ  ˆj  2 kˆ  (c) 2 (d) 3
experiences no force in that region, then the electric field 19. A Helmholtz coil has a pair of loops, each with N turns and
in the region, in SI units, is : (2017 Online Set-1) radius R. They are placed coaxially at distance R and the
  same current I flows through the loops in the same
(a) E   v0 B0 (3iˆ  2ˆj  4k)
ˆ (b) E   v B ( ˆi  ˆj  7k)
0 0
ˆ
direction. The magnitude of magnetic field at P, midway
  between the centres A and C, is given by [Refer to figure
(c) E  v0 B0 (14jˆ  7k)
ˆ (d) E  v0 B0 (14ˆj  7k)
ˆ
given below] : (2018 Online Set-1)
15. A negative test charge is moving near a long straight wire
carrying a current. The force acting on the test charge is
parallel to the direction of the current. The motion of the
charge is: (2017 Online Set-2)
(a) away from the wire
(b) towards the wire
 N 0 I  N 0 I
(c) parallel to the wire along the current 1
(a) (b) 3
(d) parallel to the wire opposite to the current 52 R 52 R
16. A uniform magnetic field B of 0.3 T is along the positive Z-
direction. A rectangular loop (abcd) of sides 10 cm × 5 cm 4N 0 I 4N 0 I
carries a current 1 to 12 A. Out of the following different (c) 1 (d) 3

orientations which one corresponds to stable equilibrium ? 52 R 52 R

(2017 Online Set-2) 20. The B-H curve for a ferromagnet is shown in the figure.
The ferromagnet is placed inside a long solenoid with
1000 turns/cm. The current that should be passed in the
solenoid to demagnetise the ferromagnet completely is :
(2018 Online Set-1)
(a) (b)

(c) (d)
(a) 1 mA (b) 2 mA
(c) 20A (d) 40A
MAGNETISM 58

21. A current of 1A is flowing on the sides of an equilateral 26. Two wires A & B are carrying currents I1 and I2as shown
in the figure. The separation between them is d. A third
triangle of side 4.5×10-2 m. The magnetic field at the
wire C carrying a current I is to be kept parallel to them at
centre of the triangle will be : (2018 Online Set-2) a distance x from A such that the net force acting on it is
zero. The possible values of x are : (2019)
(a) 2×10-5 Wb / m 2 (b) Zero

(c) 8×10-5 Wb / m 2 (d) 4×10-5 Wb / m2

22. A charge q is spread uniformly over an insulated loop of

radius r. If it is rotated with an angular velocity  with
respect to normal axis then the magnetic moment of the
loop is : (2018 Online Set-3)

4
(a) xqr 2 (b) qr 2
3

3 2 1
(c) qr (d) q r 2
2 2
23. A circular coil having N turns and radius r carries a current
 I  I2
(a) x   1  d and x  d
I. It is held in the XZ plane in a magnetic field Biˆ. The  I1  I 2   I1  I 2 
torque on the coil due to the magnetic field is: (2019)
 I2   I2 
(b) x    d and x    d
Br 2 I   I1  I 2     I 1  I 2  
(a) (b) B r 2 IN
N
 I   I 
(c) x    d and x  
1 2
 d
B r 2 I  1 2
I  I   1 I2  
I 
(c) (d) Zero
N I1d
x
24. A rectangular coil (Dimension 5cm  2.5cm ) with 100
(d)
 I1  I 2 
turns, carrying a current of 3 A in the clockwise direction, 27. The magnitude of the magnetic field at the centre of an
is kept centered at the origin and in the X – Z plane. A equilateral triangular loop of side 1 m which is carrying a
magnetic field of 1 T is applied along X-axis. If the coil is
current of 10 A is: [ Take 0  4  10 7 NA2 ](2019)
tilted through 45° about Z-axis, then the torque on the
coil is:
(2019) (a) 18 T (b) 9 T
(a) 0.38 Nm (b) 0.55 Nm (c) 3 T (d) 1 T
(c) 0.42 Nm (d) 0.27 Nm
28. A square loop is carrying a steady current I and the
25. A moving coil galvanometer has a coil with 175 turns and magnitude of its magnetic dipole moment is m. If this
area 1cm2. It uses a torsion band of torsion constant square loop is changed to a circular loop and it carries the
same current, the magnitude of the magnetic dipole moment
10 6 N-m/rad. The coil is placed in a magnetic field B of circular loop will be: (2019)
parallel to its plane. The coil deflects by 1° for a current of
1 mA. The value of B (in Tesla) is approximately: (2019) m 3m
(a) (b)
(a) 104 (b) 102  
2m 4m
(c) 101 (d) 103 (c) (d)
 
MAGNETISM 59

29. A thin ring of 10 cm radius carries a uniformly distribution
charge. The ring rotates at a constant angular speed of 40
 rad s-1 about its axis, perpendicular to its plane. If the
magnetic field at its centre is 3.8 × 10–9 T, then the charge
carried by the ring is close to ( 0  4  10 7 N/A 2 )
33. An infinitely long current carrying wire and a small current
carrying loop are in the plane of the paper as shown. The
radius of the loop is a and distanceof its centre from the
wire is d (d >>a). If the loop applies a force F on the wire
then: (2019)

(2019)
(a) 2 × 10–6 C (b) 3 × 10–5 C
(c) 4 × 10–5 C (d) 7 × 10–6 C
30. A magnetic compass needle oscillates 30 times per minute
at a place where the dip is 45°, and 40 times per minute
where the dip is 30°. If B1 and B2 are respectively the
magnetic field due to the earth and the two places, then
n
ratio B1/B2 is , where n is: (2019)
8 6 a
31. Find the magnetic field at point P due to a straight line (a) F = 0 (b) F   
segment AB of length 6 cm carrying a current of 5A. (see d 

figure)  0  4  107 N  A2  (2019)

(c) F 
 a2 
 3
a
(d) F   
2

d  d 
34. A bar magnet is demagnetized by inserting it inside a
solenoid of length 0.2 m, 100 turns, and carrying a current
of 5.2 A. The coercivity of the bar magnet is 100 n A/m,
where n is: (2019)
35. A particle having the same charge as of electron moves in
a circular path of radius 0.5 cm under the influence of a
magnetic field of 0.5T. If an electric field of l00V/m makes
it to move in a straight path, then the mass of the particle
is (Given charge of electron = 1.6 × 10-19C) (2019)
(a) 9.1 × 10–31 kg (b) 1.6 × 10–27 kg
(c) 1.6 × 10–17 kg (d) 2.0 × 10–24 kg
(a) 2.0  10 T 5 5
(b) 1.5  10 T
36. At some location on earth, the horizontal component of
(c) 3.0  10 5 T (d) 2.5  10 5 T earth’s magnetic field is 18 × 10"6 T. At this location,
magnetic needle of length 0.12 m and pole strength 1.8
32. A current loop, having two circular arcs joined by two Am is suspended from its mid-point using a thread, it
radial lines is as shown in the figure. It carries a current of makes 45° angle with horizontal in equilibrium. To keep
10 A. The magnetic field at point O will be close to: this needle horizontal, the vertical force that should be
(2019) applied at one of its ends is: (2019)
(a) 3.6 105 N (b) 1.8 105 N
(c) 1.3  10 5 N (d) 6.5  105 N
37. A hoop and a solid cylinder of same mass and radius are
made of a permanent magnetic material with their magnetic
moment parallel to their respective axes. But the magnetic
moment of hoop is twice of solid cylinder. They are placed
in a uniform magnetic field in such a manner that their
magnetic moments make a small angle with the field. If the
oscillation periods of hoop and cylinder are Th and Tc.
respectively, then: (2019)
(a) Th = Tc (b) Th = 2 Tc
(a) 1.0 × 10–7 T (b) 1.5 × 10–7 T
(c) 1.5 × 10-5 T (d) 1.0 × 10-5 T (c) Th = 1.5 Tc (d) Th = 0.5 Tc
MAGNETISM 60

38. A paramagnetic substance in the form of a cube with edge 41. A proton and an α-particle (with their masses in the ratio
1 cm has a magnetic dipole moment of 20 × 10–6 J/T when of 1: 4 and charges in the ratio 1:2) are accelerated from
a magnetic intensity of 60 × 103 A/m is applied. Its magnetic rest through a potential difference V. If a uniform magnetic
susceptibility is: (2019) field (B) is set up perpendicular to their velocities, the
(a) 3.3 × 10–2 (b) 4.3 × 10–2
ratio of the radii rp : r of the circular paths described by
(c) 2.3 × 10–2 (d) 3.3 × 10–4
39. The region between y = 0 and y = d contains a magnetic them will be (2019)

field B  Bzˆ. A particle of mass m and charge q enters (a) 1: 2 (b) 1 : 2
mv
the region with a velocity v  viˆ. If d = , the (c) 1 : 3 (d) c
2qB
acceleration of the charged particle at the point of its
42. A paramagnetic material has 1028 atoms/m3. Its magnetic
emergence at the other side is:
susceptibility at temperature 350 K is 2.8 × 10–4. Its
(2019)
susceptibility at 300 K is: (2019)
qvB  1 ˆ 3 ˆ (a) 3.267 × 10-4 (b) 3.672 × 10-4
 i  j
2 
(a)
m 2 (c) 3.726 × 10-4 (d) 2.672 × 10-4
43. Magnetic materials used for making permanent magnets
qvB  3 ˆ 1 ˆ  (P) and magnets in a transformer (T) have different
(b) –  i  j 
m  2 2  properties of the following, which property best matches
for the type of magnet required ? (2020)
qvB   ˆj  iˆ  (a) P : small retentivity, large coercivity
(c)  
m  2  (b) P : Large retentivity, large coercivity
(c) T : Large retentivity, large coercivity
qvB  iˆ  ˆj 
(d)   (d) T : Large retentivity, small coercivity
m  2 
40. A particle of mass m and charge q is in an electric and 44. A circular coil of radius 10 cm is placed in uniform magnetic
  field of 3.0 × 10–5 T with its plane perpendicular to the field
magnetic field given by E  2iˆ  3 ˆj ; B  4 ˆj  6kˆ . initially. It is rotated at constant angular speed about an axis
The charged particle is shifted from the origin to the along the diameter of coil and perpendicular to magnetic field
point P (x = 1; y = 1) along a straight path. The magnitude so that it under-goes half of rotation in 0.2s. The maximum
of the total work done is (2019) value of EMF induced (in V) in thecoil will be close to
(a)  0.35 q (b) 5q the integer ……… (2020)

(c)  2.5  q (d)  0.15 q

MAGNETISM 61

EXERCISE - 3: ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Objective Question (One Answer Correct)
 0 i 0i
1. A wire is formed into a shape of two half circles connected (a) 4a    1 (b) 4a    1
by equal length sections as shown in figure. A current
flows in circuit clockwise as shown .What is the
magnitude of the magnetic field induction at the centre. 0i2 0i2

I R1 
(c) 4a 2  1
 
(d) 4a 2  1

C
4. The unit vectors ˆi, ˆj and k̂ are as shown below. What
R2 will be the magnetic field at O in the following figure

I
0  R1.R 2  I  0  R1  R 2  I
(a) (b)
 R 2  R1  4R 2 R 1

 0  R1  R 2  I  0  R1  R 2  I
(c) (d)
4R 2 R1 2R1R 2
2. Consider a current carrying loop shown in figure formed
by radial lines and segments of circle whose centers are 0 i  ˆ 0 i  ˆ
at point P.What is the magnitude of magnetic field (a) 2  j (b) 2  j
4 a  2 4 a  2
induction at point P.
0 i  ˆ 0 i   ˆ
(c) 2  i (d) 2  k
4 a  2 4 a  2

i a 5. In figure, the conductors carry equal currents I. All straight

segments are very long and two circular loops have equal
60° radii. However current around loops have opposite
P senses. What is the ratio of magnetic fields at a and b at
b the centre of the loops.
0 I  1 1  0 I  1 1 
(a)    (b)   
3 a b 6 a b
a
0 I  1 1  0 I  1 1  I I
(c)    (d)   
12  a b  4 a b
3. A current i flows through an infinitely long wire having
infinite bends as shown. The radius of first curved section b
is a and the radii of successive curved portions each I I
increases by a factor . The magnetic field at the point O is

Ba   1 Ba   2
(a) B    1 (b) B    2
b b

Ba 2  1 Ba 2  1
(c) B  2  1 (d) B  2
b b
MAGNETISM 62

6. The magnetic field at the centre of a circular coil of radius
r is  times that due to a long straight wire at a distance r
from it, for equal currents. Figure here shows three cases :
in all cases the circular part has radius r and straight ones
are infinitely long. For same current the B field at the centre
P in cases 1, 2, 3 have the ratio
9. A non-conducting ring with radius of 10 cm is uniformly
charged with total positive charge of 10 C. The ring
rotates at constant angular speed of 20 rad/s about an
axis passing through its centre perpendicular to plane of
the ring. What is magnitude of the magnetic field on the
axis of the ring at 5 cm from the centre?
(a) 143 pT (b) 12 pT

P
(c) 9 pT (d) 2 pT

P
10. The ratio of the magnetic field at the centre of a current
(1)
(2) carrying circular wire and the magnetic field at the centre
of a square coil made from the same length of wire will be
P
2 2
(3)
(a) (b)
4 2 8 2
 1
       3 1  (c) (d)
(a)    :   :    2 2 4 2
 2  2  4 2
11. What is the value of the magnetic field induction at the
       3 1  point P mentioned in the figure?
(b)    1 :   1 :   
 2   2   4 2 d

   I
(c)  : :3
2 2 4
I d
     1   3 1 
(d)    1 :    :    r
 2   2 4  4 2
P
7. A circular current carrying coil has a radius R. The distance I
from the centre of the coil on the axis where the magnetic
induction will be 1/8th to its value at the centre of the coil, is 0 I  3 2  0 I  3 3
(a) 4  2R  d  (b) 2  2R  d 
(a) R / 3 (b) R 3    

(c) 2 3 R (d) 2R / 3 0 I  3 3  0 I  3 2
(c) 4  4R  d  (d) 3  4R  d 
8. Two circular coils X and Y have equal number of turns and    
carry equal currents in the same sense and subtend same 12. The magnetic field due to a straight conductor of uniform
angle at point O. If the smaller coil X is midway between O cross section of radius a and carrying a steady current is
and Y, and we represent the magnetic field due to coil Y at represented by
O as By and that due to smaller coil X at O as Bx, then
B B

(a) (b)
r r
O a O a
B
B
By By
(a) 1 (b) 2
Bx Bx
(c) (d)
By1 By1
(c)  (d)  O r
Bx 2 Bx 4 a O a r
MAGNETISM 63

13. What is the magnetic field at O due to current carrying long 16. A current i is flowing in a straight conductor of length L.
wire, forming a loop as shown in figure? The magnetic induction at a point distant L/4 from its centre
will be

I 40i 0i
(a) (b)
5 L 2L
I 2I
a
 0i
(c) (d) Zero
O 2L
I 3I
a a
17. A wire is bent into shape as shown in figure and magnetic
I 3 0 I
(a) 0 downwards (b) outwards field is measured at P1 when current in wire is I, the same
2a 2a
wire is then formed into shape shown in figure .Magnetic
0 I 3 0 I field is measured at P2 when current is again I . If total
(c) outwards (d) downwards
2a 2a length of the wire is same in each case .What is ratio of B1
14. Two thick wires and two thin wires, all of the same materials to B2.
and same length form a square in the three different ways 2l
P, Q and R as shown in figure with current connection
shown, the magnetic field at the centre of the square is l
I I I
zero in cases
P1

I I

P2

1 3 3
(a) (b)
2 2
8 2 16 2
(a) In P only (b) In P and Q only (c) (d)
2 5
(c) In Q and R only (d) P and R only 18. Figure shows the cross-sectional view of the hollow
15. Two long parallel wires carry currents I1=3.0 A and I2=3.0 cylindrical conductor with inner radius ‘R’ and outer radius
A, both directed into the plane of paper .What is the ‘2R’, cylinder carrying uniformly distributed current along
magnitude of magnetic field induction at the point P. it’s axis. The magnetic induction at point ‘P’ at a distance
3R/2 from the axis of the cylinder will be

I1
5 cm

P
13 cm

2R 3R/2
12 cm

I2
50i
(a) Zero (b)
72R
(a) 7.5 T (b) 4 T
7 0i 50i
(c) 3 T (d) 13 T (c) (d)
18R 36R
MAGNETISM 64

19. The correct curve between the magnetic induction (B) 23. An electron and a proton enter region of uniform magnetic
along the axis of a long solenoid due to current flow i in it field in a direction at right angles to the field with the
and distance x from one end is same kinetic energy. They describe circular paths of radius
re and rp respectively. Then
(a) re = rp
(b) re < rp
(a) (b) (c) re > rp

O O
(d) re may be less than or greater than rp depending on
the direction of the magnetic field
24. A particle of charge q and mass m moving with a velocity
v along the x-axis enters the region x > 0 with uniform
magnetic field B along the k̂ direction. The particle will
(c) (d)
penetrate in this region in the x-direction upto a distance
O O d equal to
mv
20. A 100 turn closely wound circular coil of radius 10 cm (a) Zero (b)
qB
carries a current of 3.2 ampere .The moment of inertia of
the coil is 0.1 kgm2.The coil is placed in a vertical plane 2mv
and is free to rotate about horizontal axis which coincides (c) (d) Infinity
qB
with its diameter. A uniform magnetic field of 2.0 T in
25. Two ions having masses in the ratio 1 : 1 and charges
horizontal direction exists such that plane of the coil is
1 : 2 are projected into uniform magnetic field
parallel to field .The coil rotates through an angle of 90o
perpendicular to the field with speeds in the ratio 2 : 3.
due to torque. What is the angular speed acquired by the
The ratio of the radii of circular paths along which the
coil when it has rotated by 90o. two particles move is
(a) 12 rad/s (b) 15 rad/s (a) 4 : 3 (b) 2 : 3
(c) 20 rad/s (d) 25 rad/s (c) 3 : 1 (d) 1 : 4
26. There is magnetic field acting perpendicular to plane
21. A proton (mass m and charge +e) and an   particle
(mass 4m and charge +2e) are projected with the same of paper inwards. Particles in vacuum move in the
kinetic energy at right angles to the uniform magnetic plane of paper from left to right as shown. The paths
field. Which one of the following statements will be true are numbered as 1 to 3.Which statement is wrong.
(a) The –particle will bent in a circular path with a small
radius than that for the proton
1
× ××
(b) The radius of the path of the –particle will be greater ×
2 × × ×
×
than that of the proton
× × ××
(c) The –particle and the proton will be bent in a circular 3 × ×
path with the same radius
(a) 1 could be an –particle’s path
(d) The –particle and the proton will go through the
field in a straight line (b) 2 is for a neutron
(c) 3 is for an electron
22. If a proton, deutron and   particle on being accelerated
by the same potential difference, enter perpendicular to (d) 3 is for a proton
the magnetic field, then the ratio of their kinetic energies is 27. An electron (q = 1.6  10–19 C) is moving at right angle to
the uniform magnetic field 3.534  10–5 T. The time taken by
(a) 1 : 2 : 2 (b) 2 : 2 : 1 the electron to complete a circular orbit is
(c) 1 : 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 1 : 2 (a) 2 s (b) 4 s
(c) 3 s (d) 1 s
MAGNETISM 65

28. A particle of charge per unit mass  is released from origin

 × × ×
with a velocity of v  v0 i in uniform magnetic field 5cm

B  B0 k . If the particle passes through a point P (0, y, 0)
× × ×

and then y is equal to

× × ×
2v0 v0

cm
(a) B  (b) B 

15
0 0 × × ×
2v0  v0
(c) B  (d) 2B  × × ×
0 0


29.
6

When a proton has velocity v  2i  3j  10 m / s it  (a) 14 (b) 15

 (c) 16 (d) 18
experiences a force of F  1.28 1013 kN  .When its
32. A proton accelerated by a potential difference 500 KV
velocity is along +z axis, it experiences a force along +x
moves though a transverse magnetic field of 0.51 T as
axis. What is magnetic field?
shown in figure. The angle  through which the proton

(a) 0.4jT 
(b) 0.4jT deviates from the initial direction of its motion is

(c) 0.4i T (d) 0.4k T

30. A particle with charge q, moving with a momentum p, enters

a uniform magnetic field normally. The magnetic field has
magnitude B and is confined to a region of width d, where
p
d , The particle is deflected by an angle  in crossing
Bq
the field

× × × ×
× × × ×
B (a) 15° (b) 30°
p × × × ×
q (c) 45° (d) 60°
× × × ×
d 33. An electron is moving along the positive X-axis. You want to
× × × ×
apply a magnetic field for a short time so that the electron may
reverse its direction and move parallel to the negative X-axis.
Bqd p This can be done by applying the magnetic field along
(a) sin   (b) sin  
p Bqd (a) Y-axis (b) X-axis
(c) Y-axis only (d) none of these
Bp pd
(c) sin   (d) sin  
qd Bq 34. If a charge particle goes with uniform velocity in a region
containing electric and magnetic fields
31. A beam of singly ionized atoms of carbon each charge +e
all have the same speed and enter a mass spectrometer, (a) E must be perpendicular to B
as shown in figure .The ions strike the photographic plate
(b) v must not be perpendicular to E
12
in two different locations 5 cm apart .The C isotope 6
(c) v must be perpendicular to B
traces a path of smaller radius,15 cm. What is atomic mass
number of other isotope? (d) E must be equal to v B.
MAGNETISM 66

35. A charge particle is projected in the magnetic field of 39. A uniform magnetic field B and a uniform electric field E
act in a common region. An electron is entering this region
 6i  5j  10 T . The acceleration of the particle is found
3
of space. The correct arrangement for it to escape
undeviated is
to be  i  6j  10 ms . The value of  is
6 2
E
E
(a) 5 (b) 6 B
B
(c) 10 (d) 12
v v
36. A charged particle q enters a region of uniform magnetic (a) (b)

field B (directed out of page as shown) and is deflected d
after travelling a horizontal distance a. The magnitude of B
E
the momentum of the particle is

v
(c) (d) v

B
E
40. A current of 5 ampere is flowing in a wire of length 1.5
metres. A force of 7.5 N acts on it when it is placed in a
uniform magnetic field of 2 Tesla. The angle between the
qB  a 2  qBd magnetic field and the direction of the current is
(a) 2  d  d  (b)
  2 (a) 30° (b) 45°
qBa (c) 60° (d) 90°
(c) (d) zero 41. A wire of length 1 m placed in x-z plane carries a current of
2
37. An electron enters a region where electrostatic field is 1 ampere .The coefficient of friction between the wire and
20N/C and magnetic field is 5T. If electron passes the surface is 0.2 and mass of the wire is 1 kg .The magnetic
undeflected through the region, then velocity of electron field of strength 2 T exists along positive y - axis . Then
will be choose the correct option.
(a) 0.25ms–1 (b) 2ms–1 (a) acceleration of wire is 0.5 m/s2
(c) 4ms–1 (d) 8ms–1 (b) wire will not move at all
38. A particle of charge q and mass m is moving along the x-axis (c) acceleration of wire is 1 m/s2
with a velocity v and enters a region of electric field E and (d) acceleration of wire is 2 m/s2
magnetic field B as shown in figure below for which figure 42. An elastic circular wire of length l carries a current I. It is
the net force on the charge may be zero 
placed in a uniform magnetic field B (Out of paper) such
Y Y

that its plane is perpendicular to the direction of B . The
B E
wire will experience
v X v X
q q
(a) O (b) O

E B
Z Z
Y Y

E B E

v X v X
q q
(c) O (d) O B
(a) No force (b) A stretching force
B
(c) A compressive force (d) A torque
Z Z
MAGNETISM 67

43. Same current i = 2A is flowing in a wire frame as shown in
figure. The frame is a combination of two equilateral triangles
ACD and CDE of side 1m. It is placed in uniform magnetic
field B = 4T acting perpendicular to the plane of frame. The
magnitude of magnetic force acting on the frame is
47. A current carrying rectangular coil is placed in a uniform
magnetic field. In which orientation, the coil will not tend to
rotate
(a) The magnetic field is parallel to the plane of the coil
(b) The magnetic field is perpendicular to the plane of the coil
(c) The magnetic field is at 45o with the plane of the coil

A (d) Always in any orientation

× × × × × × × × 48. A wire of length L metre carrying a current of I ampere is

bent in the form of a circle. Its magnitude of magnetic moment
× × × × × × × ×
C D will be
× × × × × × × ×
× × × × × × × × IL IL2
(a) (b)
× × × × × × × × 4 4
E
I 2 L2 I2 L
(c) (d)
(a) 24 N (b) Zero 4 4
(c) 16 N (d) 8 N 49. A thin circular wire carrying a current I has a magnetic moment
M. The shape of the wire is changed to a square and it carries
44. A uniform conducting wire ABC has a mass of 10g. A current of the same current. It will have a magnetic moment
2A flows through it. The wire is kept in a uniform magnetic field
B = 2T. The acceleration of the wire will be 4
(a) M (b) M
2
B 4 
(c) M (d) M
 4
50. An infinitely long, straight conductor AB is fixed and a current
is passed through it. Another movable straight wire CD of
finite length and carrying current is held perpendicular to it
and released. Neglect weight of the wire
(a) Zero
(b) 12ms–2 along y–axis
A
(c) 1.2 × 10–3ms–2 along y–axis i1
(d) 0.6 × 10 ms along y–axis
–3 –2

45. A current carrying loop is placed in a uniform magnetic field.

The torque acting on it does not depend upon C D i2

(a) Shape of the loop (b) Area of the loop a

(c) Value of the current (d) Magnetic field
B
46. A rectangular loop carrying a current i is placed in a uniform
magnetic field B. The area enclosed by the loop is A. If there
are n turns in the loop, the torque acting on the loop is (a) The rod CD will move upward parallel to itself
given by (b) The rod CD will move downward parallel to itself
   
(a) niA  B (b) niA  B (c) The rod CD will move upward and turn clockwise at the
same time
1   1  
(c)
n
iA  B  (d)
n
iA  B  (d) The rod CD will move upward and turn anti-clockwise at
the same time
MAGNETISM 68

51. Velocity and acceleration vector of a charged particle 55. A battery is connected between two pints A and B on the
 circumference of a uniform conducting ring of radius r and
moving in a magnetic field at some instant are v  3iˆ  3jˆ resistance R. One of the arcs AB of the ring subtends an
 angle  at the centre. The value of the magnetic induction at
and acceleration a  2iˆ  xjˆ then select the correct option. the centre due to the current in the ring is
(a) x = – 1.5 (a) proportional to (180° – )
(b) x = 2 (b) inversely proportional to r
(c) magnetic field is along Z axis (c) zero, only if (= 180°)
(d) zero for all values of 
(d) speed of the particle is constant
56. A charged particle is released from rest in a region of steady and
52. A current I flows along the length of an infinitely long,
uniform electric and magnetic fields which are parallel to each
straight, thin-walled pipe. Then
other. The particle will move in a
(a) the magnetic field at all points inside the pipe is the (a) straight line (b) circle
same, but not zero
(c) helix (d) cycloid
(b) the magnetic field at any point inside the pipe is zero
57. A rectangular loop carrying a current i is situated near a
(c) the magnetic field is zero only on the axis of the pipe long straight wire such that the wire is parallel to one of the
(d) the magnetic field is different at different points inside sides of the loop and is in the plane of the loop. If steady
the pipe current I is established in the wire as shown in the figure,
the loop will
53. Two very long straight parallel wires carry steady currents I
and –I respectively. The distance between the wires is d. At
a certain instant of time, a point charge q is at a point
equidistant from the two wires in the plane of the wires. Its
instantaneous velocity v is perpendicular to this plane.
The magnitude of the force due to the magnetic field acting
on the charge at this instant is
0 Iqv 0 Iqv
(a) (b)
2d d
20 Iqv (a) rotate about an axis parallel to the wire
(c) (d) zero (b) move away from the wire
d
(c) move towards the wire
54. Figure shows a square loop ABCD with edge length a. The (d) remain stationary
resistance of the wire ABC is r and that of ADC is 2r. The 58. Two particles, each of mass m and charge q, are attached to
value of magnetic field at the centre of the loop assuming the two ends of a light rigid rod of length 2R. The rod is
uniform wire is rotated at constant angular speed about a perpendicular
B
axis passing through its centre. The ratio of the magnitudes
of the magnetic moment of the system and its angular
momentum about the centre of the rod is
A C (a) q/2m (b) q/m
O
i (c) 2q/m (d) q/m

Assertion Reason Type Questions

D
(a) Statement–1 is True, Statement–2 is True; Statement–2 is
2  0i 2  0i a correct explanation for Statement–1.
(a) (b) 
3 a 3 a (b) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is True; Statement–2 is
NOT a correct explanation for Statement–1.
2  0i 2  0i (c) Statement–1 is True; Statement–2 is False.
(c) (d) 
a a (d) Statement–1 is False, Statement–2 is True.
MAGNETISM 69

59. Statement-1 : The poles of a magnet cannot be separated 65. Statement-1 : A charged particle is projected into a region
by breaking into two pieces. of magnetic field with certain speed. The kinetic energy
Statement-2 : When magnet is broken into two equal parts, of the charge particle will remain constant.
magnetic moment will be reduced to half. Statement-2 : Work done by the magnetic field on the
(a) A (b) B charged particle will be zero.

(c) C (d) D (a) A (b) B

60. Statement-1: Two long parallel conductors carrying (c) C (d) D

currents in the same direction experience a force of 66. Statement-1 : A linear solenoid carrying current is
attraction. equivalent to a bar magnet.
Statement-2 : The magnetic fields produced in the space Statement-2 : The magnetic lines of both are identical.
between them are in the opposite direction. (a) A (b) B
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D
(c) C (d) D 67. Statement-1 : A proton moving vertically upwards enters
61. Statement-1 : A charged particle is moving in a circular a magnetic field directed towards South. It will be deflected
path with constant speed in uniform magnetic field .If we
towards east.
increase the speed of the particle three times its
acceleration will become nine times. Statement-2 : Direction of force can be determined by
Statement-2 : In a circular path with constant speed, Fleming’s left hand rule.
v2 (a) A (b) B
acceleration is given by .
R (c) C (d) D
(a) A (b) B 68. Statement-1 : The magnetic field at the ends of a very
(c) C (d) D long solenoid carrying current is half of that at the centre
62. Statement-1 : Cyclotron is a device which is used to deep inside the solenoid.
accelerate the positive ions.
Statement-2 : If the solenoid is sufficient long the field
Statement-2 : Cyclotron frequency does not depend on
the velocity of the charged particle. within it is uniform.

(a) A (b) B (a) A (b) B

(c) C (d) D (c) C (d) D

63. Statement-1 : When a charged particle is fired in a 69. Statement-1 : A magnetic field interacts with a moving
magnetic field the radius of the circular path is directly charge and not with stationary charge.
proportional to kinetic energy of the particle.
Statement-2 : A moving charge produces a magnetic field
Statement-2 : The centripetal force on a charge q provided around it.
by field will be qBv, where v is speed and B is the magnetic
field. (a) A (b) B

(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D

(c) C (d) D Comprehension
64. Statement-1 : Magnetic field at a point on the surface of Passage : 1
long cylindrical wire is maximum.
Using the following Passage, solve Q. 70 to 72
Statement-2 : For any other point closed loop
A particle having a charge q and mass m is projected from
perpendicular to the wire and of radius equal to distance 
between axis of the wire and given point will enclose less origin with velocity v  v0iˆ in a uniform magnetic
current.
 B0 ˆ 3B0 ˆ
(a) A (b) B field B  i j.
2 2
(c) C (d) D
MAGNETISM 70

70. Pitch of the helical path described by the particle is 74. In figure the loop is released from rest. The initial motion of
the loop is described by
2 mv0  mv0
(a) qB (b) (a) point a moves out of the plane, point c moves into the
qB0
plane
5 mv0 6mv0 (b) points a, b, c and d move counterclockwise
(c) (d)
qB qB
(c) point a, b, c and d move clockwise
3v0 (d) point c moves out of the plane, point a moves into the
71. z-component of velocity is after time t =
2 plane
__________
75. In figure, an external torque changes the orientation of loop
2 m m from one of lowest potential energy to one of highest potential
(a) (b) energy. The work done by the external torque is closest to
B 0q B0 q
(a) 0.5 J (b) 0.2 J
m 2m
(c) (d) 4B q (c) 0.3 J (d) 0.4 J
2 B0 q 0

72. Maximum z–coordinate of the particle is Passage - 3

Using the following Passage,
3mv0 2 3mv0
(a) (b) Any object of finite size contains a large number of atoms.
B0 q B0 q
The magnetic moments of these atoms are randomly
oriented and there is no net magnetic moment in any volume
2mv0 mv0
(c) (d) B q of the material that contains more than several thousand
B0 q 0
atoms (figure a). However, when the material is kept in an
Passage - 2 external magnetic field, torques act on the atomic dipoles
and these torques try to align them parallel to the field
Using the following Passage, solve Q. 73 to 75
(figure b). The alignment is only partial, because, the
A rigid circular loop has a radius of 0.20 m and is in the x-y thermal motion of the atoms frequently changes the
plane. A clockwise current I is carried by the loop, as shown. orientation of the atoms and hence tries to randomize the
The magnitude of the magnetic moment of the loop is 0.75 magnetic moments. The degree of alignment increases if
2
A-m . A uniform external magnetic field, B = 0.20 T in the the strength of the applied field is increased and also if the
positive x-direction, is present temperature is decreased. With sufficiently strong fields,
the alignment is near perfect.

73. In figure, the magnitude of the magnetic torque exerted on When the atomic dipoles are aligned, partially or fully, thre
the loop is closest to is a net magnetic moment in the direction of the field in any
small volume of the material. We define the magnetization
(a) 0.55 N-m (b) 0.15 N-m

(c) 0.45 N-m (d) 0.35 N-m vector I as the magnetic moment per unit volume. It is also
called the intensity of magnetization. With this information,
answer the questions on magnetic materials.
MAGNETISM 71

76. If the rod is placed in a magnetic field of 1000 gauss 83. A compass needle which is allowed to move in a horizontal
perpendicular to its axis, then torque acting on it will be plane is taken to an earth magnetic pole. Which of the
followings are wrong?
(a) 1.35 N.m (b) 2.31 N.m
(a) needle will stay in north south direction only
(c) 1.26 N.m (d) 8.7 N.m
(b) needle will stay in east west direction only
Objective Questions (c) needle will stay in any position
(one or more correct answer)
(d) needle will become rigid showing no movement
77. The cyclotron frequency is independent of
84. Which of the following magnetic materials are affected
(a) mass of the particle
by the change in their temperature ?
(b) speed of the particle
(c) radius of circular path of particle (a) Diamagnetic (b) Paramagnetic
(d) charge of the particle (c)Ferromagnetic (d) All of these
78. Two ions have equal masses but one is singly ionized 85. Which of the following statements are correct ?
and the other is doubly ionized .They are projected from
(a) Diamagnetism occur in all material
the same place in a uniform magnetic field with the same
velocity perpendicular to the field (b) Diamagnetism is produced due to partial alignment of
(a) Both ions will go along circles of equal radii permanent magnetic dipoles
(b) Two circles touch each other (c) Magnetic field of induced magnetism is opposite to
(c) The circle described by singly ionized charge will be applied field
double radius to that of other circle (d) Ferromagnetism is produced due to domain formation
(d) The two circles do not touch each other. and their alignment in external magnetic field
79. If a charged particle kept at rest experience an 86. Two identical charged particles enter into a uniform
electromagnetic force then magnetic field with same speed but at angle 30° and 60°
(a) The electric field must not be zero with field. Let a, b and c be the ratio of their time periods,
(b) Magnetic field must not be zero radii and pitches of helical path respectively then
(c) Electric field may or may not be zero
(a) abc = 1 (b) abc > 1
(d) The magnetic field may or may not be zero
80. An electron is moving along positive x-axis. You want to (c) abc < 1 (d) a = bc
apply a magnetic field for a short time so that electron 87. From a cylinder of radius R, a cylinder of radius R/2 is
may reverse its direction and move parallel to negative x- removed, as shown. Current flowing in the remaining
axis. This can be done by applying the magnetic field cylinder is I. Magnetic field strength is
along
(a) y-axis (b) z-axis
(c) y-axis only (d) z-axis only
81. A charged particle moves in uniform magnetic field. The
velocity of the particle at some instant makes an acute
angle with magnetic field. The path of the particle will be
(a) A helix of uniform pitch
(b) A spiral of increasing radius
(c) A helix of uniform radius
(d) Helix with increasing pitch
82. A hollow tube is carrying an electric current along its
length distributed uniformly over its surface. The magnetic
field
(a) increases linearly from axis to surface
(a) zero at point A (b) zero at point B
(b) is constant inside the tube
(c) is zero at the axis  I  I
(c) 30R at point A (d) 30R at point B
(d) is non zero outside the tube
MAGNETISM 72

88. A long conductor of radius R carries a current uniformly 91. A thin wire of length  is carrying a constant current. The
distributed over its cross-section wire is bent to form a circular coil. If radius of the coil,
thus formed, is equal to R and number of turns in it is
(a) The magnetic field strength is maximum on the surface equal to n, then which of the following graphs
(b) The magnetic field strength is zero on the surface represent(s) variation of magnetic field induction (B) at
centre of the coil
(c) The strength of the magnetic field inside the cylinder
will vary as directly proportional to r, where r is the distance
from the axis.
(d) The energy density of the magnetic field outside the
conductor varies as inversely proportional to 1/r2, where r
is the distance from the axis.
+ + 2+ (a) (b)
89. H , He and O all having the same kinetic energy pass
through a region in which there is a uniform magnetic field
+ +
perpendicular to their velocity. The masses of H , He and
2+
O are 1 amu, 4 amu and 16 amu respectively. Then
+
(a) H will be deflected most
2+
(b) O will be deflected most
+ 2+
(c) He and O will be deflected equally
(d) all will be deflected equally
90. A particle of charge +q and mass m moving under the (c) (d)
influence of a uniform electric field E ˆi and uniform

magnetic field Bkˆ follows a trajectory from P to Q as

shown in figure. The velocities at P and Q are v ˆi and 92. A steady current I flows along an infinitely long hollow
cylindrical conductor of radius R. This cylinder is placed
 2v ˆj . Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct ?
coaxially inside an infinite solenoid of radius 2R. The
solenoid has n turns per unit length and carries a steady
y current I. Consider a point P at a distance r from the common
P v E axis. The correct statement(s) is (are)

B (a) In the region 0 < r < R, the magnetic field is non-zero

a (b) In the region R < r < 2R, the magnetic field is along the
common axis
Q
x (c) In the region R < r < 2R, the magnetic field is tangential
2a 2v
to the circle of radius r, centered on the axis.

(d) In the region r > 2R, the magnetic field is non-zero.

3  mv 2 
(a) E   
4 93. A proton moving with a constant velocity passes through
 qa 
a region of space without any change in its velocity. If E
3  mv3  and B represent the electric and magnetic fields
(b) Rate of work done by the electric field at P is 4  a 
  respectively, this region of space may have
(c) Rate of work done by the electric field at P is zero
(a) E = 0, B = 0 (b) E = 0, B  0
(d) Rate of work done by both the fields at Q is zero
(c) E  0, B = 0 (d) E  0, B  0
MAGNETISM 73

–26 –19
94. A neutron, a proton and an electron and alpha particle 98. A particle of mass 1 × 10 kg and charge +1.6 × 10
enter a region of constant magnetic field with equal 6
C travelling with a velocity 1.28 × 10 m/s in the +X
velocities. The magnetic field is along the inward normal direction enters a region in which a uniform electric field
to the plane of the paper. The tracks of the particles are E and a uniform magnetic field of induction B are
labelled in figure. The electron follows track......... and the present such that Ex = E y = 0, Ez = – 102.4 kV/m and Bx
alpha particle follows track........... –2 2
= Bz = 0,By = 8 × 10 weber/m . The particle enters this
region at the origin at time t = 0. Determine the location
× × × × × × × –6
(x, y and z coordinates) of the particle at t = 5 × 10 s. If
C
×B × × × × × × the electric field is switched off at this instant (with the
× A× × × × × × magnetic field still present), what will be the position of
–6
× × × × × × × the particle at t = 7.45 × 10 s ?
–27
× × × × × × × 99. A particle of mass m = 1.6 × 10
–19
kg and charge
D q = 1.6 × 10 C enters a region of uniform magnetic field
× × × × × × × of strength 1T along the direction shown in figure. The
7
speed of the particle is 10 m/s.
Numeric Type Questions
× × × × ×
95. Protons having a kinetic energy of 5 MeV are moving in × × × × ×
the positive x-direction and enter a magnetic field × × × × ×
× × × × ×
 
B = 0.0500 kˆ T directed out of plane of paper and F ×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
extending from x = 0 to x = 1 m as shown. Calculate the E × × × × ×
y-component of the proton’s momentum as they leave the × × × × ×
45º
× × × × ×
magnetic field. [in 10–21] × × × × ×
× × × × ×

(a) The magnetic field is directed along the inward normal to

100.
96. A long horizontal wire AB which is free to move in a vertical
plane and carries a current of 20A is in equilibrium at a
height of 1m over another parallel wire CD which is fixed in
a horizontal plane and carries a steady current of 40 A.
When wire AB is slightly depressed, it executes SHM.
What is period of oscillation. (g = 9.84 ms–2)
the plane of the paper. The particle leaves the region of the
field at the point F. Find the distance EF and the angle .
(b) If the direction of the field is along the outward normal
to the plane of the paper, find the time spent by the particle
in the region of the magnetic field after entering it at E.
The region between x = 0 and x = L is filled with uniform
steady magnetic field B0 kˆ . A particle of mass m, positive
charge q and velocity v0ˆi travels along x-axis and enters
the region of the magnetic field. (Neglect the gravity
throughout the question)

97. A long horizontal wire AB, which is free to move in a vertical
plane and carries a steady current of 20 A, is in equilibrium
at a height of 0.01 m over another parallel long wire CD
which is fixed in a horizontal plane and carries a steady
current of 30 A, as shown in figure. Show that when AB is
slightly depressed, it executes simple harmonic motion. Find
the period of oscillations.
A B
C D
(a) Find the value of L if the particle emerges from the
region of magnetic field with its final velocity at an angle
30° to its initial velocity.
(b) Find the final velocity of the particle and the time spent
by it in the magnetic field, if the magnetic field now expands
upto 2.1 L.
101. In a hydrogen atom, the electron moves in an orbit of
16
radius 0.5 Å making 10 revolutions per second. The
magnetic moment associated with the orbital motion of
the electron is .........
MAGNETISM 74

102. A charged particle enters a region of uniform magnetic 105. A straight segment OC (of length L) of a circuit carrying
field at an angle of 85° to the magnetic line of force. The a current I is placed along the x-axis. Two infinitely long
path of the particle is a circle. straight wires A and B, each extending from z = –  to
103. Two long straight parallel wires are 2 m apart, perpendicular + , are fixed at y = – a and y = + a respectively, as shown
to the plane of the paper. in the figure. If the wires A and B each carry a current I
The wire A carries a current of 9.6 A, directed into the plane of into the plane of the paper, obtain the expression for
the paper. The wire B carries a current such that the magnetic the force acting on the segment OC. What will be the
10 force on OC if the current in the wire B is reversed ?
field of induction at the point P, at a distance of m from the
11 y

wire B, is zero. B ×

O I C x

A×
z

5
106. A beam of protons with a velocity 4 × 10 m/s enters a
uniform magnetic field of 0.3 T at an angle of 60° to the
magnetic field. Find the radius of the helical path taken by
the proton beam. Also find the pitch of the helix (which is
the distance travelled by a proton in the beam parallel to
the magnetic field during one period of rotation).
107. A particle of mass m and charge q is moving in a region 
where uniform, constant
 electric
 and magnetic fields E
and B are present. E and B are parallel to each other. At
Find : 
time t = 0, the velocity v 0 of the particle is perpendicular
(a) The magnitude and direction of the current in B. 
to E (Assume that its speed is always << c, the speed of
(b) The magnitude of the magnetic field of induction at the light in vacuum). Find the velocity v of the particle at time
point S.
t. You must express your answer in terms of t, q, m, the
(c) The force per unit length on the wire B.   
vector v0 , E and B and their magnitudes v0, E and B.
104. A pair of stationary and infinitely long bent wires are placed in
the xy plane as shown in figure. The wires carry currents of Subjective Type Question
i = 10 A each as shown. The segments L and M are along the 108. A potential difference of 600 V is applied across the plates
x-axis. The segments P and Q are parallel to the y-axis such that of a parallel plate condenser. The separation between the
OS = OR = 0.02 m. Find the magnitude and direction of the plates is 3 mm. An electron projected vertically, parallel to
magnetic induction at the origin O. 6
the plates, with a velocity of 2 × 10 m/s moves undeflected
y between the plates. Find the magnitude and direction of
the magnetic field in the region between the condenser
plates. (Neglect the edge effects). (Charge of the electron
i –19
= 1.6 × 10 C)
Q
L R M 600 V
x
i P O S i +
+
–
–
+ –
i +
+
–
–
+ –
+ –

0.1 T( perpendicular to paper inwards)

MAGNETISM 75

109. There is no change in the energy of a charged particle 112.A square current carrying loop is placed in x-y plane, a
moving in magnetic field although a magnetic force is acting 
uniform magnetic field B  B0 k is present in the
on it.
region.Match the column 1 with column II
110. Why is phosphor bronze alloy preferred for the suspension
wire of a moving coil galvanometer ? Column–I Column–II

Match The Column Type Questions (a) Magnetic moment of the loop (P) Zero

111. A negative charged particle of mass ‘m’ having charge q (b) Torque on the loop (Q) Minimum

enters in magnetic field B  B0 kˆ at point P (3m, 0, 0) with (c) Potential energy of the loop (R) Stable

velocity v0  3jˆ  4k,
ˆ at t = 0 as shown in the figure [Given (d) Equilibrium of the loop (S) Along z- axis

m 113. Column II gives force expression for current carrying wire

shown in Column I. Match them correctly.
B0q = 1] [No other field is present]
Column–I Column–II

(A) (P) 2BiR

(B) (Q) zero

Now match the following :
Column–I Column–II

(A) Pitch of the motion (P)  3sin t ˆi  3cos t ˆj unit

of particle
(C) (R) BiR
24
(B)
25
× Radius of 
(Q) 3cos t ˆi  3sin t ˆj unit 
curvature of particle during
motion at time t = t sec.
(C) Velocity component (R) 8 unit (D) (S) 2BiR
of particle in xy-plane
(D) Acceleration of particle (S) Constant
MAGNETISM 76

EXERCISE - 4 : PREVIOUS YEARS JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

IIT-JEE Questions
1. An infinitely long conductor PQR is bent to form a right
angle as shown in figure. A current I flows through PQR. (a)
The magnetic field due to this current at the point M is H1.
Now, another infinitely long straight conductor QS is
connected at Q, so that current is I/2 in QR as well as in QS,
the current in PQ remaining unchanged. The magnetic field
at M is now H2. The ratio H1/H2 is given by (JEE 2000)

(b) x x'
M

d d

90º
– (c) x x'
P I Q S
90º

d d
R
d d
(d) x x'
–
(a) 1/2 (b) 1
(c) 2/3 (d) 2
5. A circular loop of radius R is bent along a diameter and
2. An ionized gas contains both positive and negative ions.
given a shape as shown in figure. One of the semicircles
If it is subjected simultaneously to an electric field along
(KNM) lies in the x-z plane and the other one (KLM) in
the +x-direction and a magnetic field along the
the y-z plane with their centres at origin. Current I is
+z-direction, then (JEE 2000)
flowing through each of the semicircles as shown in
(a) positive ions deflect towards +y-direction and negative figure. (JEE 2000)
ions towards –y-direction
(b) all ions deflect towards +y-direction
(c) all ions deflect towards –y-direction L y
M
(d) positive ions deflect towards –y-direction and
I x
negative ions towards –y-direction
N
3. A particle of charge q and mass m moves in a circular orbit I z
of radius r with angular speed . The ratio of the magnitude K
of its magnetic moment to that of its angular momentum
depends on (JEE 2000) (a) A particle of charge q is released at the origin with a
 
(a) and q (b) , q and m velocity v   v0ˆi . Find the instantaneous force F
(c) q and m (d) and m on the particle. Assume that space is gravity free.

4. Two long parallel wires are at a distance 2d apart. They (b) If an external uniform magnetic field B0ˆj is applied
carry steady equal currents flowing out of the plane of the  
determine the force F1 and F2 on the semicircles
paper as shown. The variation of the magnetic field B 
KLM and KNM due to the field and the net force F
along the line XX  is given by (JEE 2000)
on the loop.
MAGNETISM 77

6. A current of 10 A flow around a closed path in a circuit 8. A coil having N turns is wound tightly in the form of a
which is in the horizontal plane as shown in the figure. spiral with inner and outer radii a and b respectively. When
The circuit consists of eight alternating arcs of radii a current I passes through the coil, the magnetic field at
the centre is (JEE 2001)
r1 = 0.08 m and r2 = 0.12 m. Each subtends the same angle
at the centre. (JEE 2001) 0 NI 2  0 NI
(a) (b)
b a

 0 NI b 0 IN b
D (c) 2  b  a  ln a (d)  b  a  ln a
r2
C
9. Two particles A and B of masses mA and mB respectively
A and having the same charge are moving in a plane. A
r1
uniform magnetic field exists perpendicular to this plane.
i The speeds of the particles are vA and vB respectively and
the trajectories are as shown in the figure. Then
(JEE 2001)
(a) Find the magnetic field produced by this circuit at the
A
centre.
B
(b) An infinitely long straight wire carrying a current of 10
A is passing through the centre of the above circuit
vertically with the direction of the current being into
the plane of the circuit. What is the force acting on the
(a) mAvA < mBvB
wire at the centre due to the current in the circuit ?
(b) mAvA > mBvB
What is the force acting on the arc AC and the straight
segment CD due to the current at the centre ? (c) mA < mB and vA < vB
7. A non-planar loop of conducting wire carrying a current I (d) mA = mB and vA = vB
is placed as shown in the figure. Each of the straight 10. A long straight wire along the z-axis carries a current i in the
sections of the loop is of length 2a. The magnetic field due 
negative z-direction. The magnetic vector field B at a point
to this loop at the point P (a, 0, a) points in the direction having coordinate (x, y) on the z = 0 plane is (JEE 2002)
(JEE 2001)

(a)
 
 0 I y ˆi  x ˆj
(b)
 
 0 I x ˆi  y ˆj
z 2  x 2
y 
2
2  x 2
y 
2

y
 
 0 I x ˆj  y ˆi  
 0 I x ˆi  y ˆj
(c) (d)
2  x 2
y 
2
2  x 2
y 
2

x 11. A particle of mass m and charge q moves with a constant

velocity v along the positive x-direction. It enter a region
containing a uniform magnetic field B directed along the
negative z-direction, extending from x = a to x = b. The
minimum value of v required so that the particle can just
(a)
1
2

 ˆj  kˆ  (b)
1
3

 ˆj  kˆ  ˆi  enter the region x > b is (JEE 2002)

qbB q b  a  B
(a) (b)
m m
(c)
3

1 ˆ ˆ ˆ
i  j k  (d)
1 ˆ ˆ
2

ik  qaB q b  a B
(c) (d)
m 2m
MAGNETISM 78

12. A rectangular loop PQRS made from a uniform wire has 15. A conducting loop carrying a current I is placed in a uniform
length a, width b and mass m. It is free to rotate about the magnetic field pointing into the plane of the paper as
arm PQ, which remains hinged along a horizontal line taken shown. The loop will have a tendency to (JEE 2003)
as the y-axis (see figure). Take the vertically upward
Y
direction as the z-axis. A uniform magnetic field B

 
×
B  3iˆ  4 kˆ B0 exists in the region. The loop is held in
the x-y plane and a current I is passed through it. The loop X
is now released and is found to stay in the horizontal
position in equilibrium. (JEE 2002) I
z

(a) contract
(b) expand
(c) move towards +ve x-axis
P Q (d) move towards –ve x-axis
y
16. A current carrying loop is placed in a uniform magnetic
field in four different orientations, I, II, III and IV, arrange
a
them in the decreasing order of potential energy
x S R (JEE 2003)
b

(a) What is the direction of the current I in PQ ?

(b) Find the magnetic force on the arm RS. n^ B B

(c) Find the expression for I in terms of B 0, a, b and m.

n^
13. A ring of radius R having uniformly distributed charge (I) (II)
Q is mounted on a rod suspended by two identical
n^
strings. The tension in strings in equilibrium is T0. Now
a vertical magnetic field is switched on and ring is rotated B B
at constant angular velocity . Find the maximum  with ^
n
which the ring can be rotated if the strings can (III) (IV)
3T0
withstand a maximum tension of . (JEE 2003) (a) I > III > II > IV (b) I > II > III > IV
2
(c) I > IV > II > III (d) III > IV > I > II
14. For a positively charged particle moving in a x-y plane
17. An electron moving with a speed u along the positive
initially along the x-axis, there is a sudden change in its
x-axis at y = 0 enters a region of uniform magnetic field
path due to the presence of electric and/or magnetic 
fields beyond P. The curved path is shown in the x-y B   B0 kˆ which exists to the right of y-axis. The electron
plane and is found to be non-circular. (JEE 2003) exists from the region after sometime with the speed v at
co-ordinate y, then (JEE 2004)
y
y
× × × ×
P × × × ×
O
x e– u × × × ×
× × × × x
× × × ×
Which one of the following combinations is possible ? × × × ×
    × × × ×
(a) E  0; B  b ˆj  c kˆ (b) E  a ˆi ; B  c kˆ  a ˆi
(a) v > u, y < 0 (b) v = u, y > 0
   
(c) E  0; B  c ˆj  b kˆ (d) E  a ˆi ; B  c kˆ  b ˆj (c) v > u, y > 0 (d) v = u, y < 0
MAGNETISM 79

18. A proton and an alpha particle, after being accelerated (B) Point P is situated at the (Q) The magnetic fields (B)
through same potential difference, enter uniform magnetic mid-point of the line joining at P due to the currents
the centres of the circular in the the wires are in
field, the direction of which is perpendicular to their
wires, which have same radii. opposite direction.
velocities. Find the ratio of radii of the circular paths of
the two particles. (2004)

19. A moving coil galvanometer experiences torque = ki where P

i is current. If N coils of area A each and moment of inertia

I is kept in magnetic field B. (2005)

(a) Find k in terms of given parameters. (C) Point P is situated at the (R) There is no magnetic
field mid-point of the line at P.

(b) If for current i deflection is , find out torsional joining the centres of the
2
circular wires, which have
constant of spring.
same radii.
(c) If a charge Q is passed suddenly through the
galvanometer, find out maximum angle of deflection. P

20. Some laws/processes are given in Column-I. Match these

with the physical phenomena given in Column-II.(2006) (D) Point P is situated at the (S) The wires repel each
common centre of the wires. other.
Column – I Column – II

(A) Dielectric ring uniformly (p) Time independent

P
charged electrostatic field out of

system 
22. A magnetic field B = B0ˆj exists in the region a < x < 2a and

(B) Dielectric ring uniformly (q) Magnetic field B = B0 ˆj , in the region 2a < x < 3a, where B0 is a positive
charged rotating with constant. A positive point charge moving with a velocity

angular velocity  v  v0ˆi , where v0 is a positive constant, enters the
magnetic field at x = a. The trajectory of the charge in this
(C) Constant current in ring io (r) Induced electric field region can be like (JEE 2007)
(D) i = io cos t (s) Magnetic moment B0

21. Two wires each carrying a steady current I are shown in four
configuration in Column – I. Some of the resulting effects 0 x
a 2a 3a
are described in Column – II. Match the statements in
Column – I with the statements in Column – II. constant
– B0
electric field that difference develops has a direction along
the between the ends of the length of the wire. (JEE 2007) z z
Column – I Column – II a 2a 3a
x x
(A) Point P is situated midway (P) The magnetic fields (B) (a) a 2a 3a (b)
between the wires. at P due to the currents
in the wires are in the
same direction. z z

a 2a 3a
x x
(c) a 2a 3a (d)
P
MAGNETISM 80

23. A particle of mass m and charge q, moving with velocity v
enters Region II normal to the boundary as shown in the
figure. Region II has a uniform magnetic field B perpendicular
to the plane of the paper. The length of the Region II is l.
Choose the correct choice(s). (2008)
26. An electron and a proton are moving on straight parallel
paths with same velocity. They enter a semi-infinite region
of uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the velocity.
Which or the following statement(s) is/are true ? (2011)
(a) They will never come out of the magnetic field region
(b) They will come out travelling along parallel paths
(c) They will come out at the same time
(d) They will come out at different times.
PASSAGE
The figure shows a circular loop of radius a with two long
parallel wires (numbered 1 and 2) all in the plane of the
paper. The distance of each wire from the centre of the loop
is d. The loop and the wires are carrying the same current I.
The current in the loop is in the counterclockwise direction
if seen from above.

q B
(a) The particle enters Region III only if its velocity v 
m

qB
(b) The particle enters Region III only if its velocity v 
m
(c) Path length of the particle in Region II is maximum when
q B
velocity v 
m
(d) Time spent in Region II is same for any velocity v as 27. When d  a but wires are not touching the loop. It is found
long as the particle returns to Region I that the net magnetic field on the axis of the loop is zero at a
24. A steady current I goes through a wire loop PQR having height h above the loop. In that case (2014)
(a) current in wire 1 and wire 2 is the direction PQ and RS,
shape of a right angle triangle with PQ = 3x, PR = 4x and QR
respectively and h  a
= 5x, If the magnitude of the magneitc field at P due to this
(b) current in wire 1 and wire 2 is the direction PQ and SR,
 0 I  respectively and h  a
loop is k   , find the value of k. (2009)
 48x  (c) current in wire 1 and wire 2 is the direction PQ and SR,
respectively and h  1.2a
25. Which of the field patterns given in the figure is valid for
(d) current in wire 1 and wire 2 is the direction PQ and RS,
electric field as well as for magnetic field ? (2011)
respectively and h  1.2a
28. Consider d >> a, and the loop is rotated about its diameter
parallel to the wires by 30o from the position shown in the
(a) (b) figure. If the currents in the wires are in the opposite
directions, the torque on the loop at its new position will be
(assume that the net field due to the wires is constant over
the loop) (2014)

0 I2 a 2 0 I2 a 2
(a) (b)
(c) (d) d 2d

0 I2 a 2 0 I2 a 2
(c) (d)
d 2d
MAGNETISM
PASSAGE
In a thin rectangular metallic strip a constant current I flows
along the positive x-direction, as shown in the figure.
The length, width and thickness of the strip are l, w and
d respectively.

A uniform magnetic field B is applied on the strip along
the positively y-direction. Due to this, the charge carriers
experience a net deflection along the z-direction. This
result in accumulation of charge carriers on the surface
PQRS and appearance of equal and opposite charges on
the face opposite to PQRS. A potential difference along
the z-direction is thus developed. Charge accumulation
continues until the magnetic force is balance by the
electric force. The current is assumed to be uniformly
distribution on the cross-section of the strip and carried
by electrons.
29. Consider two different metallic strips (1 and 2) of the
same material. Their lengths are the same, widths are w1
and w2 and thicknesses are d1 and d 2 respectively. Two
points K and M are symmetrically located on the
opposite faces parallel to the x-y plane (see figure). V1
and V2 are the potential difference between K and M in
strips 1 and 2, respectively. Then, for a given current I
flowing through them in a given magnetic field strength
B, the correct statement(s) is(are). (2015)
(a) If w1 = w2 and d 1 = 2d2, then V2 = 2 V1
(b) If w1 = w2 and d 1 = 2d2, then V2 = V1
(c) If w1 = 2w2 and d 1 = d2, then V2 = 2 V1
(d) If w1 = 2w2 and d 1 = d2, then V2 = V1
30. In terms of potential difference V, electric current I,
permittivity  , permeability  and speed of light c, the
dimensionally correct equation(s) is (are) (2015)
(a) I = V (b) I = V
(c) I = cV (d) cI = V
81
31. Consider two different metallic strips (1 and 2) of same
dimensions (length l, width w and thickness d) with carrier
densities n1 and n2, respectively. Strip 1 is placed in magnetic
field B1 and strip 2 is placed in magnetic field B2, both along
positive y-directions. Then V1 and V2 are the potential
difference developed between K and M in strips 1 and 2,
respectively. Assuming that the current I is the same for
both the strips, the correct option(s) is(are). (2015)
(a) If B1 = B2 and n1 = 2n2, then V2 = 2 V1
(b) If B1 = B2 and n1 = 2n2, then V2 = V1
(c) If B1 = 2B2 and n1 = n2, then V2 = 0.5 V1
(d) If B1 = 2B2 and n1 = n2, then V2 = V1
32. In which case will the particle move in a straight line with
constant velocity? (2017)
(a) (IV) (i) (S)
(b) (III) (ii) (R)
(c) (III) (iii) (P)
(d) (II) (iii) (S)
33. Two infinitely long straight wires lie in the xy-plane along
the lines x =  R. The wire located at x = +R carries a constant
current I1 and the wire located at x = –R carries a constant
current I2. A circular loop of radius R is suspended with its
centre at (0, 0,3R ) and in a plane parallel to the xy-plane.
This loop carries a constant current I in the clockwise
direction as seen from above the loop. The current in the
wire is taken to be positive if it is in the j direction. Which

of the following statements regarding the magnetic field B
is (are) true ? (2018)

(a) If I1 = I2, then B cannot be equal to zero at the origin (0,
0, 0)

(b) If I1 > 0 and I2 < 0, then B can be equal to zero at the
origin (0, 0, 0)

(c) If I1 < 0 and I2 > 0, then B can be equal to zero at the
origin (0, 0, 0)
(d) If I1 = I2, then the z-component of the magnetic field at
 0 I 
the centre of the loop is   
 2R 
MAGNETISM 82

34. In the xy-plane, the region y > 0 has a uniform magnetic
field B1 k and the region y < 0 hasanother uniform magnetic
field B2 k . A positively charged particle is projected from
the origina long the positive y-axis with speed
v0   ms 1 at t = 0, as shown in the figure. Neglect gravity
in this problem. Let t = T be the time when the particle
crosses the x-axis from below for the first time. If B2 = 4B1,
the average speed of the particle, in ms–1, along the x-axis in
the time interval T is _________. (2018)
35. A circular coil of radius R and N turns has negligible
resistance. As shown in the schematic figure, its two ends
are connected to two wires and it is hanging by those wires
with its plane being vertical. The wires are connected to a
capacitor with charge Q through a switch. The coil is in a
horizontal uniform magnetic field B0 parallel to the plane of
the coil. When the switch is closed, the capacitor gets
discharged through the coil in a very short time. By the
time the capacitor is discharged fully, magnitude of the
angular momentum gained by the coil will be (assume that
the discharge time is so short that the coil has hardly
rotated during this time) – (2020)


(a) NQB0 R 2 (b) NQB0 R 2
2
(c) 2NQB0 R 2 (d) 4NQB0R 2

MAGNETISM
Please share your valuable feedback by
scanning the QR code.
 83

Teacher’s Note:

Back in the 6th century BC, the Greek philosopher Thales of Miletus had already noticed

the special effects of the magnetic stones and later on magnetic needles were being used

for navigation for voyages by various explorers ! Even Albert Einstein wasn't spared, a

gift of a compass from his father when he was five years old led to a lifetime fascination

with magnetic fields. The future of transportation i.e the motors in electric vehicles is

based on fundamentals of magnetism ! Lets see the origins and applications of the

magnetism and its beautiful relationship with electric currents .

"Samajh ayega to mazaa ayega,

Mazaa ayega to smajh ayega".

Anand Prakash Sir has been a pioneer in producing

Top Ranks in JEE/NEET and Olympiads. He has
personally taught and mentored AIR 1,6,7 (JEE
ADVANCED) and AIR-1, 7, 9 (AIIMS), and thousands of
more students who have successfully cleared these
competitive exams in the last few years.
EMI & AC
 Chapter 02 85

EMI & AC

1. MAGNETIC FLUX
Various Methods of Producing induced E.M.F.
(1) The total number of magnetic lines of force passing
normally through an area placed in a magnetic field is equal We have learnt that e.m.f. is induced in a circuit, whenever
to the magnetic flux linked with that area. the amount of magnetic flux linked with the circuit is
changed. As  = BA cos , the magnetic flux  can be
changed by changing B, A or . Hence there are three
methods of producing induced e.m.f.
1. By changing the magnitude of magnetic field B,
2. By changing the area A, i.e., by shrinking or stretching or
changing the shape of the coil.
3. By changing angle  between the direction of B and normal
(2) Net flux through the surface  =  B. d A = BA cos  to the surface area A, i.e., changing the relative orientation
of the surface area and the magnetic field.
( is the angle between area vector and magnetic field
vector) If  = 0o then = BA, If  = 90o then  = 0
3. LENZ’S LAW
(3) Unit and Dimension : Magnetic flux is a scalar quantity. It’s This law gives the direction of induced emf/induced current.
S.I. unit is weber (wb), CGS unit is Maxwell or Gauss × cm2; According to this law, the direction of induced emf or current in a
(1wb = 108 Maxwell). circuit is such as to oppose the cause that produces it. This law is
based upon law of conservation of energy.
N  m Joule Volt  Coulomb
(4) Other units : Tesla × m2   
(1) When N-pole of a bar magnet moves towards the coil, the
Amp Amp Amp
= Volt × sec = Ohm × Coulomb = Henry × Amp. It’s flux associated with loop increases and an emf is induced
dimensional formula [] = [ML2T–2A–1] in it. Since the circuit of loop is closed, induced current
also flows in it.
2. FARADAY’S LAWS OF EMI (2) Cause of this induced current, is approach of north pole
and therefore to oppose the cause, i.e., to repel the
(1) First law : Whenever the number of magnetic lines of
approaching north pole, the induced current in loop is in
force (magnetic flux) passing through a circuit changes an
such a direction so that the front face of loop behaves as
emf is produced in the circuit called induced emf. The
north pole. Therefore induced current as seen by observer
induced emf persists only as long as there is change or
O is in anticlockwise direction. (figure)
cutting of flux.
(2) Second law : The induced emf is given by rate of change
d
of magnetic flux linked with the circuit i.e. e   . . For
dt
Nd
N turns e   ; Negative sign indicates that induced
dt
emf (e) opposes the change of flux. (3) If the loop is free to move the cause of induced emf in the
Induced current (i) Induced charge (q) Induced power (P) coil can also be termed as relative motion. Therefore to
oppose the cause, the relative motion between the
2
e N d N e 2 N 2  d  approaching magnet and the loop should be opposed.
i  . dq  idt   .d P   
R R dt R R R  dt  For this, the loop will itself start moving in the direction of
motion of the magnet.
Induced charge It depends on
is time indepen- time and resistance (4) It is important to remember that whenever cause of induced
emf is relative motion, the new motion is always in the
dent.
direction of motion of the cause.

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
86
Table : The various positions of relative motion between the magnet and the coil

Position of magnet

Direction of Anticlockwise direction Clockwise direction Clockwise direction Anticlockwise direction

induced current

Behaviour of face As a north pole As a south pole As a south pole As a north pole
of the coil

Type of magnetic Repulsive force Attractive force Repulsive force Attractive force
force opposed

Magnetic field linked Cross (×), Increases Cross (×), Decreases Dots () Increases Dots () Decreases
with the coil and it’s
progress as viewed
from left

4. EDDY CURRENT
When a changing magnetic flux is applied to a bulk piece of
conducting material then circulating currents called eddy currents
are induced in the material. Because the resistance of the bulk
conductor is usually low, eddy currents often have large
magnitudes and heat up the conductor.
(1) These are circulating currents like eddies in water.
(2) Experimental concept given by Focault hence also named
as “Focault current”.
(3) The production of eddy currents in a metallic block leads
to the loss of electric energy in the form of heat.
(4) By Lamination, slotting processes the resistance path for
circulation of eddy current increases, resulting in to
weakening them and also reducing losses causes by them
(5) Application of eddy currents : Though most of the times
eddy currents are undesirable but they find some useful
applications as enumerated below
(i) Dead-beat galvanometer : A dead beat galvanometer
means one whose pointer comes to rest in the final
equilibrium position immediately without any oscillation
about the equilibrium position when a current is passed
in its coil.
This is achieved by winding the coil on a metallic
frame the large eddy currents induced in the frame provide
electromagnetic damping.
(ii) Electric-brakes : When the train is running its wheel is
moving in air and when the train is to be stopped by
electric breaks the wheel is made to move in a field created
by electromagnet. Eddy currents induced in the wheels
due to the changing flux oppose the cause and stop
the train.
(iii) Induction furnace : Joule’s heat causes the melting of a
metal piece placed in a rapidly changing magnetic field.
(iv) Speedometer : In the speedometer of an automobile, a
magnet is geared to the main shaft of the vehicle and it
rotates according to the speed of the vehicle. The magnet
is mounted in an aluminium cylinder with the help of
hair springs. When the magnet rotates, it produces eddy
currents in the drum and drags it through an angle, which
indicates the speed of the vehicle on a calibrated scale.
(v) Energy meter : In energy meters, the armature coil carries
a metallic aluminium disc which rotates between the poles
of a pair of permanent horse shoe magnets. As the
armature rotates, the current induced in the disc tends
to oppose the motion of the armature coil. Due to this
braking effect, deflection is proportional to the energy
consumed.

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
87

5. INDUCED CHARGE FLOW E

When a current is induced in the circuit due to the flux change,

charge flows through the circuit and the net amount of charge
which flows along the circuit is given as : a r
r dB
1 d 1 when r < a; E = ; En  r

q  i dt   R dt
dt 
R
d  2 dt

7. DYNAMIC (MOTIONAL) EMI DUE TO

  TRANSLATORY MOTION
 q and q  N for N turns.
R R
(1) Consider a conducting rod of length l moving with a
6. INDUCED ELECTRIC FIELD
uniform velocity v perpendicular to a uniform magnetic
It is non-conservative and non-electrostatic in nature. Its
field lines are concentric circular closed curves. field B , directed into the plane of the paper. Let the rod be
moving to the right as shown in figure. The conducting
dB electrons also move to the right as they are trapped within
A time varying magnetic field always produced
dt the rod.
induced electric field in all space surrounding it.
Induced electric field (E in) is directly proportional to

induced emf so e = E in .d  ..…(i)

d
From Faraday’s second laws e   ..…(ii)
dt

d Conducting electrons experiences a magnetic force


From (i) and (ii) e  E in .d   
dt
This is known as Fm = evB. So they move from P to Q within the rod. The
integral form of Faraday’s laws of EMI. end P of the rod becomes positively charged while end Q
becomes negatively charged, hence an electric field is set
up within the rod which opposes the further downward
dB/dt in cylindrical space × × movement of electrons i.e. an equilibrium is reached and
× B (t)× in equilibrium Fe = Fm i.e. eE = evB or E = vB
×
× ×× × × × × ×
× ××× × × × × ×
× ×× × ×
× × × × × ×  V
Concentric circular field
× × a ×  Induced emf e = El = Bvl E  
lines of induced electric × ×  
field existing everywhere
inside and outside of
(A) cylindrical space
(B) (2) If rod is moving by making an angle  with the direction of
magnetic field or length. Induced emf e = Bvl sin

A uniform but time varying magnetic field B(t) exists in a

circular region of radius ‘a’ and is directed into the plane
of the paper as shown, the magnitude of the induced
electric field (Ein) at point P lies at a distance r from the
centre of the circular region is calculated as follows.
d dB dB
So E in .d  e
dt
A
dt
i.e. E 2 r   a 2
dt
a 2 dB 1
where r  a or E  ; E in 
2r dt r

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
88

(3) Motion of conducting rod on an inclined plane : When (1) Induced current :
conductor start sliding from the top of an inclined plane
as shown, it moves perpendicular to it’s length but at an e Bv
i 
R R
angle (90   ) with the direction of magnetic field.
(2) Magnetic force : Conductor PQ experiences a magnetic
force in opposite direction of it’s motion and

 Bv  B 2 v 2
Fm  Bi  B  
 R  R

(3) Power dissipated in moving the conductor : For uniform

Hence induced emf across the ends of conductor motion of rod PQ, the rate of doing mechanical work by
e = Bv sin(90 – )l = Bvl cos external agent or mech. Power delivered by external source
is given as
Bv cos 
So induced current i  (Directed from Q to P).
R dW B 2 v 2 B2 v 2 2
Pmech  Pext   Fext .v  v 
The forces acting on the bar are shown in following figure. dt R R
The rod will move down with constant velocity only if
(4) Electrical power : Also electrical power dissipated in
Fm cos  = mg cos (90 – ) = mg sin  resistance or rate of heat dissipation across resistance is
given as
 Bil cos  = mg sin 
2
 Bv  cos   mgR sin  H 2  Bv  B2 v 2 2
B T  cos  mg sin   vT  Pthermal  i R   .R ; Pthermal 
 R  B 2  2 cos 2  t  R  R

(It is clear that Pmech. = Pthermal which is consistent with the

8. MOTIONAL EMI IN LOOP BY GENERATED AREA
If conducting rod moves on two parallel conducting rails
as shown in following figure then phenomenon of
induced emf can also be understand by the concept of
generated area (The area swept of conductor in magnetic
field, during it’s motion)
principle of conservation of energy.)
(5) Motion of conductor rod in a vertical plane : If conducting
rod released from rest (at t = 0) as shown in figure then
with rise in it’s speed (v), induces emf (e), induced current
(i), magnetic force (Fm) increases but it’s weight remains
constant.

Rod will achieve a constant maximum (terminal) velocity

vT if Fm = mg

B 2 v T2  2 mgR
So  mg  vT 
R B2 2

× × × × ×
R
× × × × × × ×
l
As shown in figure in time t distance travelled by conductor = vt t=0
× × × × ×
Area generated A = lvt. Flux linked with this area  = BA = × × ×
F
×m mg
× ×
d mg
Blvt. Hence induced emf e   Bv
dt

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
89

SPECIAL CASES (3) Faraday copper disc generator : A metal disc can be
assumed to made of uncountable radial conductors when
Motion of train and aeroplane in earth’s magnetic field
metal disc rotates in transverse magnetic field these
radial conductors cuts away magnetic field lines and
because of this flux cutting all becomes identical cells each

1
of emf ‘e’ where e  Br 2
2
(A) (B)

Induced emf across the axle of the wheels of the train and it
is across the tips of the wing of the aeroplane is given by e
= Bvlv where l = length of the axle or distance between
the tips of the wings of plane, Bv = vertical component of
earth’s magnetic field and v = speed of train or plane.

9. MOTIONAL EMI DUE TO ROTATIONAL MOTION

(1) Conducting rod : A conducting rod of length l whose one (4) Semicircular conducting loop : If a semi-circular
end is fixed, is rotated about the axis passing through it’s conducting loop (ACD) of radius ‘r’ with centre at O, the
fixed end and perpendicular to it’s length with constant plane of loop being in the plane of paper. The loop is now
angular velocity . Magnetic field (B) is perpendicular to made to rotate with a constant angular velocity , about
the plane of the paper. an axis passing through O and perpendicular to the plane
emf induces across the ends of the rod of paper. The effective resistance of the loop is R.
where  = frequency (revolution per sec) and T = Time period.
× ×
C S A
× × × × B × r × ×
r B
× × × × × × × ×
Q P O
× × × l × × × × ×
× × × × × B
In time t the area swept by the loop in the field i.e. region
(2) Cycle wheel : A conducting wheel each spoke of length l
1 1 dA r 2 
is rotating with angular velocity  in a given magnetic II A  r r  r 2 t ; 
2 2 dt 2
field as shown below in fig. Flux link with the rotating loop at time t  = BA. Hence
Due to flux cutting each metal spoke becomes identical induced emf in the loop in magnitude
cell of emf e (say), all such identical cells connected in d dA Br 2
parallel fashion enet = e (emf of single cell). Let N be the e B  and induced current
dt dt 2
1
number of spokes hence e net  B ;   2v
2
e Br 2
2 i 
R 2R
× × × × × ×
B 10. PERIODIC EMI
× × × × × ×
O
l
× × ×l
× O × × × Suppose a rectangular coil having N turns placed initially
× × × × × × in a magnetic field such that magnetic field is perpendicular
× × × × × × to it’s plane as shown.
–Angular speed
0
Here e net  N i.e. total emf does not depends on number v–Frequency of rotation of coil
of spokes ‘N’. R–Resistance of coil

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
90

Induced current Induced current

B
n^

Rheostat Key Rheostat Key

(A) Main current increasing (B) Main current decreasing

R
(1) Coefficient of self-induction : Number of flux linkages with
For uniform rotational motion with , the flux linked with the coil is proportional to the current i. i.e. N  i or
coil at any time t N   Li (N is the number of turns in coil and N – total
 = NBA cos  = NBA cos t N
flux linkage). Hence L  = coefficient of self-induction.
 = 0 cost where 0 = NBA = maximum flux i
(1) Induced emf in coil : Induced emf also changes in periodic (2) If i = 1amp, N = 1 then, L =  i.e. the coefficient of self
manner that’s why this phenomenon called periodic EMI induction of a coil is equal to the flux linked with the coil
when the current in it is 1 amp.
d
e = NBA  sint  e = e0 sint where e0 = emf d
dt (3) By Faraday’s second law induced emf e   N . Which
amplitude or max. emf = NBA  = 0 dt
di di
e e0 gives e   L ; If = amp/sec then | e |= L.
(2) Induced current : At any time t, i   sint = i0 dt dt
R R
sint where i0 = current amplitude or max. current Hence coefficient of self induction is equal to the emf
induced in the coil when the rate of change of current in
e0 NBA 0 
i0    the coil is unity.
R R R
(4) Units and dimensional formula of ‘L’ : It’s S.I. unit
11. INDUCTANCE
weber Tesla  m 2 N  m Joule Coulomb  volt
   
(1) Inductance is that property of electrical circuits which Amp Amp Amp 2 Amp 2 Amp 2
opposes any change in the current in the circuit.
(2) Inductance is inherent property of electrical circuits. It will volt  sec
  ohm  sec . But practical unit is henry (H).
always be found in an electrical circuit whether we want it amp
It’s dimensional formula [L] = [ML2T–2A–2]
or not.
(3) A straight wire carrying current with no iron part in the (5) Dependence of self inductance (L) : ‘L’ does not depend
circuit will have lesser value of inductance. upon current flowing or change in current flowing but it
depends upon number of turns (N), Area of cross section
(4) Inductance is analogous to inertia in mechanics, because
(A) and permeability of medium ().
inductance of an electrical circuit opposes any change of
current in the circuit. ‘L’ does not play any role till there is a constant current
flowing in the circuit. ‘L’ comes in to the picture only when
11.1 Self Induction there is a change in current.

Whenever the electric current passing through a coil or (6) Magnetic potential energy of inductor : In building a
steady current in the circuit, the source emf has to do
circuit changes, the magnetic flux linked with it will also
work against of self inductance of coil and whatever
change. As a result of this, in accordance with Faraday’s energy consumed for this work stored in magnetic field
laws of electromagnetic induction, an emf is induced in of coil this energy called as magnetic potential energy (U)
the coil or the circuit which opposes the change that of coil
causes it. This phenomenon is called ‘self induction’ and i 1 2 1 Ni
the emf induced is called back emf, current so produced in U  0
Lidi 
2
Li ; Also U  Li i 
2 2
the coil is called induced current.

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
91

(7) The various formulae for L

11.2 Mutual Induction
Condition Figure
Whenever the current passing through a coil or circuit
changes, the magnetic flux linked with a neighbouring coil
or circuit will also change. Hence an emf will be induced in
Circular coil the neighbouring coil or circuit. This phenomenon is called
‘mutual induction’.
 0 N 2 r
L
2

Solenoid
l
 N 2r
L 0   0 n 2 A
 i

(1) Coefficient of mutual induction : Total flux linked with the

secondary due to current in the primary is N22 and N22
2
Toroid L  0N r  i1  N22= Mi1 where N1 - Number of turns in primary;
2
N2 - Number of turns in secondary; 2 - Flux linked with
each turn of secondary; i1 - Current flowing through primary;
M-Coefficient of mutual induction or mutual inductance.
(2) According to Faraday’s second law emf induces in
Square coil d 2 di
secondary e 2   N 2 ; e 2  M 1
dt dt
2 2 0 N 2 a
L di1 1Amp
 (3) If  then |e2| = M. Hence coefficient of mutual
dt sec
induction is equal to the emf induced in the secondary
Triangular coil
coil when rate of change of current in primary coil is unity.
 0 18 Ni (4) Units and dimensional formula of M : Similar to self-
B .
4  inductance (L)
l l
(5) Dependence of mutual inductance
O
  18Ni   3 2  (i) Number of turns (N1, N2) of both coils
N 0 .  
 4    4 
 l (ii) Coefficient of self inductances (L1, L2) of both the
L coils
i
(iii) Area of cross-section of coils
(iv) Magnetic permeability of medium between the coils
9 3  0 N 2
L  L  N2 (r) or nature of material on which two coils are
8
wound
r (v) Distance between two coils (As d increases so M
Coaxial cylinders decreases)
 r
L  0 log e 2 l (vi) Orientation between primary and secondary coil (for
2r r1 r2
90o orientation no flux relation M = 0)
2.303 r (vii) Coupli ng fact or ‘K’ b etween pri ma ry and
 0 log10 2
2r r1 secondary coil

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
92

(6) Relation between M, L1 and L2 : For two magnetically (7) The various formulae for M :

coupled coils M  K L1L 2 ; where k – coefficient of Condition Figure

coupling or coupling factor which is defined as
Two concentric coplaner
Magnetic flux linked in sec ondary circular coils
K ;
Magnetic flux linked in primary  0 N1 N 2 r 2
M
0 K  1 2R

l
Two Solenoids

 0 N1 N 2 A
M i1 Secondary
 (N2 turns)
Primary
(N 1 turns)

Two concentric
coplaner square coils

 0 2 2 N1 N 2  2
M
L

12. COMBINATION OF INDUCTANCE

(1) Series : If two coils of self-inductances L1 and L2 having mutual inductance are in series and are far from each other, so that the
mutual induction between them is negligible, then net self inductance LS = L1 + L2

When they are situated close to each other, then net inductance LS = L1 + L2 ± 2M

Mutual induction is absent (k = 0) Mutual induction is present and Mutual induction is present and
favours self inductance of coils opposes self inductance of coils

L1 L2

(CW) M (CW)
i

Leq = L1 + L2
Current in same direction Current in opposite direction
Winding nature same Opposite winding nature
Their flux assist each other Their flux opposes each other
Leq = L1 + L2 + 2M Leq = L1 + L2 – 2M

L1L 2
(2) Parallel : If two coils of self-inductances L1 and L2 having  LP 
mutual inductance are connected in parallel and are far L1  L 2
1 1 1 When they are situated close to each other, then
from each other, then net inductance L is  
L P L1 L 2 L1L 2  M 2
LP 
L1  L 2  2M

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
93

Mutual induction is absent (k = 0) Mutual induction is present and Mutual induction is present and
favours self inductance of coils opposes self inductance of coil

L1 L 2 L1L 2  M 2 L1L 2  M 2
L eq  L eq  L eq 
L1  L 2 L1  L 2  2M L1  L 2  2M

13. GROWTH AND DECAY OF CURRENT IN LR- CIRCUIT i i

i0
If a circuit containing a pure inductor L and a resistor R in series i0
i = 0.63i0
with a battery and a key then on closing the circuit current
through the circuit rises exponentially and reaches up to a certain i = 0.37i0
t t
maximum value (steady state). If circuit is opened from it’s steady t= t=
state condition then current through the circuit decreases (A) (B)
exponentially.

L L
(4) Behaviour of inductor : The current in the circuit grows
exponentially with time from 0 to the maximum value
Induced Induced

 E
Main Main i   . Just after closing the switch as i = 0, inductor act
+ +
 R
B K B K
(A) Growth of current (B) Decay of current as open circuit i.e. broken wires and long after the switch
has been closed as i = i0, the inductor act as a short circuit
(1) The value of current at any instant of time t after closing
i.e. a simple connecting wire.
the circuit (i.e. during the rising of current) is given by

  t
R
E R L R
i  i 0 1  e L  ; where i 0  i max  = steady state current.
  R

i=0 i=0
(2) The value of current at any instant of time t after opening
from the steady state condition (i.e. during the decaying
E Initially E S i
R
 t
Just after closing S
of current) is given by i  i 0 e L R

L
(3) Time constant () : It is given as   ; It’s unit is second. i = E/R
R
In other words the time interval, during which the current
in an inductive circuit rises to 63% of its maximum value at E S i
Long after closing S
make, is defined as time constant or it is the time interval,
during which the current after opening an inductive circuit
falls to 37% of its maximum value.

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
94

14. LC- OSCILLATION 1

or v Hz
2 LC
When a charged capacitor C having an initial charge q0 is
discharged through an inductance L, the charge and current in the L
circuit start oscillating simple harmonically. If the resistance of
the circuit is zero, no energy is dissipated as heat. We also assume
an idealized situation in which energy is not radiated away from qo
+ –
the circuit. The total energy associated with the circuit is constant.
C
1 rad The oscillation of the LC circuit are an electromagnetic analog to
Frequency of oscillation is given by  
LC sec the mechanical oscillation of a block-spring system.

i=0

C +q0 v=0
++ + +
E At t = 0, capacitor is ready At t = 0, block is
t=0 L to discharge k
–q0 ready to move
– – –– m

A
S x=0

i = imax

C vmax
T T
At t = — At t = —
4 , block comes in it's
T q=0 4 , capacitor is fully k
t=— L
4
discharged i.e. charge q = 0 and m mean position i.e. x = 0 and
current through the circuit is velocity of block becomes
B
maximum A maximum
S x=0

v=0
T
At t = — ,block reaches it's
k 2
m extreme position other side and
v=0
A
x=0

i = imax

C vmax
3T 3T
At t = — , capacitor again At t = —
3T
t=—
q=0 4
k 4 , block again reaches
4 L
discharges completely i = imax m it's mean position and it's velocity
B becomes maximum
A
S x=0

i = imax

C v=0
3T , capacitor again
At t = — 3T
3T q=0 4 At t = —4 , block again reaches
t=— L k
4
discharges completely i = imax m it's mean position and it's velocity
B becomes maximum
A
S x=0

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
95

15. DC MOTOR (5) Current in the motor : i  E  e  E  k ; When motor

R R
It is an electrical machine which converts electrical energy E
is just switched on i.e.  = 0 so e = 0 hence i  =
into mechanical energy. R
maximum and at full speed,  is maximum so back emf e is
(1) Principle : It is based on the fact that a current carrying
maximum and i is minimum. Thus, maximum current is drawn
coil placed in the magnetic field experiences a torque. This
when the motor is just switched on which decreases when
torque rotates the coil.
motor attains the speed.
(6) Motor starter : At the time of start a large current flows
through the motor which may burn out it. Hence a starter
is used for starting a dc motor safely. Its function is to
introduce a suitable resistance in the circuit at the time of
starting of the motor. This resistance decreases gradually
(2) Construction : It consists of the following components and reduces to zero when the motor runs at full speed.
figure.

R R R R R
C 2 3 4 5 6
1
H
Spring E

M
dc mains

The value of starting resistance is maximum at time t = 0

ABCD = Armature coil, S1, S2 = split ring comutators
B1, B2 = Carbon brushes, N, S = Strong magnetic poles
(7)
(3) Working : Force on any arm of the coil is given by
and its value is controlled by spring and electromagnetic
system and is made to zero when the motor attains its safe
speed.
Mechanical power and Efficiency of dc motor :

 
F  i   B in fig., force on AB will be perpendicular to Efficiency  
Pmechanical Pout
Psup plied

Pin
e
 
Back e.m.f .
E Supply voltage
plane of the paper and pointing inwards. Force on CD will
(8) Uses of dc motors : They are used in electric locomotives,
be equal and opposite. So coil rotates in clockwise sense
electric ears, rolling mills, electric cranes, electric lifts, dc
when viewed from top in fig. The current in AB reverses drills, fans and blowers, centrifugal pumps and air
due to commutation keeping the force on AB and CD in compressors, etc.
such a direction that the coil continues to rotate in the
same direction. 16. DC GENERATOR
(4) Back emf in motor : Due to the rotation of armature coil in If the current produced by the generator is direct current,
magnetic field a back emf is induced in the circuit. Which then the generator is called dc generator.
is given by e = E – iR. DC generator consists of
(i) Armature (coil) (ii) Magnet
Back emf directly depends upon the angular velocity  of (iii) Commutator (iv) Brushes
armature and magnetic field B. But for constant magnetic In dc generator commutator is used in place of slip rings.
field B, value of back emf e is given by e   or e = k The commutator rotates along with the coil so that in every
cycle when direction of ‘e’ reverses, the commutator also
(e = NBA sint)
reverses or makes contact with the other brush so that in
the external load the current remains in the some direction
giving dc

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
96

7. If an aeroplane is landing down or taking off and its wings

Armature (Coil)
are in the east-west direction, then the potential difference
or emf will be induced across the wings. If an aeroplane is
landing down or taking off and its wings are in the north-
south direction, then no potential difference or emf will be
S N induced.
Commutator
Brushes 8. When a conducting rod moving horizontally on equator
+ – of earth no emf induces because there is no vertical
component of earth’s magnetic field. But at poles BV is
maximum so maximum flux cutting hence emf induces.
Load
9. When a conducting rod falling freely in earth’s magnetic
TIPS AND TRICKS field such that it’s length lies along East - West direction
then induced emf continuously increases w.r.t. time and
1. If a bar magnet moves towards a fixed conducting coil, induced current flows from West - East.
then due to the flux changes an emf, current and charge
induces in the coil. If speed of magnet increases then 10. 1 henry = 109 emu of inductance or 109 ab-henry.
induced emf and induced current increases but induced 11. Inductance at the ends of a solenoid is half of it’s the
charge remains same
 1 
inductance at the centre.  L end  L centre  .
 2 

12. A thin long wire made up of material of high resistivity

behaves predominantly as a resistance. But it has some
amount of inductance as well as capacitance in it. It is
thus difficult to obtain pure resistor. Similarly it is difficult
to obtain pure capacitor as well as pure inductor.
Induced parameter : e1, i1, q1 - e2 ( > e1), i2( > i1), q2 (= q1)
13. Due to inherent presence of self inductance in all
2. Can ever electric lines of force be closed curve ? Yes,
electrical circuits, a resistive circuit with no capacitive
when produced by a changing magnetic field.
or inductive element in it, also has some inductance
3. No flux cutting No EMI associated with it.
  
4. Vector form of motional emf : e   v  B   The effect of self-inductance can be eliminated as in the
coils of a resistance box by doubling back the coil on itself.
5. In motional emf B, v and  are three vectors. If any two
vector are parallel – No flux cutting.

14. It is not possible to have mutual inductance without self

inductance but it may or may not be possible self
inductance without mutual inductance.

di
6. A piece of metal and a piece of non-metal are dropped from 15. If main current through a coil increases (i) so will be
the same height near the surface of the earth. The non- dt
metallic piece will reach the ground first because there will positive (+ve), hence induced emf e will be negative (i.e.
be no induced current in it. opposite emf)  Enet = E – e

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
97

ALTERNATING CURRENT

1. THE ALTERNATING CURRENT

The magnitude of alternating current changes

16. Sometimes at sudden opening of key, because of high
inductance of circuit a high momentarily induced emf
produced and a sparking occurs at key position. To
avoid sparking a capacitor is connected across the key.
17. Sometimes at sudden opening of key, because of high
inductance of circuit a high momentarily induced emf
produced and a sparking occurs at key position. To
avoid sparking a capacitor is connected across the key.
2. AVERAGE VALUE OF ALTERNATING CURRENT
18. One can have resistance with or without inductance but
one can’t have inductance without having resistance.
19. The circuit behaviour of an inductor is quite different from
that of a resistor. while a resistor opposes the current i, an
di
inductor opposes the change in the circuit.
dt
i i
a b a b
R L
continuously with time and its direction is reversed
periodically. It is represented by
I  I 0 sin  t or I  I 0 cos  t
2
  2v
T
The mean or average value of alternating current over any
half cycle is defined as that value of steady current which
would send the same amount of charge through a circuit in
the time of half cycle (i.e. T/2) as is sent by the alternating
current through the same circuit, in the same time.
To calculate the mean or average value, let an alternating
current be represented by
I = I0 sin  t ...(1)

Vab = iR di
Vab = L — If the strength of current is assumed to remain constant
dt for a small time, dt, then small amount of charge sent in a
small time dt is
20. In RL-circuit with dc source the time taken by the current
dq = I dt ...(2)
to reach half of the maximum value is called half life time
Let q be the total charge sent by alternating current in the
L first half cycle (i.e. 0  T/2).
and it is given by T = 0.693 .
R T/2

21. dc motor is a highly versatile energy conversion device. It  q  I dt

0

can meet the demand of loads requiring high starting T/2

 cos t 
T/2
torque, high accelerating and decelerating torque. Using (1), we get, q  0
I0 sin t.dt  I 0  
   0
22. When a source of emf is connected across the two ends of
the primary winding alone or across the two ends of I0  T 
 cos   cos 0
secondary winding alone, ohm’s law can be applied. But   2 
in the transformer as a whole, ohm’s law should not be
10
applied because primary winding and secondary winding  cos   cos 0  T  2  

are not connected electrically.
I0 2I
23. Even when secondary circuit of the transformer is open it q  1  1  0 ...(3)
 
also draws some current called no load primary current for
If Im represents the mean or average value of alternating
supplying no load Cu and iron loses.
current over the 1st half cycle, then
24. Transformer has highest possible efficiency out of all the T
electrical machines. q  Im  ...(4)
2

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
98

T I 2 I .T 3.1 Phasor Diagram

From (3) and (4), we get I m  2 0  0 ...(5)
2  2
In the a.c. circuit containing R only, current and voltage
2
or Im  I0  0.637 I0 are in the same phase. Therefore, in figure, both phasors
  
Hence, mean or average value of alternating current over I0 and E 0 are in the same direction making an angle (t)
positive half cycle is 0.637 times the peak value of with OX. This is so for all times. It means that the phase
alternating current, i.e., 63.7% of the peak value. angle between alternating voltage and alternating current
through R is zero.
3. A.C. CIRCUIT CONTAINING RESISTANCE ONLY
I = I0 sin t and E = E0 sin t.
Let a source of alternating e.m.f. be connected to a pure
resistance R, Figure. Suppose the alternating e.m.f. 4. A.C. CIRCUIT CONTAINING INDUCTANCE ONLY
supplied is represented by
E = E0 sin t ...(1) In an a.c. circuit containing L only alternating current I
lags behind alternating voltage E by a phase angle of 90°,
Let I be the current in the circuit at any instant t. The
i.e., by one fourth of a period. Conversely, voltage across
potential difference developed across R will be IR. This
L leads the current by a phase angle of 90°. This is shown
must be equal to e.m.f. applied at that instant, i.e.,
in figure.
IR = E = E0 sin t
L
R

(a)
(a)

E0
E0 I
E
I0 I
I = I 0 sin O 90° O
O O E
I0
(b) (c)
(b) (c)
Figure (b) represents the vector diagram or the phasor
diagram of a.c. circuit containing L only. The vector
E0 
or I sin t  I 0 sin t ...(2) representing E 0 makes an angle (t) with OX. As current
R
lags behing the e.m.f. by 90°, therefore, phasor representing
where I0 = E0/R, maximum value of current. 
I0 is turned clockwise through 90° from the direction of
This is the form of alternating current developed.
   v
Comparing I0 = E0/R with Ohm’s law equation, viz. current E 0 . I  I0 sin  t   , I0  0 , XL =  L
 2 xL
= voltage/resistance, we find that resistance to a.c. is
represented by R–which is the value of resistance to d.c. A pure inductance offer zero resistance to dc. It means a
pure inductor cannot reduce dc. The units of inductive
Hence behaviour of R in d.c. and a.c. circuit is the same, R reactance
can reduce a.c. as well as d.c. equally effectively.
1 1 1
XL =  L  (henry) =  ohm
Comparing (2) and (1), we find that E and I are in phase. sec sec amp / sec
Therefore, in an a.c. circuit containing R only, the voltage The dimensions of inductive reactance are the same as
and current are in the same phase, as shown in figure. those of resistance.

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
99

5. A.C. CIRCUIT CONTAINING CAPACITANCE ONLY

Let a source of alternating e.m.f. be connected to a
E0
capacitor only of capacitance C, figure. Suppose the
E
alternating e.m.f. supplied is I0 90°
E = E0 sin t ...(1) O
I = I 0 sin I
The current flowing in the circuit transfers charge to the
plates of the capacitor. This produces a potential difference
between the plates. The capacitor is alternately charged (b) (c)
and discharged as the current reverses each half cycle. At
any instant t, suppose q is the charge on the capacitor.
Comparing (3) with Ohm’s law equation, viz current = voltage/
Therefore, potential difference across the plates of
capacitor V = q/C. resistance, we find that (1/ C) represents effective resistance
At every instant, the potential difference V must be equal offered by the capacitor. This is called capacitative reactance
to the e.m.f. applied i.e. and is denoted by XC.

q 1 1
V  E  E 0 sin t Thus X C  
C C 2vC
or q = C0 sin t The capacitative reactance limits the amplitude of current in a
If I is instantaneous value of current in the circuit at instant purely capacitative circuit in the same way as the resistance
t, then limits the current in a purely resistive circuit. Clearly, capacitative
reactance varies inversely as the frequency of a.c. and also
dq d
I  (C0 sin t) inversely as the capacitance of the condenser.
dt dt
In a d.c. circuit, v = 0,  XC = 
I = CE0 (cos t) 
E0 1 1 sec volt sec .
I sin t   / 2  Xc   sec    ohm
...(2) C farad coulomb / volt amp. sec
1 / C
The current will be maximum i.e.
I = I0, when sin (t + /2) = maximum = 1
6. A.C. CIRCUIT CONTAINING RESISTANCE,
INDUCTANCE AND CAPACITANCE AND SERIES
E0
 From (2), I 0  1 ...(3)
1 / C
6.1 Phasor Treatment
Put in (2), I = I0 sin (t + /2) ...(4)
This is the form of alternating current developed. Let a pure resistance R, a pure inductance L and an ideal
Comparing (4) with (1), we find that in an a.c. circuit capacitor of capacitance C be connected in series to a
containing C only, alternating current I leads the alternating source of alternating e.m.f., figure. As R, L, C are in series,
e.m.f. by a phase angle of 90°. This is shown in figure (b) therefore, current at any instant through the three elements
and (c). has the same amplitude and phase. Let it be represented
The phasor diagram or vector diagram of a.c. circuit containing by I = I0 sin t

C only in shown in figure (b). The phasor I0 is turned

anticlockwise through 90° from the direction of phasor E 0 .
Their projections on YOY’ give the instantaneous values
E and I as shown in figure (b). When E0 and I0 rotate with
frequency , curves in figure (c). are generated.
C

However, voltage across each element bears a different

(a) phase relationship with the current. Now,

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
100

 
(i) The maximum voltage across R is VR  I0 R dI q
L  RI  = E = E sin t ...(2)
 dt C 0

In figure, current phasor I0 is represented along OX.

dq dI d 2 q
As I  , therefore, 
dt dt dt 2

 The voltage equation becomes

d 2q dq q
L R   E 0 sin t ...(3)
dt 2 dt C
This is like the equation of a forced, damped oscillator. Let
the solution of equation (3) be
q = q0 sin (t + )

dq
  q 0  cos t  
dt

As VR is in phase with current, it is represented by the d 2q
 q 0 2 sin t   
vector OA , along OX. dt 2
  Substituting these values in equation (3), we get
(ii) The maximum voltage across L is VL  I0 X L 2
L [–q0  sin (t + )] + R q0  cos (t + )
As voltage across the inductor leads the current by 90°, it

is represented by OB along OY, 90° ahead of I0 . q0
 sin (t  )  E 0 sin t
  C
(iii) The maximum voltage across C is VC  I0 X C
As voltage across the capacitor lags behind the alternating q 0 [R cos t     L sin t  
current by 90°, it is represented by OC rotated clockwise 1
  sin t  ]  E 0 sin t
C
through 90° from the direction of I0 . OC is along OY’.

1
6.2 Analytical Treatment of RLC series circuit As L = XL and  XC , therefore
C
Let a pure resistance R, a pure inductance L and an ideal q0  [R cos (t + ) + (XC – XL) sin (t + )] = E0 sin t
condenser of capacity C be connected in series to a source
Multiplying and dividing by
of alternating e.m.f. Suppose the alterning e.m.f. supplied is
E = E0 sin t ...(1)
Z  R 2  X C  X L  , we get
2
At any instant of time t, suppose
q = charge on capacitor
R X  XL 
I = current in the circuit q 0 Z  cos t    C sin t   = E sin t
 Z Z  0
dI
= rate of change of current in the circuit
dt ...(4)

 potential difference across the condenser  q R X  XL

 cos  and C  sin 
C Let ...(5)
Z Z
dI
potential difference across inductor  L XC  XL
dt so that tan   ...(6)
R
potential difference across resistance = RI
 q0  Z[cos (t + ) cos  + sin (t + ) sin ] = E0 sin t
 The voltage equation of the circuit is

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
101

or q0  Z cos (t +  – ) = E0 sin t = E0 cos (t – /2) ...(7)

Z  R 2  X 2L
Comparing the two sides of this equation, we find that
We find that in RL circuit, voltage leads the current by a
E0 = q0  Z = I0 Z, where I0 q0 ...(8)
phase angle , where
and t +  = t – /2
AK OL VL I 0 X L
 tan     
   OA OA VR I0R
2
 XL
or   ...(9) tan  
2 R
 Current in the circuit is
8. A.C. CIRCUIT CONTAINING RESISTANCE
dq d AND CAPACITANCE
I  q 0 sin t    = q  cos (t + )
dt dt 0
Let a source of alternating e.m.f. be connected to an ohmic
I = I0 cos (t + ) {using (8)} resistance R and a condenser of capacity C, in series as
shown in figure.
Using (9), we get, I = I0 cos (t + – /2)
I = I0 sin (t + ) ...(10) Z  R 2  X C2

From (6),   tan 1

X C  X L  ...(11)
R
2 2
As cos  + sin  = 1

2 2
 R   XC  XL  2 2
      1 or R2 + (XC – XL) = Z
Z  Z 

or Z  R 2  (X C  X L ) 2 ...(12)

7. A.C. CIRCUIT CONTING RESISTANCE & INDUCTANCE

Let a source of alternating e.m.f. be connected to an ohmic

resistance R and a coil of inductance L, in series as shown
in figure.

Figure represents phasor diagram of RC circuit. We find

that in RC circuit, voltage lags behind the current by a
phase angle , where

AK OC VC I 0 X C X
tan      tan   C
OA OA VR I0 R R

9. ENERGY STORED IN AN INDUCTOR

When a.c. is applied to an inductor of inductance L, the

current in it grows from zero to maximum steady value I0. If
I is the current at any instant t, then the magnitude of
induced e.m.f. developed in the inductor at that instant is

dI
EL ...(1)
dt

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
102

The self induced e.m.f. is also called the back e.m.f., as it 1 1

i.e., r L  or  r 
opposes any change in the current in the circuit. r C LC
Physically, the self inductance plays the role of inertia. It 1
2 v r  1
is the electromagnetic analogue of mass in mechanics. or v r 
LC 2 LC
Therefore, work needs to be done against the back e.m.f. E
in establishing the current. This work done is stored in the At this particular frequency vr, as XL = XC, therefore,
inductor as magnetic potential energy. from (1)

For the current I at an instant t, the rate of doing work is Z  R 2  0 = R = minimum

dW i.e. impedance of RLC circuit is minimum and hence the
 EI
dt E0 E0
current I 0   becomes maximum. This frequency
If we ignore the resistive losses, and consider only Z R
inductive effect, then is called series resonance frequency.

dW dI
Using (1),  EI  L  I or dW = LI dI
dt dt
Total amount of work done in establishing the current I is

I
1 2
 
W  dW  LI dI 
0
2
LI

Thus energy required to build up current in an inductor =

energy stored in inductor

1 2
UB  W  LI
2

The Q factor of series resonant circuit is defined as the

10. ELECTRIC RESONANCE
ratio of the voltage developed across the inductance or
capacitance at resonance to the impressed voltage,
10.1 Series Resonance Circuit
which is the voltage applied across R.
A circuit in which inductance L, capacitance C and resistance
voltage across L or C
R are connected in series, and the circuit admits maximum i.e. Q
applied voltage ( voltage across R )
current corresponding to a given frequency of a.c., is called
series resonance circuit.
Q
r L I  r L
The impedance (Z) of an RLC circuit is given by RI R

Q
1 / r C I  I
or
 1 
2
RI RC r
Z  R 2   L   ...(1)
  C 1
Using r  , we get
LC
At very low frequencies, inductive reactance XL = L is
negligible, but capacitative reactance (XC = 1/C) is very L 1 1 L
Q 
high. R LC R C
As frequency of alternating e.m.f. applied to the circuit is 1 LC 1 L
increased, XL goes on increasing and XC goes on decreasing. or Q 
RC R C
For a particular value of  ( = r, say)
1 L
XL = XC Thus Q  ...(1)
R C

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
103

   W E 0 I 0 cos  T E 0 I 0
The quantity  r  is regarded as a measure of P  .  cos 
 2   T T 2 2 2
sharpness of resonance, i.e., Q factor of resonance circuit P = Ev Iv cos  ...(3)
is the ratio of resonance angular frequency to band width Hence average power over a complete cycle in an inductive
of the circuit (which is difference in angular frequencies at circuit is the product of virtual e.m.f., virtual current and
which power is half the maximum power or current is cosine of the phase angle between the voltage and current.
I0 / 2 . Note: -
The relation (3) is applicable to all a.c. circuits. cos  and
10.2 Average Power in RLC circuit or Inductive Circuit
Z will have appropriate values for difference circuits.
Let the alternating e.m.f. applied to an RLC circuit be For example :
E = E0 sin t ...(1)
R
(i) In RL circuit, Z  R 2  X 2L and cos  
If alternating current developed lags behind the applied Z
e.m.f. by a phase angle , then
I = I0 sin (t – ) ...(2) R
(ii) In RC circuit, Z  R 2  X C2 and cos  
Z
dW
Power at instant t,  EI (iii) In LC circuit, Z = XL – XC and  = 90°
dt
R
dW (iv) In RLC circuit, Z  R 2  X L  X C 2 and cos  
 E 0 sin t  I 0 sin t   Z
dt
= E0 I0 sin t (sin t cos – cos t sin ) Ev
In all a.c. circuits, I v 
2 Z
= E0I0 sin t cos – E0I0 sin t cos t sin 

2 E 0I0 10.3 Power Factor of an A.C. Circuit

= E0I0 sin t cos   sin 2 t sin 
2 We have proved that average power/cycle in an inductive
If this instantaneous power is assumed to remain constant circuit is
for a small time dt, then small amount of work done in this P = EvIv cos  ...(1)
time is
Here, P is called true power, (EvIv) is called apparent power
 E I  or virtual power and cos  is called power factor of the
dW   E 0 I 0 sin 2 t cos   0 0 sin 2 t sin   dt circuit.
 2 
Total work done over a complete cycle is true power (P)
Thus, Power factor =  cos  ...(2)
T T
apparent power E v I v 
E0I0

W  E 0 I 0 sin 2 t cos  dt   2
sin 2t sin  dt

R
[from impedance triangle]
R  X L  X C 
0 0 2
2

T T
E0I0

W  E 0 I 0 cos  sin 2 t dt 
2 
sin  sin 2 t dt
 Power factor = cos  =
Resistance
0 0 Impedance
T T
T
As 
0
sin 2 t dt 
2 
and sin t dt  0
0
In a non-inductance circuit, XL = XC

R R
T  Power factor = cos  =   1,   0 ...(4)
 W  E 0 I 0 cos   R 2 R
2
 Average power in the inductive circuit over a complete This is the maximum value of power factor. In a pure
cycle inductor or an ideal capacitor,  = 90°

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
104

Power factor = cos  = cos 90° = 0
Average power consumed in a pure inductor or ideal a
capacitor, P = Ev Iv cos 90° = Zero. Therefore,
current through pure L or pure C, which consumes no
power for its maintenance in the circuit is called Idle current
or Wattless current.
In actual practice, we do not have ideal inductor or ideal
capacitor. Therefore, there does occur some dissipation
of energy. However, inductance and capacitance continue
to be most suitable for controlling current in a.c. circuits
with minimum loss of power.
11. A.C. GENERATOR OR A.C. DYNAMO
An a.c. generator/dynamo is a machine which produces
alternating current energy from mechanical energy. It is
one of the most important applications of the phenomenon
Theory and Working : As the armature coil is rotated in the
magnetic field, angle  between the field and normal to the
coil changes continuously. Therefore, magnetic flux linked
with the coil changes. An e.m.f. is induced in the coil.
To start with, suppose the plane of the coil is perpendicular
to the plane of the paper in which magnetic field is applied,
with AB at front and CD at the back, figure (a). The amount
of magnetic flux linked with the coil in this position is
maximum. As the coil is rotated anticlockwise (or
clockwise), AB moves inwards and CD moves outwards.
The amount of magnetic flux linked with the coil changes.
According to Fleming’s right hand rule, current induced
in AB is from A to B and in CD, it is from C to D. In the
external circuit, current flows from B2 to B1, figure (a)
C

of electromagnetic induction. The generator was designed B

originally by a Yugoslav scientist, Nikola Tesla. The word
generator is a misnomer, because nothing is generated by
the machine. Infact, it is an alternator converting one form S N
of energy into another. I D

11.1 Principle
A

An a.c. generator/dynamo is based on the phenomenon

B1
of electromagnetic induction, i.e., whenever amount R1
of magnetic flux linked with a coil changes, an e.m.f. is
B2
induced in the coil. It lasts so long as the change in R2
magnetic flux through the coil continues. The direction of
current induced is given by Fleming’s right hand rule.
11.2 Construction R
(a)
The essential parts of an a.c. dynamo are shown in figure.
1. Armature : ABCD is a rectangular armatrue coil. It consists B
of a large number of turns of insulated copper wire wound
C
over a laminated soft iron core, I. The coil can be rotated
about the central axis.
2. Field Magnets : N and S are the pole pieces of a strong S N
electromagnet in which the armature coil is rotated. Axis I A
of rotation is perpendicular to the magnetic field lines.
The magnetic field is of the order of 1 to 2 tesla. D

3. Slip Rings : R1 and R2 are two hollow metallic rings, to

B1
which two ends of armature coil are connected. These R1
rings rotate with the rotation of the coil.
B2
4. Brushes : B1 and B2 are two flexible metal plates or carbon R2

rods. They are fixed and are kept in light contact with R1
and R2 respectively. The purpose of brushes is to pass
on current from the armature coil to the external load R
resistance R. (b)

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
105

After half the rotation of the coil, AB is at the back and The current supplied by the a.c. generator is also
CD is at the front, figure. Therefore, on rotating further, sinusoidal. It is given by
AB moves outwards and CD moves outwards and CD
moves inwards. The current induced in AB is from B to e e0
i  sin t  i 0 win t
A and in CD, it is from D to C. Through external circuit, R R
current flows from B1 to B2; figure (b). This is repeated. e0
Induced current in the external circuit changes direction where i 0   maximum value of current.
R
after every half rotation of the coil. Hence the current
induced is alternating in nature. Note: -
Suppose to start with, the plane of the coil is not
To calculate the magnitude of e.m.f. induced, suppose
perpendicular to the magnetic field. Therefore, at t = 0,
N = number of turns in the coil,
  0. Let , the phase angle. This is the angle which
A = area enclosed by each turn of the coil 
 normal to the coil makes with the direction of B. The
B = strength of magnetic field equation (4) of e.m.f. induced in that case can be rewritten
 as e = e0 sin (t + ).
 = angle which normal to the coil makes with B at any
instant t, figure.
12. TRANSFORMER
Normal
Coil
A transformer which increases the a.c. voltage is called a
S N step up transformer, A transformer which decreases the
a.c. voltages is called a step down transformer.

 Magnetic flux linked with the coil in this position 12.1 Principle
  A transformer is based on the principle of mutual
 
  N B . A  NBA cos   NBA cos t ...(1) induction, i.e., whenever the amount of magnetic flux
where  is angular velocity of the coil. linked with a coil changes, an e.m.f. is induced in the
neighbouring coil.
As the coil is rotated,  changes; therefore, magnetic flux
 linked with the coil changes and hence an e.m.f. is 12.2 Construction
induced in the coil. A transformer consists of a rectangular soft iron core made
At the instant t, if e is the e.m.f. induced in the coil, then of laminated sheets, well insulated from one another, figure.
Two coils P1P2 (the primary coil) and S1S2 (the secondary
 d d
e   NAB cos t  coil) are wound on the same core, but are well insulated
dt dt from each other. Note that both the coils are also insulated
d from the core. The source of alternating e.m.f. (to be
  NAB cos t    NAB  sin t  transformed) is connected to the primary coil P1P2 and a
dt
E = NAB  sin t ...(2) load resistance R is connected to the secondary coil S1S2
through an open switch S. Thus, there can be no current
The induced e.m.f. will be maximum, when through the secondary coil so long as the switch is open.
sin t = maximum = 1
 emax = e0 = NAB  × 1 ...(3) S1
P1
Put in (2), e = e0 sin t ...(4)
Input
The variation of induced e.m.f. with time (i.e. with position A.C.
R Output

of the coil) is shown in figure.

P2 S2

Laminated Core

For an ideal transformer, we assume that the resistances

of the primary and secondary windings are negligible.
Further, the energy losses due to magnetic hysterisis in
the iron core is also negligible. Well designed high capacity
transformers may have energy losses as low as 1%.

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
106

12.3 Theory and working Ep np

From (2), 
Let the alternating e.m.f. supplied by the a.c. source Es ns
connected to primary be np Ip
 Is  Ip .  ...(3)
Ep = E0 sin t ...(1) ns K
As we have assumed the primary to be a pure inductance For a step up transformer, Es > Ep ; K > 1  Is < Ip
with zero resistance, the sinusoidal primary current Ip lags
i.e. secondary current is weaker when secondary voltage
the primary voltage Ep by 90°. The primary’s power factor,
is higher, i.e., whatever we gain in voltage, we lose in
cos  = 90° = 0. Therefore, no power is dissipated in primary.
current in the same ratio.
The alternating primary current induces an alternating
The reverse is true for a step down transformer.
magnetic flux B in the iron core. Because the core extends
through the secondary winding, the induced flux also n  Es  n s 
From eqn. (3) I p  I s  s   
extends through the turns of secondary.  np  R  np 
   
According to Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction,
the induced e.m.f. per turn (Eturn) is same for both, the 1 n   ns 
Using equation (2), we get I p  .Ep  s  
primary and secondary. Also, the voltage Ep across the R  np  np 
  
primary is equal to the e.m.f. induced in the primary, and 2
the voltage Es across the secondary is equal to the e.m.f. 1 n 
Ip   s  Ep ...(4)
induced in the secondary. Thus, R  n p 

d B E p E s Ep
E turn    This equation, has the form I p  , where the
dt np ns R eq
2
Here, np ; ns represent total number of turns in primary and  np 
equivalent resistance Req is R eq    R ...(5)
secondary coils respectively.  ns 
Thus Req is the value of load resistance as seen by the
ns
 Es  Ep ...(2) source/generator, i.e., the source/generator produces
np current Ip and voltage Ep as if it were connected to a
resistance Req.
If ns > np ; Es > Ep, the transformer is a step up transformer.
Similarly, when ns < np ; Es < Ep. The device is called a step Efficiency of a transformer is defined as the ratio of output
to the input power.
ns
down transformer. = K represents transformation ratio.
np Output power E s I s
i.e.,   
Input power E p Ip
Note that this relation (2) is based on three assumptions
(i) the primary resistance and current are small, In an ideal transformer, where there is no power loss,  = 1
(i.e. 100%). However, practically there are many energy
(ii) there is no leakage of magnetic flux. The same magnetic losses. Hence efficiency of a transformer in practice is
flux links both, the primary and secondary coil,
less than one (i.e. less than 100%).
(iii) the secondary current is small.
12.4 Energy Losses in a Transformer
Now, the rate at which the generator/source transfer energy
to the primary = IpEp. The rate at which the primary then Following are the major sources of energy loss in a
transfers energy to the secondary (via the alternating transformer :
magnetic field linking the two coils) is IsEs. 1. Copper loss is the energy loss in the form of heat in the
As we assume that no energy is lost along the way, copper coils of a transformer. This is due to Joule heating
conservation of energy requires that of conducting wires. These are minimised using thick wires.
2. Iron loss is the energy loss in the form of heat in the iron
Ep
IpEp = IsEs  Is  Ip core of the transformer. This is due to formation of eddy
Es currents in iron core. It is minimised by taking laminated
cores.

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
107

3. Leakage of magnetic flux occurs inspite of best insulations.

Therefore, rate of change of magnetic flux linked with each
turn of S1S2 is less than the rate of change of magnetic flux
linked with each turn of P1P2. It can be reduced by winding
the primary and secondary coils one over the other.
4. Hysteresis loss. This is the loss of energy due to repeated
magnetisation and demagnetisation of the iron core when
a.c. is fed to it. The loss is kept to a minimum by using a
magnetic material which has a low hysteresis loss.
5. Magnetostriction, i.e., humming noise of a transformer.
Therefore, output power in the best transformer may be Now, we consider a different surface, i.e., a tiffin box shaped
surface without lid with its circular rim, which has the same
roughly 90% of the input power.
boundary as that of loop C1. The box does not touch to
13. DISPLACEMENT CURRENT the connecting wire and plate P of capacitor. The flat
circular bottom S of the tiffin box lies in between the
According to Ampere circuital law : capacitor plates. Figure (b). No conduction current is
 passing through the tiffin box surface S, therefore I = 0.
the line integral of magentic field B around any closed
On applying Ampere’s circuital law to loop C1 of this tiffin
path is equal to 0 times the total current threading the box surface, we have
closed path, i.e.,
  Q

C
B. d   0 I
...(1) R
+
+
–
–
I r + – I
Consider a parallel plate capacitor having plates P and Q + –
+ –
connected to a battery B, through a tapping key K. When + –
C1 + –
key K is pressed, the conduction current flows through S
the connecting wires. The capacitor starts storing charge.
As the charge on the capacitor grows, the conduction B K

current in the wires decreases. When the capacitor is (b)

fully charged, the conduction current stops flowing in
 
the wires. During charging of capacitor, there is no
conduction current between the plates of capacitor.

C
B . d  = B 2r = 0 × 0 = 0 or B = 0 ...(3)

During charging, let at an instant, I be the conduction From (2) and (3), we note that there is a magnetic field at R
current in the wires. This current will produce magnetic calculated through one way and no magnetic field at R,
field around the wires which can be detected by using a calculated through another way. Since this contradition
compass needle. arises from the use of Ampere’s circuital law, hence
Let us find the magnetic field at point R which is at a Ampere’s circuital law is logically inconsisten.
perpendicular distance r from connecting wire in a region If at the given instant of time, q is the charge on the plate
outside the parallel plate capacitor. For this we consider a of capacitor and A is the plate area of capacitor, the
plane circular loop C1, of radius r, whose centre lies on magnitude of the electric field between the plates of
wire and its plane is perpendicular to the direction of current q
capacitor is E 
carrying wire (figure a). The magnitude of the magnetic 0 A
field is same at all points on the loop and is acting This field is perpendicular to surface S. It has the same
tangentially along the circumference of the loop. If B is magnitude over the area A of the capacitor plates and
the magnitude of magnetic field at R, then using Ampere’s becomes zero outside the capacitor. The electric flux
circuital law, for loop C1, we have through surface S is,
    1 q q
0I

C1
B.d  
C1
B d cos 0 = B 2 r = 0 I or B 
2 r
...(2)  E  E . A  EA cos 0 
0 A
A 
0 ...(4)

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
108

dq
If is the rate of change of charge with time on the plate
dt
of the capacitor, then

d E d  q  1 dq
  
  dt
dt dt  0  0

dq d E
or 0
dt dt
Due to battery B, let the conduction current I be flowing
dq through the lead wires at any instant, but there is no
Here, = current through surface S corresponding to conduction current across the capacitor gap, as no charge
dt
changing electric field = ID, called Maxwell’s displacement is transported across this gap.
current. Thus, For loop C1, there is no electric flux, i.e., E = 0 and
displacement current is that current which comes into play d E
0
in the region in which the electric field and the electric flux dt
is changing with time.
d E
d E  I  I D  I  0  I  0 0   I ...(7)
I D  0 ...(5) dt
dt
For loop C2, there is no conduction current, i.e., I = 0
Maxwell modified Ampere’s circuital law in order to make
the same logically consistent. He stated Ampere’s circuital d E
 I + ID = 0 + ID = ID = 0 ...(8)
law to the form, dt
At the given instant if q is the magnitude of charge on the
 
 B.d   0 I  I D    0  I   0 d E  ...(6)
plates of the capacitor of area A, then electric field E in the
 dt  gap between the two plates of this capacitor is given by

This is called Ampere Maxwell’s Law. q   q 

E E   
0 A    
 0 0 A
14. CONTINUITY OF CURRENT
q q
Maxwell’s modification of Ampere’s circuital law gives that  Electric flux,  E  EA  A
0 A 0
 
B . d    0 I  I D  d
C Thus from (8), we have I + ID = 0 q / 0   dq  I ...(9)
dt dt
d E From (7) and (9), we conclude that the sum (I + ID) has the
where I D 0 , called displacement current, I is the
dt same value on the left and right side of plate P of the
conduction current and E is the electric flux across the parallel plate capacitor. Hence (I + ID) has the property of
loop C. continuity although individually they may not be
The sum of the conduction current and displacement continuous.
current (i.e., I + I D) has the important property of
continuity along any closed path although individually 15. CONSEQUENCES OF DISPLACEMENT CURRENT
they may not be continuous. The discovery of displacement current is of great
To prove it, consider a parallel plate capacitor having importance as it has established a symmetry between the
plates P and Q, being charged with battery B. During the laws of electricity and magnetism. Faraday’s law of
time, charging is taking place, let at an instant, I be the electromagnetic induction states that the magnitude of
conduction current flowing through the wires. Let C1 the emf induced in a coil is equal to the rate of change of
and C2 be the two loops, which have exactly the same magnetic flux linked with it. Since, the emf between two
boundary as that of the plates of capacitor. C1 is little points A and B is the measure of maximum workdone in
towards left and C2 is a little towards right of the plate P taking a unit charge from point A to B, therefore, the
of parallel plate capacitor, figure. existence of an emf shows the existence of an electric field.

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
109

It is due to this fact, Faraday concluded that a changing

magnetic field with time gives rise to an electric field.
The Maxwell’s concept that a changing electric field with
time gives rise to displacement current which also
produces a magnetic field similar to that of conduction
current. It is infact, a symmetrical counterpart of the
Faraday’s concept, which led Maxwell to conclude that
the displacement current is also a source of magnetic
field. It means the time varying electric and magnetic
fields give rise to each other. From these concepts,
Maxwell concluded the existence of electromagnetic
wave in a region where electric and magnetic fields were where 0 and 0 are permeability and permittivity of the
changing with time. free space respectively.
–7 –1 –1
We know, 0 = 4× 10 Wb A m ;
16. MAXWELL’S EQUATIONS AND LORENTZ FORCE
–2 2 –1 –2
0 = 8.85 × 10 C N m
In the absence of any dielectric or magnetic material, the 8 –1
four Maxwell’s equations are given below ? Putting these values in (10), we have c = 3.00 × 10 ms

  where   are the absolute permeability and absolute

(i) 
S
E . d s  q / 0 . This equation is Gauss’s Law in permittivity of the medium. We also know that  = 0r and
  0 r where  0 , r are the relative permeability and
electrostatics.
relative permittivity of the medium.
The electric lines of force do not form continuous closed
path.  
1 c 1
 Therefore, v    c  
  0  r 0 r  r r   0 0 
(ii)
 B . ds  0 .
S
This equation is Gauss’s Law in

Maxwell also concluded that electromagnetic wave is

magnetostatics.
transverse in nature and light is electromagnetic wave.
The magnetic lines of force always form closed paths.

  17. VELOCITY OF ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

d  
(iii)  E .d  
dt sB . d s . This equation is Faraday’s law of
electromagnetic induction.
The line integral of electric field around any closed path
(i.e., the emf) is equal to the time rate of change of magnetic
flux through the surface bounded by the closed path.
  d  
(iv)  B . d    0 I   0 0dt s
E . d s . This equation is
generalised form of Ampere’s law as Modified by
Maxwell and is also known as Ampere-Maxwell law.
The electromagnetic waves are those wave in which
there are sinusoidal variation of electric and magnetic
field vectors at right angles to each other as well as at
right angles to the direction of wave propagation.
Consider a plane electromagnetic wave propagating along
positive direction of X–axis in space with speed c. Since
in electromagnetic wave, the electric and magnetic fields
are transverse to the direction of wave propagation,
therefore, the electric and magnetic fields are in Y–Z plane.

Let the electric field E be acting along Y–axis and

magnetic field B along Z–axis.
At any instant, the electric and magnetic fields varying
sinusoidally with x and t can be represented by the
equations.
E = Ey = E0 sin  (t – x/c) ...(1)
B = Bz = B0 sin  (t – x/c) ...(2)

1 Here E0 and B0 are the amplitudes of electric and magnetic

c ...(10)
 0 0 fields along Y–axis and Z–axis respectively. Consider a
rectangular path PQRS in X–Y plane as shown in figure.

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
110

 Consider a rectangular path PUTQ in the X–Z plane as

The line integral of E over the closed path PQRS will be 
shown in figure. The line integral of B over the closed
path PUTQ, we have
  Q  R  S  P 

PQRS

P

Q

E .d  E , d  E , d  E , d  E , d
R

S   U  T  Q  P 
  
B.d  B.d  B.d  B.d  B.d  
 0  E x 2   0  E  x1    
PUTQ P U T Q

 B  x 1    0  B  x 2   0
  x   x 
 E 0  sin   t  2   sin   t  1  ...(3)
  c   c    x   x 
 B0  sin  t  1   sin  t  2  ...(6)
  c   c 
Magnetic flux linked with surface surrounded by
rectangular path PQRS will be The electric flux linked with the surface surrounded by
rectangular path PUTQ is
x2 x2
  x 
B   Bx   dx   B sin  t  c  dx  
0 x2 x2 x2
 x
x1 x1 E   E . ds   E x dx  E 0  sin  t   dx

x1 x1 x1
 c
B0 c   x2   x 
 cos   t    cos   t  1 
   c   c  
c  x   x 
 E 0   cos  t  2   cos  t  1 
d B B 0  c   x2   x     c   c 
    sin  t     sin  t  1 
dt    c   c 
d E   x   x 
or  cE 0  sin  t  2   sin  t  1 
  x   x  dt   c   c 
 B 0 c sin  t  2   sin  t  1  ...(4)
  c   c 
  x   x 
Using Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction, we have  c E 0  sin  t  1   sin  t  2  ...(7)
  c   c 
  d B In space, there is no conduction current. According to
 E .d   dt Ampere Maxwell law in space

Putting the values from (3) and (4), we get   d E

E0 = cB0 ...(5)
 B.d  
PUTQ
0 0
dt

Since E and B are in phase, we can write. Putting values from (6) and (7), we get
E = c B at any point in space.
B 0   0 0 cE 0   0 0 c cB 0 

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
111

1 1 B 02
or 1   0 0 c 2 or c  ...(8) In terms of maximum magnetic field, u av  ,
 0 0 2 0

Which is the speed of electromagnetic waves in vacuum. 1 B 20 1 2

so I  c B rms c
–7 –1 2 0 0
For vacuum, 0 = 4 × 10 T mA
19. ELECTROMAGNETIC SPECTRUM
1
and  9  10 9 Nm 2 C  2
4  0 After the experimental discovery of electromagnetic waves
by Hertz, many other electromagntic waves were
1
or 0  N 1m  2 C 2 discovered by different ways of excitation.
4  9  10 9
The orderly distribution of electromagnetic radiations
Putting the value in (8), we get according to their wavelength or frequency is called the
1 electromagnetic spectrum.
c  3 10 8 m / s
7

4 10  1 / 4  9 10 9
 The electromagnetic spectrum has much wider range with
–14 2
wavelength variation ~ 10 m to 6 × 10 m. The whole
which is exactly the speed of light in vacuum. electromagnetic spectrum has been classified into different
This shows that light is an electromagnetic wave. parts and subparts in order of increasing wavelength,
according to their type of excitation. There is overlapping
18. INTENSITY OF ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE in certain parts of the spectrum, showing that the
corresponding radiations can be produced by two
Intensity of electromagnetic wave at a point is defined as
methods. It may be noted that the physical properties of
the energy crossing per second per unit area normally
electromagnetic waves are decided by their wavelengths
around that point during the propagation of electromagnetic
and not by the method of their excitation.
wave.
Consider the propagation of electromagnetic wave with A table given below shows the various parts of the
speed c along the X–axis. Take an imaginary cylinder of electromagnetic spectrum with approximate wavelength
area of cross-section A and length c  t, so that the wave range, frequency range, their sources of production and
crosses the area A normally. Figure. Let uav be the average detections.
energy density of electromagnetic wave.
20. MAIN PARTS OF ELECTROMAGNETIC SPECTRUM
The electromagnetic spectrum has been broadly classified
into following main parts; mentioned below in the order of
increasing frequency.

20.1 Radiowaves
Theses are the electromagnetic wave of frequency range
5 9
from 5 × 10 Hz to 10 Hz. These waves are produced by
The energy of electromagnetic wave (U) crossing the area oscillating electric circuits having an inductor and
of cross-section at P normally in time  t is the energy of capacitor.
wave contained in a cylinder of length c  t and area of Uses : The various frequency ranges are used for different
cross-section A. It is given by U = uav (c  t) A types of wireless communication systems as mentioned below
The intensity of electromagnetic wave at P is, (i) The electromagnetic waves of frequency range from 530
kHz to 1710 kHz form amplitude modulated (AM) band. It is
U u ct A used in ground wave propagation.
I  av  u av c
A t A t (ii) The electromagnetic waves of frequency range 1710 kHz
1 to 54 Mhz are used for short wave bands. It is used in sky
In terms of maximum electric field, u av  0 E 20 ,
2 wave propagation.
1 (iii) The electromagnetic waves of frequency range 54 Mhz to
so, I  0 E 02 c 0 E 2rms c
2 890 MHz are used in television waves.

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
112

(iv) The electromagnetic waves of frequency range 88 MHz to
108 MHzfromfrequency modulated (FM) radio band. It is
used for commercial FM radio.
(v) The electromagnetic waves of frequency range 300 MHz
to 3000 MHz form ultra high frequency (UHF) band. It is
used in cellular phones communication.
20.2 Microwaves
Microwaves are the electromagnetic waves of frequency
range 1 GHz to 300 GHz. They are produced by special
vacuum tubes. namely ; klystrons, magnetrons and Gunn
diodes etc.
Uses :
(i) Microwaves are used in Radar systems for air craft
navigation.
(ii) A radar using microwave can help in detecting the speed
of tennis ball, cricket ball, automobile while in motion.
(iii) Microwave ovens are used for cooking purposes.
(iv) Microwaves are used for observing the movement of trains
on rails while sitting in microwave operated control rooms.
20.3 Infrared waves
Infrared waves were discovered by Herschell. These are
11
the electromagnetic waves of frequency range 3 × 10 Hz
14
to 4 × 10 Hz. Infrared waves sometimes are called as
heat waves. Infrared waves are produced by hot bodies
and molecules. These wave are not detected by human
eye but snake can detect them.
Uses :
Infrared waves are used :
(i) in physical therapy, i.e., to treat muscular strain.
(ii) to provide electrical energy to satellite by using solar cells
(iii) for producing dehydrated fruits
(iv) for taking photographs during the condition of fog, smoke
etc.
(v) in green houses to keep the plants warm
(vi) in revealing the secret writings on the ancient walls
(vii) in solar water heaters and cookers
(viii) in weather forecasting through infra red photography
(ix) in checking the purity of chemcials and in the study of
molecular structure by taking infrared absorption spectrum.
20.4 Visible light
It is the narrow region of electromagnetic spectrum, which
is detected by the human eye. Its frequency is ranging
14 14
from 4×10 Hz to 8×10 Hz. It is produced due to atomic
excitation.
The visible light emitted or reflected from objects around
us provides the information about the world surrounding us.
20.5 Ultraviolet rays
The ultraviolet rays were discovered by Ritter in 1801. The
14 16
frequency range of ultraviolet rays is 8 × 10 Hz to 5 × 10
Hz. The ultraviolet rays are produced by sun, special lamps
and very hot bodies. Most of the ultraviolet rays coming
from sun are absorbed by the ozone layer in the earth’s
atmosphere. The ultraviolet rays in large quantity produce
harmful effect on human eyes.
Uses : Ultraviolet rays are used :
(i) for checking the mineral samples through the property of
ultraviolet rays causing flourescence.
(ii) in the study of molecular structure and arrangement of
electrons in the external shell through ultraviolet
absorption spectra.
(iii) to destroy the bacteria and for sterilizing the surgical
instruments.
(iv) in burglar alarm.
(v) in the detection of forged documents, finger prints in
forensic laboratory.
(vi) to preserve the food stuff.
20. 6 X–rays
The X–rays were discovered by German Physicst W.
16 21
Roentgen. Their frequency range is 10 Hz to 3 × 10 Hz.
These are produced when high energy electrons are
stopped suddenly on a metal of high atomic number.
X–rays have high penetrating power.
Uses : X–rays are used :
(i) In surgery for the detection of fractures, foreign bodies
like bullets, diseased organs and stones in the human body.
(ii) In Engineering (i) for detecting faults, cracks, flaws and
holes in final metal products (ii) for the testing of weldings,
casting and moulds.
(iii) In Radio therapy, to cure untracable skin diseases and
malignant growth.
(iv) In detective departments (i) for detection of explosives,
opium, gold and silver in the body of smugglers.
(v) In Industry (i) for the detection of pearls in oysters and
defects in rubber tyres, gold and tennis balls etc. (ii) for
testing the uniformity of insulating material.
(vi) In Scientific Research (i) for the investigation of structure
of crystal, arrangement of atoms and molecules in the
complex substances.

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
113

(i) in the treatment of cancer and tumours.

20.7 -rays
(ii) to preserve the food stuffs for a long time as the soft –
–rays are the electromagnetic waves of frequency range rays can kill microorganisms easily.
18 22
3 × 10 Hz to 5 × 10 Hz. –rays have nuclear origin.
(iii) to produce nuclear reactions.
These rays are highly energetic and are produced by the
nucleus of the radioactive substances. (iv) to provide valuable information about the structure of
atomic nucleus.
Uses : –rays are used :

SCAN CODE
EMI & AC
EMI & AC
114

SOLVED EXAMPLES

Example - 1

Explain why resistance coils are usually double

wound.
Sol. The resistance coils are double wound to avoid induction
effects. Magnetic field due to current in one half of the
coil is cancelled by magnetic field due to current in the
other half of the coil (which is in opposite direction).
Example - 2

A bar magnet falls through a metal ring. Will its

acceleration be equal to ‘g’ ?

Sol. No, acceleration of the magnet will not be equal to g. It will

be less than ‘g’. This is because as the magnet falls, amount
of magnetic flux linked with the ring changes. An induced
current is developed in the ring which opposes the
downward motion of the magnet. After the magnet has
crossed the metal ring, amount of magnetic flux linked
with the ring goes on decreasing. An induced current
developes in the ring and opposes the fall of the magnet.
Therefore, downward acceleration of the magnet continues
to be less than ‘g’.
Sol. As coils B and C are fixed, there is no induced current in
Example - 3
B due to C. However, when A is moved towards B, an
e.m.f. is induced in B, which would oppose relative motion
In the above problem, if the ring is cut somewhere, what
of A towards B. As current in A is clockwise, induced
would be the answer ?
current in B must be anticlockwise.

Sol. If the metal ring is cut somewhere, e.m.f. will be induced, Example - 5
but no induced current can flow. Therefore, there will be
When current in a coil changes with time, how is the
no opposing force on the falling magnet. Hence
back e.m.f. induced in the coil related to it ?
acceleration of falling magnet will remain equal to ‘g’
throughout.
dI
Example - 4 Sol. Back e.m.f. induced in the coil, e  L
dt

Three identical coils A, B and C are placed with their
planes parallel to one another, figure. Coils A and C carry
current as shown. Coils B and C are fixed. The coil A is
moved towards B with uniform speed. Is there any induced
current in B.
where L is coefficient of self-inductance of the coil and dI/
dt is the rate of change of current through the coil. The
variation of –e with t is shown in figure.
EMI & AC
115

Example - 8
t
O X A plot of magnetic flux () versus current (I) is shown in
figure, for two inductors A and B. Which of the two has
larger value of self induction ?

–e

B
X'

Example - 6
I
The magnetic flux through a coil perpendicular to
its plane and directed into paper is varying according Sol. As L = /I, therefore L for A > L for B.
2
to the relation  = (5t + 10t + 5) milliweber. Calculate
the e.m.f. induced in the loop at t = 5 s. Example - 9
2
Sol. Here,  = (5 t + 10 t + 5) milli weber A solenoid of length 50 cm with 20 turns per cm and
2
2
 = (5 t + 10 t + 5) × 10 Wb
–3 area of cross section 40 cm completely surrounds
another co–axial solenoid of the same length, area of
2
d cross section 25 cm with 25 turns per cm. Calculate
As e  (in magnitude) the mutual inductance of the system.
dt
1
Sol. Here, l = 50 cm  m
d 2
 e 2 –3 –3
(5t + 10 t + 5) × 10 Wb/sec = (10t + 10) × 10 volt
dt
Total no. of turns in outer solenoid
At t = 5 sec, N1 = 20 × 50 = 1000
–3
e = (10 × 5 + 10) × 10 volt = 0.06 volt. Area of cross section of outer solenoid,
2 –4 2
Example - 7 A1 = 40 cm = 40 × 10 m
Total no. of turns in inner solenoid,
Find the change in current in an inductor of 10 H
–2 N2 = 25 × 50 = 1250
in which the e.m.f. induced 300 V in 10 sec. Also,
find the change in magnetic flux. Area of cross section of inner solenoid,
2 –4 2
A2 = 25 cm = 25 × 10 m
–2
Sol. Here, dI = ? L = 10 H, e = 300 V, dt = 10 sec., d = ?
 0 N1 N 2
M A2
LdI 
As e 
dt
4  107  1000  1250  25  10 4
 –3
= 7.85 × 10 henry..
dI 1/ 2
 300  10
10 2
Example - 10
300  10 2
A long solenoid of length 1 m, cross sectional area 10
dI   0.3A
10 cm2, having 1000 turns has wound about its centre a small
coil of 20 turns. Compute the mutual inductance of the
d
Also, e  two circuits. What is the emf in the coil when the current
dt in the solenoid changes at the rate of 10 Amp/s ?
–2
d = e dt = 300 × 10 = 3 Wb
Sol. Let N1 = number of turns in solenoid ;
EMI & AC
116

N2 = number of turns in coil dI   0 N1 N 2 A  dI

As e  M 
A1 and A2 be their respective areas of cross section. dt  dt
(A1 = A2 is this problem) 300
–7 –4
Flux 2 through coil created by current i1 in solenoid is  e = 4  × 10 × 1200 × 0.3  × 12 × 10 × 40

2 = N2 (B1 A2) = 0.023 volt

 i N  1200 
2
 12  104
2  N 2  0 1 1  A 2 –7 –3
    L = 4 × 10 ×
0.3 
= 2.304 × 10 henry

Example - 44
 N N A 
 2   0 1 2 2 i1 dI 2  0
(b) Here N2 = 300,   40 amp / sec.
   dt 0.05

Comparing with 2 = M i1, we get : e=?

 0 N1 N 2 A 2 dI   0 N1 N 2 A  dI
Mutual inductance  M  As e  M 
 dt  dt

300
410 7 1000  20  10  10 4 
–7 –4
e = 4  × 10 × 1200 × 0.3  × 12 × 10 × 40 = 0.023 volt
M = 2.51 × 10–5 H
1

Example - 12
di1
Magnitude of induced emf = E2 = M
dt A coil of 100 turns and 1 cm radius is kept coaxially
within a long solenoid of 8 turns per cm and 5 cm radius.
E2 = 2.51 × 10–5 × 10 = 2.51 × 10–4 V. Find the mutual inductance.

Example - 11 Sol. The magnetic field B in the primary of solenoid given by

(a) A toroidal solenoid with an air core has an average B = 0 Np i
2
radius of 15 cm, area of cross-section 12 cm and 1200 The magnetic flux linked with the secondary coil is given by
turns. Obtain the self inductance of the toroid. Ignore
field variations across the cross-section of the toroid. Ns  = Ns B As = Ns (0 Np i) As
(b) A second coil of 300 turns is wound closely on the where As is the cross sectional area of secondary of
toroid above. If the current in the primary coil is increased solenoid.
from zero to 2.0 A in 0.05 s, obtain the induced e.m.f. in
The mutual inductance is therefore,
the second coil.
N s
Sol. (a) Here, a = 15 cm = 0.15 m M  0 N p Ns As
i
2 –4 2
A = 12 cm = 12 × 10 m Substituting the given values, we get :
Total of toroidal solenoid, l = 2a = 2 × 0.15 m = 0.3  m M = (4 × 10–7 weber/amp–m) (800/m) × 100 ×  × 25 × 10–4
2
N
As L   0 A = 7.89 × 10–4 H.

1200  Example - 13
2
–7
 12  104 –3
 L = 4 × 10 ×
0.3 
= 2.304 × 10 henry
A long solenoid of length 1 metre, cross–section 10
cm2, having 1000 turns has would about its centre a
dI 2  0 small coil of 20 turns. Compute the mutual inductance
(b) Here N2 = 300,   40 amp / sec.
dt 0.05 of the two circuits. What is the induced e.m.f. in the
coil when the current in the solenoid changes at the
e=?
rate of 10 amp/sec. ?
EMI & AC
117

Sol. The mutual inductance between solenoid and coil is given L 80 8 E 200
   s, I0    4A
R 50 5 R 50
by M = 0 Np Ns A
From I = I0 1  e 
t / 
where Np = number of turns per metre of the solenoid
primary and Ns = Total number of turns in the coil 50 8
I 0  I 0 1  e  t /   ; t   log e 2   0.693  1.109s
 M = (4 × 10 ) (1000) × (20) (10 × 10 )
–7 –4 100 5
1 2 1
Maximum energy stored  LI0   80   4   640 J
2
= 25.1 × 10–6 henry
2 2
or M = 25.1 micro henry
Induced e.m.f., Example - 16

di A conducting rod AB makes contact with the metal rails

emf = M = 25.1 × 10
dt AD and BC which are 0.5 m apart. If uniform magnetic
field of induction 0.5 Wb/m2 acts perpendicular to the
= 251 micro–volt.
plane of the figure.
Example - 14

(a) Calculate the mutual inductance between two coils

when a current of 4 amp. changes to 12 amp. in 0.5
sec. and induces an e.m.f. of 50 milli–volts in the
secondary.
(b) Also calculate the induced e.m.f. in the secondary if
current in the primary changes from 3 amp. to 9 (a) Calculate the magnitude and direction of the induced
amp. in 0.02 secs. emf when the rod is moving to the right with speed 4 m/s.
(b) If the resistance of the circuit ABCD is 0.2 ohm,
di 4  12 calculate the force required to maintain the motion
Sol. (a)   16 amp / sec
dt 0 .5 assuming smooth contacts.
(c) Compare the rate at which mechanical work is done by
 di  the force with the rate of heat developed in the circuit.
Induced emf = – M  
 dt 
Sol. (a) Let AB = l and AD = BC = x at some instant.
 M 
50 10   3.125 10
3
3
Henry.  =B lx
16
d dx
di 3  9  induced emf   B  Bv
(b)   300 amp / sec dt dt
dt 0.02
 induced emf = 0.5 × 0.5 × 4 = 1 volt.
Now emf = – (3.125 × 10 ) (–300) = 0.9375 volt
–3
(b) induced current = i
= induced emf/R = 1/0.2 = 5 A
Example - 15
magnetic force acting on AB = B i l

A solenoid of resistance 50  and inductance 80 H is = 0.5 × 5 × 0.5 = 1.25 N towards left.

connected to a 200 V battery. How long will it take for The applied force to maintain constant velocity must
the current to reach 50% of its final equilibrium value be of same magnitude but opposite direction i.e.,
? Calculate the maximum energy stored ? towards right.
(c) Rate of work done = Fv = 1.25 × 4 = 5 Watts.
Sol. Here, R = 50 , L = 80 H, E = 200 V, t = ? Rate of heat dissipation in resistance i2 R
= 52 × 0.2 = 5 Watts.
I0
I Hence the work done by force applied to the rod is
2
completely converted to heat in the resistance.
EMI & AC
118

Example - 17 Example - 20

A small resistor R (say, a lamp) is usually put in parallel
to the current carrying coil of an electromagnet,
(figure). What purpose does it serve ?
A wheel with 10 metalllic spokes each 0.5 m long is
rotated with a speed of 120 rpm, in a plane normal to
earth’s magnetic field at the place. If the magnitude of
the field is 0.40 gauss, what is the induced e.m.f. between
the axle and rim of the wheel.

Sol. Here, no. of spokes, N = 10

length of the spoke, l = radius, r = 0.5 m.
Frequency, n = 120 rpm = 2 rps. = 2 Hz
–4
B = 0.4 gauss = 0.4 × 10 tesla, e = ?
As the wheel rotates, linear velocity of spoke end at the
rim = r  and linear velocity of spoke end at the axle = 0

0r 1
 Average linear velocity, v   r
2 2
As e.m.f. induced across the ends of each spoke

1
e= Bl 2
2
Sol. When current in the coil of a large electromagnet is
switched off, magnetic flux changes at a very high rate. 22
–4 –5
Therefore, induced e.m.f. is very high and may cause e = 0.4 × 10 × 0.5 × × 2 × 0.5 = 6.28 × 10 volt
7
sparking which would damage the insulation. The small
resistor R placed in parallel provided a conducting path of As all spokes are connected in parallel between the axle
and the rim, therefore net e.m.f. induced is the same as that
the e.m.f induced. In this way, risks of high voltages and
induced across the ends of each spoke.
sparking etc. are reduced.
Example - 21
Example - 18
A parallel plate capacitor made of circular plates each
A bulb connected in series with a solenoid is lit by a.c.
of radius 10.0 cm has a capacitance 200 pE. The
source. If a soft iron core is introduced in the solenoid,
capacitor is connected to a 200 V a.c. supply with an
will the bulb glow brighter ? –1
angular frequency of 200 rad s .
Sol. No, the bulb will glow dimmer. This is because on (a) What is the r.m.s. value of the conduction current ?
introducing soft iron core in the solenoid, its inductance L
(b) Is the conduction current equal to displacement current ?
increases, the inductive reactance XL = L increases and
hence the current through the bulb decreases. (c) Peak value of displacement current.
(d) Determine the amplitude of magnetic field at a point
Example - 19
2.0 cm from the axis between the plates.
19.An ideal inductor when connected in a.c. circuit does
not produce heating effect though it reduces the current Sol. Here, R = 10 cm = 0.1 m;
–12 –10
in the circuit. Explain why ? C = 200 pF = 200 × 10 F = 2 × 10 F;
–1 –2
Sol. An ideal inductor is a coil having some inductance (L) but Erms = 200 V;  = 200 rad s ; r = 2.0 × 10 m.
no ohmic resistance R. Amount of heat produced in time
2 E rms
t = I Rt. As R = 0, therefore, heat produced = 0. However, (a) I rms    C E rms
1/ C
the inductor offers inductive reactance XL =  L = 2  v L
–10
to the a.c. Therefore, the current is reduced. = 200 × (2 × 10 ) × 200
–6
= 8 × 10 A = 8 A
EMI & AC
119

(b) Yes, because ID = I (ii) In circuit (b), current will decrease as inductive reactance
XL =  L = 2  v L will increases with increasing frequency.
(c) I 0  2 I rms  2  8  10 6
(iii) In circuit (c), current will increase as capacitative reactance
–6
= 11.312 × 10 A 1 1
XC   will decrease on increasing the
(d) Consider a loop of radius r between two circular plates of C 2vC
parallel plate capacitor placed coaxially with them. The frequency.
2
area of this loop A’ =  r . By symmetry, the magnetic field
 Example - 23
B is equal in magnitude and is tangentially to the circle
at every point. In this case, only a part of displacement Determine the virtual value of alternating current shown
current ID will cross the loop of area A’. Therefore, the in figure.
current passing through the area
I

ID I
A'    r 2  D2 r 2 2A
 R2 R

Using Ampere’s Maxwell law we have,

O t
  1 2 3
 B.dt  0 × (total current through the area A’)
2A
I
or 2rB   0 02 r 2
R

 0 I0 r 4 107  11.312 106  2  102

22   2   2 2
2
or B 
2R 2 2  0.1 As is clear from the figure, I v   2A
2
Sol.
3
–12
= 4.525 × 10 T Example - 24
Example - 22 A 100 ohm iron is connected to 220 volt, 50 cycle wall
plug. What is (i) Peak potential difference, (ii) average
Figure (a), (b), (c) show three alternating circuits with
potential difference, (iii) r.m.s. current ?
equal currents. If frequency of alt. emf be increased,
what will be the effect on currents in the three cases ? Sol. Here, resistance of iron, R = 100 ohm
Explain. r.m.s. voltage, Ev = 220 volt
frequency of A.C. supply, v = 50 c/s.
R L (i) Let E0 be the peak potential difference,

0
As Ev  . Ev  2  220
2
= 1.414 × 220 = 311.08 volt
~ ~ (ii) Let Em be the mean or average potential difference
(a) E (b) E
2 E0
C As E m  

2  311.08 14  311.08
 Em    = ± 198.14 volt.
22 / 7 22

~ (iii) Let Iv be the virtual or r.m.s. current

(c) E
Ev 220
Sol. (i) in circuit (a), there will be no effect on the current flowing. As I v   Iv  = 2.2 ampere.
R 100
This is because, R is not affected by frequency.
EMI & AC
120

Example - 25
Example - 28
Can a capacitor of suitable capacitance be used to control
Three series capacitors of capacitances 2.0, 3.0 and
a.c. in place of the choke coil ?
6.0  F are charged by a 60 V battery. Find the total
Sol. Yes, this is because average power consumed/cycle in an energy stored.
ideal capacitor is also zero. Therefore, like a choke coil, a
condenser can reduce a.c. without power dissipation. Sol. Here, C1 = 2.0  F, C2 = 3.0 F, C3 = 6.0  F
V = 60 V,
Example - 26
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
An electric lamp which runs at 80 volt d.c. and consumes As C  C  C  C  2  3  6  1
10 ampere is connected to 100 volt, 50 Hz a.c. mains. S 1 2 3

Calculate the inductance of the choke required.

 CS  1F  106 F
Sol. Here, V = 80 V, I = 10 A
1 1
CS V 2  106  60   1.8  103 J.
2
V 80 U
R  8 2 2
I 10
Example - 29
Ev = 100 V, v = 50 Hz, Iv = I = 10 A, L = ?
If Z is impedance of lamp and choke coil, Find the maximum value of current when inductance of
two henry is connected to 150 volt, 50 cycle supply.
E v 100
then Z    10 
Iv 10 Sol. Here, inductance, L = 2 henry
r.m.s. voltage, Ev = 150 volt
As R 2  X 2L  Z 2
frequency of A.C. supply, v = 50 c/s.
 X  Z  R  10  8  36
2
L
2 2 2 2
 Inductive reactance,
X L  6 22 4400
XL =  L = 2  v L = 2 ×  50  2  ohm
Now X L  L  2vL 7 7
If E0 is the peak value of the alternating voltage, then
X 67
L L  –2
= 1.9 × 10 H. maximum value of current (I0) is given by
2v 2  22  50
E0 2 Ev
Example - 27 I0  
XL 2  v L
A 15.0 F capacitor is connected to 220 V, 50 Hz source.
Find the peak current.
2 Ev 1414 150
 I0    03A
Sol. Here, C = 15.0 F = 15.0 × 10 F,
–6 2  v L 2  3.14  50  0.9

Ev = 220 V; v = 50 Hz, XC = ?, I0 = ? Example - 30

1 1 1 A 200 km long telegraph wire has capacity of 0.014  F/km.

XC    = 212.1  If it carries an alternating current of 50 kc/s, what
C 2vC 22
2  50 15.0  10 6 should be the value of an inductance required to be
7
connected in series so that impedance is minimum.

Ev 220 Sol. Here, Capacity of telegraph wire,

Iv    1.037 A
X C 212.1 C = 0.014 × 200  F = 2.8 × 10 F
–6

3
v = 50 k c/s = 50 × 10 c/s, L = ?
I0  2 I v  1.414 1.037 A = 1.47 A
Impedance is minimum at resonance where
1 1
v or L  4 2 v 2 C
2 LC
EMI & AC
121

1 Sol. Here, Ev = 200 V, v = 50 hz, R = 100 

L
22 22
4    50  103   2.8  106
2
VR = 65 V, VC = 415 V, VL = 204 V
7 7
–6
 L = 0.36 × 10 H (i) If Iv is current in the circuit, then
VR = Iv × R
Example - 31 65 = Iv × 100, Iv = 0.65 A.
A series circuit contains a resistor of 20 ohm, a capacitor (ii) VL = Iv XL
and an ammeter of negligible resistance. It is connected
to a source of 220 V–50 hz. If the reading of the ammeter VL 204
XL    313.85 
is 2.5 A, Calculate reactance of the capacitor. I v 0.65

Sol. Here, R = 20 ohm, Ev = 220 v, v = 50 hz, Iv = 2.5 A XL =  L = 2  v L = 313.85

E v 220 313.85 313.85

Z   88ohm L   1.0 H
Iv 2.5 2v 2  3.14  50

As R 2  X C2  Z 2 VC 415
(iii) VC  I v X C , X C    638.5 
I v 0.65
 X C  Z2  R 2  882  202  85.7 
1 1 1
Example - 32 XC   ;C
C 2vC 2 v X C
A resistor of 12 , a capacitor of reactance 14 ohm and
a pure inductor of inducatance 0.1 H are joined in series 1
C  4.99  106 F
and placed across 200 V, 50 Hz a.c. supply. Calculate 2  3.14  50  638.5
(i) current in the circuit (ii) phase angle between current
(iv) Let C’ be the capacitance that would produce resonance
and voltage. Take  = 3.
with L = 1.0 H, then
Sol. Here, R = 12 , XC = 14 ohm, L = 0.1 H 1
v
Ev = 200 V, v = 50 hz, Iv = ?,  = ? 2  LC '

XL =  L = 2  v L = 2 × 3 × 50 × 0.1 = 30 ohm. 1
C' 
4 2 v 2 L
Z  R 2   X L  X C   12 2   30  14  = 20 ohm
2 2

1
C'  –6
4   3.14    50  1 = 10.1 × 10 F = 10.1 F
2 2

E v 200
Iv   = 10 A
Z 20 Example - 34

A series circuit having a self–induction 3 H, a pure resistor

X  X C 30  14 10 ohm and a source of constant voltage 3 V is closed at
tan   L   1.33
R 12 time t = 0. Find :
–1
 = tan (1.33) = 53.06°. (a) time constant of the circuit. At the end of 1 time–
constant, find :
Example - 33
(b) the current in the circuit,
A series LCR circuit is connected to an a.c. source of (c) the rate at which the current in the circuit is
220 V–50 hz. If the readings of voltmeters across increasing,
resistor, capacitor and inductor are 65 V, 415 V and
(d) the rate at which joule’s heating is produced,
204 volt; and R = 100 , calculate (i) current in the circuit
(ii) vlaue of L (iii) value of C and (iv) capacitance required (e) the rate at which energy is stored in the magnetic field,
to produce resonance with the given inductor L. (f) the rate at which energy is delivered by the source.
Is the total energy conserved ?
EMI & AC
122

Sol. i = 3/10 (1 – e–10 t /3) Sol. Here, np = 2000; ns = 50;

(a)  = L/R = 0.3 sec Ep = 120 V; Rs = 0.6 
(b) i (0.3) = 0.3 (1 – 1/e) = 0.19A
Es = ?, Is = ?, Ip = ?, Pp = ?, Ps = ?
(c) di/dt = e–10t/3 = 1/e = 0.37 A/s
(d) P = i2R = (0.19)2 10 = 0.361 Watts Es ns
(i) As 
Ep np
dU d  1 2  di
(e)   Li   Li  3  0.19  0.37  0.21 W
dt dt  2  dt ns 50
 Es  Ep .  120   3V
np 2000
(f) Rate at which cell delivers energy = Ei = 3 (0.19)
= 0.57 Watts.
Es 3
di (ii) As Is   Is  5A
It is early seen that E i = i R + Li
2 R 0.6
dt
Ip Es E 3
(iii) As   I p  s  Is   5  0.125 A
Is Ep E p
120

(iv) Power in primary, Pp = Ep × Ip = 120 × 0.125 = 15 W

Power in secondary, Ps = Es × Is = 3 × 5 = 15 W

Example - 37
Yes total energy is conserved
When a current flows in the coil of a transformer, then
Example - 35
why does its core become hot ?
How much current is drawn by the primary coil of a
Sol. When alternating current flows through the coil of a
transformer which steps down 220 V to 22 V to operate
transformer, its core gets magnetised and demagnetised
device with an impedance of 220 ohm.
repeatedly. The energy spent in magnetising the core is
Sol. Here, Ip = ?, Ep = 220 V, Es = 22 V not returned fully in demagnetisation. This energy left in
the core appears in the form of heat.
Es 22
Rs = 220 ohm; Is    0.1 A Example - 38
R s 220
Why is the core of a transformer made of a magnetic
E Ip material of high permeability ?
In an ideal transformer,  s
Is E p
Sol. When permeability of magnetic material of transfomer core
is high, almost whole of magnetic flux will be linked with
Es 22  0.1
 Ip   Is   102 A the core. Therefore, magnetic flux linked with the
Ep 220
secondary coil will almost be equal to the amount of
magnetic flux linked with the primary coil. Therefore,
Example - 36
energy loss due to leakage of magnetic flux will be reduced
The number of turns in the primary and secondary coils considerably.
of an ideal transformer are 2000 and 50 respectively.
Example - 39
The primary coil is connected to a main supply of 120 V
and secondary to a night bulb of 0.6 . Calculate What is intensity of electromagnetic wave ? Give its
(i) Voltage across the secondary, relation in terms of electric field E and magnetic field B.

(ii) Current in the bulb,
(iii) Current in primary coil,
(iv) Power in primary and secondary coils.
Sol. Intensity of electromagnetic wave is defined as the energy
crossing per second per unit area perpendicular to the
direction of propagation of electromagnetic waves. The
intensity of electromagnetic wave at a point is
EMI & AC
123

1 1 B02
i = uav c where uav  0 E 02 
2 2 0
of electromagnetic wave.
1 1 B02
 I  0 E 02 c  c
2 2 0
Here E0 and B0 are maximum values of electric field and
magnetic field respectively.
Example - 45
and c is the velocity

If you find closed loops of B in a region in space, does it
necessarily means that actual charges are flowing
across the area bounded by the loops ?
Sol. Not necessarily. A displacement current (such as that
between the plates of a charging capacitor) can also

produce loops of B .

Example - 40 Example - 46

State two applications of Infrared radiations.
Sol. Infrared radiations are used (i) to treat muscular strain (ii)
for taking photographs during the conditionss of fog,
smoke etc.
Give difference between displacement current and
conduction current.
Sol. Conduction current is due to flow of electrons in the circuit.
It exists even if the flow of electrons is at uniform rate.

Example - 41 Displacement current is due to time varying electric field.

It does not exist under steady condition.
State two applications of Ultraviolet radiations.
Example - 47
Sol. Ultraviolet radiations are used (i) to preserve the food
stuff (ii) for sterilizing the surgical instruments. Figure shows a capacitor made of two circular plates
each of radius 12 cm and separated by 5.0 mm. The
Example - 42
capacitor is being charged by an external source (not
State two applications of X–rays. shown in the figure). The charging current is constant
and equal to 0.15 A. Use Ampere’s law (modified to
Sol. X–rays are used (i) for the detection of fractures in the
include displacement current as given in the text) and
bones of human body (ii) for the detection of explosives,
the symmetry in the problem to calculate magnetic field
opium and gold in the body of the smugglers.
between the plates at a point (i) on the axis (ii) 6.5 cm
Example - 43 from the axis (iii) 15 cm from the axis.
Which part of electromagnetic spectrum has largest
penetrating power.
22 18
Sol. Gamma rays (frequency range 5 × 10 Hz to 3 × 10 Hz)
has largest penetrating power.

Example - 44

Induced electric field due to changing magnetic flux are

(B) At what distance from the axis is the magnetic field
more readily observed than induced magnetic field due to
due to displacement current greatest ? Obtain the
changing electric field. Why ?
maximum value of the field.
Sol. The changing electric field produces displacement
current, which is very small and hence the magnetic field Sol. Here, R = 0.12 m, I = 0.15 A
set up by it is also small, the same cannot be observed 2 2 2
 Area of the plate, A =  R =  × (0.12) m .
easily. In an a.c. circuit displacement current can be increased
by increasing the angular frequency of current. This would (a) Consider a loop of radius r between the two circular plates,
increase the induced electric field. On the other hand, the placed, coaxially with them.
induced electric field due to changing magnetic flux can be
Then area of the loop, A '   r 2
increased by taking more number of turns of the coil. The
induced e.m.f. in different turns of the same coil are added 
By symmetry magnetic field induction B is equal in
up, resulting in induced electric field which is easily
magnitude and is tangentially to the circle at every point.
observed.
EMI & AC
124

In this case, only displacement current ID will cross the  2x 

loop. Therefore, using Ampere’s Maxwell law, we have   2vt 
  
 
2 x
 B.d   I 0 D we have,

 0.314  103 x

2  r B = 0 × (current passing through the area A’ ) 2

or   0.02 m
0.314  103
r 2
= 0 ID  R 2 for r < R 3.14  1011
and 2 v = 3.14 × 10 or v 
11 10
= 5 × 10 Hz
2
  0 I D for r > R (b)
8 –7
E0 = cB0 = (3 × 10 ) × (3 × 10 ) = 90 Vm
–1

Since the electric field variation in electromagnetic wave

0 I D r 2 0 I D r
Thus, B   ...(i) (If r < R) is perpendicular to the direction of propagation of
R 2 2r 2R 2
electromagnetic wave and direction of magnetic field,

0 ID therefore, the electric field variation in electromagnetic

and B  ...(ii) (If r > R) wave is along z–axis. It is given by
2 r
2 2x
(i) On the axis, r = 0. E z  E 0 sin  x  vt   E 0 sin  
 2 vt 
   
Using (i), we get, B = 0
3 11
(ii) For a point 6.5 cm from the axis, r = 6.5 cm = 6.5 × 10 m.
–2
or Ez = 90 sin (0.314 × 10 x + 3.14 × 10 t) V/m

Example - 49
4  10 7  0.15  6.5  10 2
Using (i), we have, B 
2 12 102 
2
A plane electromagnetic wave of frequency 25 MHz
travels in free space along the x–direction. At a
–7
= 1.35 × 10 T. particular point in space and time the electric vector is
(iii) For a point 15 cm from the axis, r = 15 cm = 0.15 m.  
ˆ Calculate B
E  6.3V / mj. at this point.
4  107  0.15
Using (ii), we have, B 
–7
= 2 × 10 T E 6.3 V / m
2  0.15 Sol. B  –8
= 2.1 × 10 T = 2.1 × 10 T
–8

C 3  108 m / s
(b) From equations (i) and (ii) we note that B is maximum if r = 
As E is along y–direction and wave is travelling along x–
R = 12 cm = 0.12 m

direction, therefore, B is along z–direction, i.e.,
 0 ID 4  10 7  0.15
Bmax   
–7
= 2.5 × 10 T.. –8
2R 2  0.12 B = 2.1 × 10 k̂ tesla.

Example - 48 Example - 50

A magnetic field in a plane electromagnetic wave is given Suppose that the electric field part of an electromagnetic
–7 3 11
by By = 3 × 10 sin (0.314 × 10 x + 3.14 × 10 t) tesla. wave in vacuum is
(a) What is the wavelength and frequency of the wave ? E = 3.1 N/C cos [(1.8 rad/m)y + (5.4 × 10 rad/s) t] î
8

(b) Write down an expression for the electric field. (a) What is the direction of motion ?
(x is in metre and t in second).
(b) What is the wavelength  ?
–7 3 11
Sol. Given, By = 3 × 10 sin (0.314 × 10 x + 3.14 × 10 t) (c) What is the frequency v ?
(a) Comparing it with a standard equation for a progressive (d) What is the amplitude of the magnetic field part of
wave travelling along the negative direction of x-axis is the wave ?
(e) Write an expression for the magnetic field part of
2 2x 2vt 
y  r sin  x  vt   r sin    = r sin the wave.
    
EMI & AC
125

Sol. (a) From the given equation, it is clear that the direction of
 5.4  108
motion of e.m. wave is along negative y direction i.e. along (c) v   85.9  106  86 MHz.
2 2   22 / 7 
 ĵ .
(b) Comparing the given equation with the equation E = E0 E0 3.1
(d) B0    1.03  108 T  10.3nT.
cos (ky + t), we have c 3  108
8
k = 1.8 rad/m;  = 5.4 × 10 rad/s; E0 = 3.1 N/C (e) B = B0 cos (ky + t) k̂ = (10.3 nT) cos

2 2   22 / 7  8
[(1.8 rad/m) y + (5.4 × 10 rad/s) t] k̂
   3.492m  3.5 m.
k 1.8
EMI & AC 126

EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION 7. The flux linked with a coil at any instant t is given by 
= 10 t2 – 50t + 250
Lenz Law
The induced emf at t = 3 s is
1. A metal ring is held horizontally and a bar magnet is dropped
(a) –190 V (b) -10 V
through the ring with its length along the axis of the ring.
The acceleration of the falling manget is (c) 10 V (d) 190 V

(a) equal to g Motional EM0F

(b) less than g 8. A straight conductor of length 0.4 m is moved with a speed
–1
(c) more than g of 7 ms perpendicular to a magnetic field of induction 0.9
2
Wb/m and the length of the conductor. The induced e.m.f.
(d) depends on the diameter of ring and length of magnet across the conductor is
Induced emf, current, charge flow (a) 25.2 V (b) 5.04 V
2 2
2. A coil of cross-sectional area 10 cm is is placed in the (c) 2.52 V (d) 1.26 V
–2 2
magnetic field, which changes by 4 × 10 Wb/cm within 5 9. In a uniform magnetic field of induction B, a wire in the form
sec. What will be the current across 5  resistance ? of semicircle of radius r rotates about the diameter of the
(a) 0.016 A (b) 0.16 A circle with angular frequency . If the total resistance of the
circuit is R, the mean power generated per period of rotation is
(c) 1.6 A (d) 16.0 A
3. A coil having 500 square loops of side 10 cm is placed normal
to magnetic field which increases at a rate of 1 T/sec. (a)
Br 2 
(b)
Br 
2 2

The induced e.m.f. is 2R 8R

(a) 0.1 V (b) 0.5 V
(c)
Br2
(d)
Br  2 2

(c) 1 V (d) 5 V 8R 8R
4. The instantaneous magnetic flux  in in a circuit is  10. A conducting ring of radius r is rolling without slipping with
2
= 4t – 4t + 1. The total resistance of circuit is 10 . At a constant angular velocity  in figure. If the magnetic field
strength is B and is directed into the page then the e.m.f.
1
t s, the induced current in circuit is induced across PQ is
2
(a) 0 (b) 0.6
(c) 0.2 (d) 0.4
2
5. A loop of area 0.1 m rotates with a speed of 60 rps
perpendicular to a magnetic field of 0.4 T. If there are 100
turns in the loop, maximum voltage induced in the loop is
(a) 15.07 V (b) 1507 V
(c) 250 V (d) 150.7 V
6. A coil having n turns and resistance R  is connected with 2 B r 2
a galvanometer of resistance 4R . This combination is (a) Br (b)
2
moved in time t seconds from a magnetic flnx W1 weber to
W2 weber. The induced current in the circuit is 2 2 r 2 B
(c) 4Br (d)
8
W2  W1 n W2  W1  11. A conducting square loop of side L and resistance R moves
(a) (b) 
5 Rnt 5 Rt in its plane with a uniform velocity v perpendicular to one of
its sides. A magnetic induction B, constant in time and space,
W2  W1  n W2  W1  pointing perpendicular to and into the plane of the loop
(c)  (d) 
Rnt Rt exists everywhere.
EMI & AC 127

B
×A × × × × B×
× × × ×
v v × ×
×
× × ×v ×
× D× × × × C×

The current induced in the loop is :

(a) Blv (b) –Blv
(a) BLv/R clockwise
(c) zero (d) 2 Blv
(b) BLv/R anticlockwise
15. A square frame of side 10 cm and a long straight wire carrying
(c) 2BLv/R anticlockwise current 1 A are in the plane of the paper. Starting from close
(d) zero to the wire, the frame moves towards the right with a
12. A thin semi-circular conducting ring of radius R is falling constant speed of 10 ms–1 (see figure). The e.m.f induced at
 the time the left arm of the frame is at x = 10 cm from the wire
with its plane vertical in a horizontal magnetic induction B . is :
At the position MNQ the speed of the ring is v and the
potential difference developed across the ring is :

× × × ×
B
× × × ×

× × N × ×
(a) 0.5 V (b) 1 V
× × v × × (c) 0.75 V (d) 2 V
M Q
Inductance
16. Two solenoids of same cross-sectional area have their
(a) zero lengths and number of turns in ratio of 1 : 2. The ratio of self-
(b) BvR2/2 and M is at higher potential inductance of two solenoids is
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2
(c) BRv and Q is at higher potential
(c) 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 4
(d) 2RBv and Q is at higher potential
17. When the current changes from + 2 A to –2 A in 0.05 s, an
13. A metal rod moves at a constant velocity in a direction emf of 8 V is induced in a coil. The coefficient of self-
perpendicular to its length. A constant uniform magnetic induction of the coil is
field exists in space in a direction perpendicular to the rod
(a) 0.2 H (b) 0.4 H
as well as its velocity. Select the correct statement (s) from
the following : (c) 0.8 H (d) 0.1 H
18. The current passing through a choke coil of 5H is decreasing
(a) The entire rod is at the same electric potential –1
at the rate of 2 As . The e.m.f. developed across the coil is
(b) There is an electric field in the rod (a) – 10V (b) + 10V
(c) The electric potential is highest at the centre of the rod (c) 2.5 V (d) –2.5 V
and decrease towards its ends
19. What is the self inductance of an air core solenoid 1 m long,
2
(d) The electric potential is lowest at the centre of the rod diameter 0.5 m, if it has 500 turns ? Take  = 10.
and increases towards its ends. –4
(a) 3.15 × 10 H
–4
(b) 4.8 × 10 H
14. One conducting U-tube can slide inside another as shown –4
(c) 5 × 10 H
–4
(d) 625 × 10 H
in figure, maintaining electrical contacts between the tubes. 20. For a coil having L = 2 mH, current flows at the rate of 10
3

The magnetic field B is perpendicular to the plane of the ampere/sec. The emf induced is
figure. If each tube moves towards the other at a constant
(a) 2V (b) 1 V
speed v, then the emf induced in the circuit in terms of B, l
and v, where l is the width of each tube, will be (c) 4 V (d) 3 V
EMI & AC 128

Mutual Inductance 28. An ideal coil of 10 H is connected in series with a resistance

of 5 and a battery of 5 V. 2 s after the connection is made,
21. If number of turns in primary and secondary coils in the current flowing (in ampere) in the circuit is
increased to two times each, the mutual inductance
(a) (1 – e) (b) e
(a) becomes 4 time
(c) e –1
(d) (1 – e–1)
(b) becomes 2 time
29. An inductor (L = 100 mH) a resistor (R = 100) and a
(c) becomes 1/4 time battery (E = 100 V) are initially connected in series as
(d) remains unchanged shown in the figure. After a long time the battery is
22. Two coaxial solenoids are made by winding thin insulated disconnected after short circuiting the points A and B.
wire over a pipe of cross-sectional area A = 10 cm2 and length The current in the circuit 1 ms after the short circuit is
= 20 cm. If one of the solenoids has 300 turns and the
other 400 turns, their mutual inductance is (0 = 4 × 10–7
TmA–1) L
(a) 2.4  × 10 H –5
(b) 4.8  × 10 H
–4
R
(c) 4.8  × 10 H –5
(d) 2.4  × 10–4 H
A B
L–R Circuit with DC Battery
E
23. An e.m.f. of 15V is applied in a circuit containing 5H
inductance and 10 resistance. The ratio of the currents at (a) 1/e A (b) eA
time t =  and t = 1 s is
(c) 0.1 A (d) 1 A
1/ 2 2
e e 30. In the circuit shown here, the point ‘C’ is kept connected to
(a) (b) point ‘A’ till the current flowing through the circuit becomes
e1/ 2  1 e2  1
–1 –1 constant. Afterward, suddenly, point ‘C’ is disconnected
(c) 1 – e (d) e from point ‘A’ and connected to point ‘B’ at time t = 0. Ratio
24. A coil of inductance 8.4 mH and resistance 6 is connected of the voltage across resistance and the inductor at t = L/R
to a 12V battery. The current in the coil is 1A at approximately will be equal to :
the time :
(a) 500 s (b) 20 s
(c) 35 ms (d) 1ms
25. The potential difference Vcd across the inductor L is
(a) 60 V (b) 100 V
(c) 120 V (d) 90 V
26. In steady state if U3 is the energy stored in 3H and U6 is the
energy stared in 6 H inductor then
(a) 9U3 = U6 (b) U3 = 2U6 (a) 1 (b) –1
(c) U6 = 2U3 (d) U3 = 9U6
1 e e
27. The inductance between A and D is (c) (d)
e 1 e
ALTERNATING CURRENT
Peak and rms value
2
A D 31. If i = t for 0 < t < T, then r.m.s. value of current is :
3H 3H 3H
T2 T2
(a) (b)
2 2

(a) 3.66 H (b) 9H T2

(c) (d) none of these
(c) 0.66 H (d) 1 H 5
EMI & AC 129

32. The output current versus time curve of a rectifier is shown

in figure.

(c) (d)

39. For high frequency, capacitor offers

The average value of the output current in this case is (a) more resistance (b) less resistance
(c) zero resistance (d) none of these
(a) I0/ (b) I0 2
AC Circuits
(c) 2I0/ (d) I0/2
33. A generator produces a voltage that is given by V = 240 sin 40. The alternating current I in an inductance coil varies with
120 t volt, where t is in second. The frequency and r.m.s. time according to graph given in figure
voltage are :
(a) 60 Hz. and 240 volt (b) 19 Hz and 120 volt
(c) 19 Hz and 170 volt (d) 754 Hz and 170 volt
34. In general, in an alternating current circuit
(a) the average value of current is zero
(b) the average value of square of current is zero
(c) average power dissipation is zero
(d) the phase difference between voltage and curent is zero.
Which one of the following graphs, gives the variation of
Reactance, Impedance voltage with time ?

35. A 60 volt–10 watt bulb is operated at 100 volt–60 Hz a.c. The

inductance required is
(a) 2.56 H (b) 0.32 H (a) (b)
(c) 0.64 H (d) 1.28 H
36. The inductive reactance of a coil of 0.2 H inductance at a
frequency of 60 Hz is
(a) 7.54  (b) 0.754 
–3
(c) 75.4  (d) 7.54 × 10 
37. The angular frequency of a.c. at which a coil of inductance
1mH has a reactance of 1  is (c) (d)
3
(a) 10 (b) 10
–3
(c) 10 (d) 1
41. How much current will flow in a circuit having resistance of
38. Which of the following curves, figure correctly represent 109  and an inductance of 0.5 H connected to an A.C.
the variation of capacitative reactance (XC) with frequency supply of 100 V and 50 Hz in series ?
(f) ?
(a) 0.25 A (b) 0.52 A
(c) 0.75 A (d) 0.85 A
42. A coil of resistance 200 ohm and self inductance 1.0 henry
has been connected to an a.c. source of frequency 200/ Hz.
The phase difference between voltage and current is
(a) (b)
(a) 30° (b) 63°
(c) 45° (d) 75°
EMI & AC 130

43. In the circuit shown in figure, what will be the reading of the (a) 2 V (b) 3 V
voltmeter ? (c) 4 V (d) 0 V
48. An alternating voltage E = 200 sin (100 t) volt is connected
to a 1  F capacitor through an A.C. ammeter. The reading of
ammeter is
(a) 10 mA (b) 20 mA
(c) 40 mA (d) none of these
49. For the LR circuit shown in figure, the phase angle if
(a) 300 V (b) 900 V frequency is 100/ is
(c) 200 V (d) 400 V
44. In the circuit shown in figure, if value of R = 60 , then the
current flowing through the condenser will be

(a) 30° (b) 60°

(a) 0.5 A (b) 0.25 A (c) 45° (d) 90°
(c) 0.75 A (d) 1.0 A 50. The phase angle between the current and the source voltage
45. In the series LCR circuit, the voltmeter and ammeter readings is
are :
1  7   1  7  
(a) tan   (b) cos  
 4   4 

1  4  1  4 
(c) tan   (d) cos  
 7   7 

Insutantaneous and Average Power

(a) V = 100 V, I = 2 A (b) V = 100 V, I = 5 A 51. The power factor of an a.c. circuit having resistance r and
inductance L connected in series to an a.c. source of angular
(c) V = 1000 V, I = 2 A (d) V = 300 V, I = 1 A
frequency  is
46. In L-C-R series A.C. circuit, the phase angle between current
and voltage is (a) R/L (b) L/R
(a) Any angle between 0 and /2 (c) R / R 2  2 L2 (d) zero
(b) /2
52. In an AC circuit, V and I are given by V = 100 sin (100t) V, i =
(c) 
(d) any angle between 0 and /2  
100 sin 100t   mA. The power dissipated in circuit is :
47. In the circuit shown in figure the r.m.s. value of e is 5 V and  3
r.m.s. value of voltage drop across L is 3 V. 4
(a) 10 W (b) 10 W
(c) 2.5 W (d) 5 W
53. A (100 W, 200 V) bulb is connected to a 160 V supply. The
power consumption would be
(a) 64 W (b) 80 W
(c) 100 W (d) 125 W
The r.m.s. value of voltage across R will be
EMI & AC 131

54. In an A.C. circuit, voltage applied is V = 220 sin 100 t. If the ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
impedance is 110  and phase difference between current
and voltage is 60°, the power consumption is equal to Characteristics of E-M Waves
(a) 55 W (b) 110 W 61. The electromagnetic waves
(c) 220 W (d) 330 W (a) travel with the speed of sound
55. The average power dissipation in a pure capacitor in AC
(b) travel with the same speed in all media
circuit is
(c) travel in free space with the speed of light
1
(a) CV 2 (b) CV
2
(d) do not travel through a medium
2
(c) 2 CV
2
(d) zero 62. The oscillating electric and magnetic field vectors of
56. In an a.c. circuit, V and I are given by electromagnetic wave are oriented along
V = 100 sin (100 t) volt (a) the same direction and in phase
I = 100 sin (100 t + /3) mA. (b) the same direction but have a phase difference of 90°
The power dissipated in the circuit is
4 (c) mutually perpendicular direction and are in phase
(a) 10 watt (b) 10 watt
(c) 2.5 watt (d) 5 watt (d) mutually perpendicular directions but has a phase
57. In an ac circuit, with voltage V and current I the power difference of 90°
dissipated is
Electromagnetic Spectrum
(a) VI
1 63. Which of the following is of shortest wavelength ?
(b) VI
2 (a) X–rays (b) –rays
1 (c) microwaves (d) radiovaves
(c) VI
2 64. The correct sequence of the increasing wavelength of the
(d) depends on the phase angle between V and I. given radiation sources is
58. In series LR circuit, XL = 3 R. Now a capacitor with XC = R is (a) radioactive sources, X-rays tube, crystal oscillator, sodium
added in series. The ratio of new to old power factor is vapour lamp
(a) 2 (b) 1/ 2 (b) radioactive source, X-rays tube sodium vapour lamp,
(c) 2 (d) 1 crystal oscillator
Resonance (c) X-ray tube, radioactive source, crystal oscillator, sodium
vapour lamp
59. At resonance, in a series LCR circuit, which relation does
not hold ? (d) X-rays tube, crystal oscillator, radioactive source, sodium
vapour lamp.
1 1
(a)   (b)  
LC LC Equation of Wave
–
1 1 65. A radiowave has a maximum magnetic field induction of 10
(c) L  (d) C  4
C L T on arrival at a receiving antenna. The maximum electric
60. A series LCR circuit is tuned to resonance. The impedance field intensity of such a wave is
of the circuit now is (a) zero
4
(b) 3 × 10 V/m
1/ 2 1/ 2 –9 –13
 2  1  
2
 2  1  
2 (c) 5.8 × 10 V/m (d) 3.3 × 10 V/m
(b)  R   L   
2
(a)  R   L     
  C     C   66. Which of the following relation is correct

1/ 2 (a) 0 E 0  0 B0 (b) 0 0 E 0  B0
 2  1  
2

(c)  R    L   (d) R
  C   (c) E 0  0 0 B0 (d) 0 E 0  0 B0
EMI & AC 132

67. If o amd 0 represent the permittivity and permeability of Numerical Answer Type Questions
vacuum and  and  represent the permittivity and Electromagnetic Induction
permeability of medium, then refractive index of the medium
72. A body enters in an MRI machine in 10 s. If the magnetic
is given by
field is 1.5 T and circumference of the MRI machine is 0.9 m,
 0 0  then find out the magnitude of emf induced (in millivolt) in
(a) (b)  0 0 the body.

73. A long solenoid of radius 2 cm has 100 turns/cm and carries
  0 0 a current of 5 A. A coil of radius 1 cm having 100 turns and
(c)  0 0 (d) a total resistance of 20  is placed inside the solenoid co-

axially. The coil is connected to a galvanometer and the
68. The magnetic field in a travelling electromagnetic wave
current in the solei10id is reversed in direction. If the charge
has a peak value of 20 nT. The peak value of electric field
stength is flown through the galvanometer is k 104 C , then find k.
(a) 3V/m (b) 6V/m
 Take  2
 10 
(c) 9V/m (d) 12V/m
69. An EM wave from air enters a medium. The electric fields 74. In an R-L circuit, R  4, L  0.5H and emf of cell=6 V..
  The work done (in mJ) in changing the current from 0.80 A to
 z 
are E1 = E 01 x cos  2 v  t  in air and 0.81 A through the circuit is
 c 
 
75. A long solenoid of diameter 0.1 m has 2 104 turns per
E 2 = E 02 x cos  k  2z ct  in medium, where the wave metre. At the centre of the solenoid, a coil of 100 turns and
number k and frequency  refer to their values in air. The radius 0.01 m is placed with its axis coinciding with the
solenoid axis. The current in the solenoid reduces at a
medium is non-magnetic. If  r and  r refer to relative
1 2 constant rate to 0 A from 4 A in 0.05s. If the resistance of the
permittivities of air and medium respectively, which of the
coil is 10 2  , the total charge  in C  flowing through
following options is correct ?
the coil during this time is
 r1
1  r1
1
(a)  = 4 (b)  = 2 76. A small piece of metal   r  20  of volume 10 cm 3 has a
r2 r2
uniform magnetic field 4 T inside it. The magnetic energy
 r1  r1
(c)  = 4 (d)  = 2 
stored in the metal is J , then find  .
r2 r2 

Maxwell Equations 77. A solenoid having 500 turns and length 2 m, has radius of 2
cm. Then self-inductance (in millihenry) of solenoid is
70. According to Maxwell’s hypothesis, a changing electric field
gives rise to 78. A simple electric motor has an armature resistance of 1
(a) an e.m.f. (b) electric current and runs from a dc source of 12 V. When unloaded, it draws
(c) magnetic field (d) pressure radiant a current of 2 A. When a certain load is connected,
71. Maxwell’s modified form of Ampere’s circuital law is its speed becomes one-half of its unloaded value. Then the
  current (in ampere) it draws is
(a) 
 B.ds 0
S
79. In an ac dynamo, the peak value of emf is 60 V. The induced
  emf (in V) in the position when the armature makes an angle
(b) 
 B.d  0 I of 30 with the magnetic field perrendicular to the coil, will
  be
1 dq
(c)  B.d   I  
0
0 dt
80. An electric motor operating on a 60 V dc supply draws a
current of 10 A. If the efficiency of the motor is 50%, the
  d E
(d)  B.d   I  
0 0 0
dt
resistance (in ohm) of its winding is
EMI & AC 133

Alternating Current 86. The voltage time (V-t) graph for triangular wave having
peak value V0 is as shown in the figure. The rms value of
81. If the rms value of current i  3  4sin  t   / 3 is x
V0
ampere, then find x 2 . V in time interval from t=0 to T/4 is . Find n.
n
82. If the current in an AC circuit is given by

i  2 2 sin(t   / 4) then the average value of current

m
during time t =0 tot= 1 s is ampere. Find m.


83. In the given figure, if i1  3sin t and i 2  4 cos t ,

then i3 is 5sin  t    , Find  .
87. One cycle of an alternating current is shown in the graph.
2
The rms value of the current from t = 0 to t = T is i0 .
x
Find x.

Electromagnetic Waves

88. The wavelength (in SI units) for an electromagnetic wave is

given as  (x, t)  10 sin   3  10 x  9  10 t  The speed
3 6 14

84. A periodic voltage V varies with time t as shown in the

figure . T is the time period. The rms value of the voltage is of the wave is y  107 m / s . Find y..

V0 89. The electric field part of an electromagnetic wave in a medium

. Find k. is represented by: E x  0
k

N  rad   2 rad  
E y  2.5 cos  2  106  t     10 x
C  s   m  
Ez  0
If the wave is moving along x-direction with frequency x
x
hertz and its wavelength is y metres, then find y .

90. The electric field associated with an EM wave in vacuum is

85. The effective value of current 
given by E  40 cos kz  6 108 t i respectively. The value
 
i  2sin100t  2sin(100t  30) is x y  z . Find
of wave vector k  in m  is
1
(x  y  z) .
91. A laser beam of diameter 2 mm is of 9 m W. What is the
amplitude of magnetic field (in T) associated with it?
(Answer should be in positive integer form)
EMI & AC 134

EXERCISE - 2 : PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAIN QUESTIONS

1. For plane electromagnetic waves propagating in the not drawn to scale) (2015)
positive z direction, which one of the following
combination gives the correct possible direction for
 
E and B field respectively ? (2015 Online)
(a) (b)
  
(a) 2iˆ  3jˆ and ˆi  2ˆj    
(b) 2iˆ  3jˆ and 3iˆ  2ˆj 
  
(c) 3iˆ  4ˆj and 4iˆ  3jˆ    
(d) ˆi  2ˆj and 2iˆ  ˆj 
2. An inductor having reactance XL = 5 is connected across
battery voltage V = 20 sin t. Power delivered by battery (c) (d)

at instant t  is: (2015 Online)
4 5. Microwave oven acts on the principle of :
(a) zero (b) 80 W (2016 Online Set-1)
(c) 40 W (d) –40 W (a) transferring electrons from lower to higher energy levels
3. An inductor (L = 0.03H) and a resistor (R = 0.15 k) are in water molecule
connected in series to a battery of 15V EMF in a circuit (b) giving rotational energy to water molecules
shown below. The key K1 has been kept closed for a long (c) giving vibrational energy to water molecules
time. Then at t = 0, K1 is opened and key K2 is closed (d) giving translational energy to water molecules
simultaneously. At t = 1 ms, the current in the circuit will
6. Consider an electromagnetic wave propagating, in
be : (e5  150) (2015) vacuum. Choose the correct statement : (2016 Set-2)
(a) For an electromagnetic wave propagating in +x
 1
direction the electric field is E  E yz (x, t) (yˆ  z)
ˆ
2
 1
and the magnetic field is B  B yz (x, t) (yˆ  z)
ˆ
2
(b) For an electromagnetic wave propagating in +x
direction the electric field is
 1
E E yz (y, z, t) (yˆ  z)
ˆ and the magnetic field is
2
(a) 6.7 mA (b) 0.67 mA
 1
(c) 100 mA (d) 67 mA B Byz (y, z, t) (yˆ  z)
ˆ
4. An LCR circuit is equivalent to a damped pendulum. In an 2
LCR circuit the capacitor is charged to Q0 and then (c) For an electromagnetic wave propagating in +y
connected to the L and R as shown below :
 1
direction the electric field E = E yz (x, t) yˆ and the
2
 1
magnetic field is B  B yz (x, t) zˆ
2
(d) For an electromagnetic wave propagating in +y
If a student plots graphs of the square of maximum charge  1
direction the electri field is E  E yz (x, t) zˆ and
(Q2Max ) on the capacitor with time (t) for two different 2
 1
values L1 and L2 (L1 > L2) of L then which of the following the magnetic field is B  BZ (x, t) yˆ
represents this graph correctly ? (plots are schematic and 2
EMI & AC 135

7. An arc lamp requires a direct current of 10 A at 80 V to 12. In a coil of resistance 100 , a current is induced by
function. If it is connected to a 220 V (rms), 50 Hz AC changing the magnetic flux through it as shown in the
supply, the series inductor needed for it to work is close figure. The magnitude of change in flux through the coil
to : (2016) is: (2017)
(a) 0.08 H (b) 0.044 H
(c) 0.065 H (d) 80 H

8. The electric field component of a monochromatic radiation

 
is given by. E  2 E 0 ˆi cos kz cos t Its magnetic field B
is then given by :
(2017 Online Set-2)

2 E0 2 E0
(a) ĵ sin kz cos t (b)  ĵ sin kz sin t
c c (a) 200 Wb (b) 225 Wb
(c) 250 Wb (d) 275 Wb
2 E0 2 E0
(c) ĵ sin kz sin t (d) ĵ cos kz cos t 13. An ideal capacitor of capacitance 0.2F is charged to a
c c
potential difference of 10 V. The charging battery is then
9. Magnetic field in a plane electromagnetic wave is given disconnected. The capacitor is then connected to an ideal

by B  B0 sin (k x   t) ˆjT Expression for corresponding inductor of self inductance 0.5 mH. The current at a time
when the potential difference across the capacitor is 5 V,
electric field will be :
is : (2018 Online Set-1)
Where c is speed of light (2017 Online Set-1)
 (a) 0.34 A (b) 0.25 A
(a) E  B0 csin (k x  t) kˆ V / m (c) 0.17 A (d) 0.15 A
14. At the centre of a fixed large circular coil of radius R, a
 B
(b) E  0 sin (k x  t) kˆ V / m much smaller circular coil of radius r is placed. The two
c coils are concentric and are in the same plane. The large r
 coil carries a current I. The smaller coil is set to rotate with
(c) E  B0 c sin (k x  t) kˆ V / m
a constant angular velocity  about an axis along their
 common diameter. Calculate the emf induced in the smaller
(d) E  B0 c sin (k x  t) kˆ V / m
coil after a time t of its start of rotation.
10. A small circular loop of wire of radius ‘a’ is located at the (2018 Online Set-2)
centre of a much larger circular wire loop of radius b. The
two loops are in the same plane. The outer loop of radius 0 I 0 I
(a)  r 2 sin t (b)  r 2 sin t
b carries an alternating current I = I0 cos (t). The emf 2R 4R
induced in the smaller inner loop is nearly : (2017 Set-1)
0 I 2 0 I 2
(c)  r sin t (d)  r sin t
0 I0 a 2 0 I0 a 2 4R 2R
(a) .  sin (t) (b) .  cos (t)
2 b 2 b 15. A coil of cross-sectional area A having n turns is placed in
a uniform magnetic field B. When it is rotated with an
a2 0 I0 b2 angular velocity  , the maximum e.m.f. induced in the coil
(c) 0 I0  sin (t) (d)  cos (t)
b a will be : (2018 Online Set-3)
11. A sinusoidal voltage of peak value 283 V and angular 3
frequency 320/s is applied to a series LCR circuit. Given (a) 3nBA (b) nBA
2
that R = 5 , L = 25 mH and C = 1000 F. The total impedance,
and phase difference between the voltage across the 1
source and the current will respectively be :(2017 Set-2) (c) nBA (d) nBA
2

(a) 10  and tan 1  

5 16. A plane electromagnetic wave of wavelength  has an
(b) 7  and 45º
 3 intensity I. It is propagating along the positive Y-direction.
The allowed expressions for the electric and magnetic
8 5 fields are given by : (2018 Online Set-3)
(c) 10  and tan 1   (d) 7  and tan 1  
 3 3
EMI & AC 136

 21. The total number of turns and cross-sectional area in a

2I  2 ˆ  1
(a) E = cos   y - ct   k; B = + E ˆi solenoid is fixed. However, its length L is varied by
0 c    c adjusting the separation between windings. The
inductance of solenoid will be proportional to: (2019)
 2I  2 ˆ  1 ˆ
(b) E = cos   y + ct   k; B= E i (a) L (b) L2
0 c   c
1 1
 1  2 ˆ  1 ˆ (c) (d)
cos   y - ct   k;
2
(c) E = B= E i L L
0 c   c 22. A very long solenoid of radius R is carrying current

(d) E =
1  2   1
cos   y - ct   ˆi; B = E kˆ
I  t   kte  t  k  0  , as a function of time  t  0 .
0 c   c Counter clockwise current is taken to be positive. A circular
17. In an a.c circuit, the instantaneous e.m.f and current are conducting coil of radius 2R is placed in the equatorial
plane of the solenoid and concentric with the solenoid.
  The current induced in the outer coil is correctly depicted,
given by e = 100 sin 30 t i =20sin  30t   . In one cycle
 4 as a function of time, by: (2019)
of a.c the average power consumed by the circuit and the (a)
wattless current are, respectively : (2018)
50
(a) ,0 (b) 50, 0
2
1000
(c) 50, 10 (d) ,10
2
18. For an RLC circuit driven with voltage of amplitude m (b)

1
and frequency 0  the current exhibits resonance.
LC
The quality factor, Q is given by : (2018)
R CR
(a) ( C) (b) 
0 0 (c)
0 L 0 R
(c) (d)
R L
19. An alternating voltage V(t) = 220 sin 100 pt is applied to a
purely resistive load of 50 W. The time taken for the current
to rise from half of the peak value to the peak value is :
(d)
(2019)
(a) 5 ms (b) 2.2 ms
(c) 7.2 ms (d) 3.3 ms
20. A circuit connected to an ac source of
emf e  e0 sin 100t  with t in seconds, gives a phase
23. Two coils ‘P’ and ‘Q’ are separated by some distance,
 When a current of 3A flows through coil ‘P’, a magnetic
difference of between the emf e and current i. Which flux of 103 Wb passes through ‘Q’. No current is passed
4
of the following circuits will exhibit this? (2019) through ‘Q’. When no current passes through ‘P’ and a
(a) RL circuit with R = 1 kW and L = 10 mH current of 2A passes through ‘Q’, the flux through ‘P’ is:
(2019)
(b) RL circuit with R = 1 kW and L = 1 mH
(c) RC circuit with R = 1 kW and C = 1 ìF (a) 6.67 104 Wb (b) 3.67 103 Wb
(d) RC circuit with R = 1 kW and C = 10 ìF. (c) 6.67 103 Wb (d) 3.67 104 Wb
EMI & AC 137

24. A transformer consisting of 300 turns in the primary and 28. A series AC circuit containing an inductor (20 mH), a
150 turns in the secondary gives output power of 2.2 kW capacitor (120 ìF) and a resistor (60 &!) is driven by an AC
If the current in the secondary coil is 10 A, then the input source of 24 V /50 Hz. The energy dissipated in the circuit
voltage (in V) is : (2019) in 60s is: (2019)
(a) 5.65 × 10 J
2
(b) 2.26 × 10 J
3
25. A coil of self inductance 10 mH and resistance 0.1  is
connected through a switch to a battery of internal (c) 5.17 × 102 J (d) 3.39 × 103 J
resistance 0.9. After the switch is closed, the time taken 29. A power transmission line feeds input power at 2300 V to
for the current to attain 80% of the saturation value is a step down transformer with its primary windings having
[take ln 5 = 1.6] (2019) 4000 turns. The output power is delivered at 230 V by the
(a) 0.324 s (b) 0.103 s transformer. If the current in the primary of the transformer
is 5A and its efficiency is 90%, the output current would
(c) 0.002 s (d) 0.016 s be: (2019)
26. The figure shows a square loop L of side 5 cm which is (a) 50A (b) 45A
connected to a network of resistances. The whole setup (c) 35A (d) 25A
is moving towards right with a constant speed of 1 cm s-1.
30. A solid metal cube of edge length 2 cm is moving in a
At some instant, a part of L is in a uniform magnetic field
positive y-direction at a constant speed of 6 m/s. There is
of 1 T, perpendicular to the plane of the loop. If the
a uniform magnetic field of 0.1 T in the positive z-direction.
resistance of L is 1.7 Ù, the current in the loop at that
The potential difference between the two faces of the cube
instant will be close to : (2019)
perpendicular to the x-axis, is: (2019)
(a) 12 mV (b) 6 mV
(c) 1 mV (d) 2 mV
31. The self-induced emf of a coil is 25 V. When the current in
it is changed at uniform rate from 10 A to 25 A in 1s, the
change in the energy of the inductor is: (2019)
(a) 740 J (b) 437.5 J
(c) 540 J (d) 637.5 J
32. In the circuit shown, figure the switch S1 is closed at time
t = 0 and the switch S2 is kept open. At some later time (t0),
(a) 60 A (b) 170 A the switch S1 is opened and S2 is closed. the behaviour of
(c) 150  A (d) 115 A the current I as a function of time ‘t’ is given by: (2019)
27. Consider the LR circuit shown in the figure. If the switch
S is closed at t = 0 then the amount of charge that passes
L
through the battery between t = 0 and t  is (2019)
R

(a) (b)

2.7EL EL (c) (d)

(a) (b)
R2 2.7 R 2

7.3EL EL
(c) (d)
R2 7.3R 2
EMI & AC 138

33. A copper wire is wound on a wooden frame, whose shape 38. An elliptical loop having resistance R, of semi major axis
is that of an equilateral triangle. If the linear dimension of a, and semi minor axis b is placed in magnetic field as
each side of the frame is increased by a factor of 3, keeping shown in the figure. If the loop is rotated about the x-axis
the number of turns of the coil per unit length of the with angular frequency , the average power loss in the
frame the same, then the self inductance of the coil: loop due to Joule heating is (2020)
(2019)
(a) Decreases by a factor of 9
(b) increases by a factor of 27
(c) increases by a factor of 3
(d) Decreases by a factor of 9 3

3
34. In the above circuit figure C   F , R2  50,
2
3 abB 2 a 2 b2 B2 2
L H , and R1  10 . Current in L-R1 path is I1 and in
10 (a) (b)
R R
C-R2 path it is I2. The voltage of A. C source is given by,
V  200 2 sin 100t  volts. The phase difference between 2 a 2 b2 B2 2
(c) (d) Zero
2R
I1 and I2 is (2019)
39. A 750 Hz, 20 V (rms) source is connected to a resistance of
100 , and inductance of 0.1803 H and a capacitance
of 10 F all in series. The time in which the resistance
(heat capacity 2 J/ºC) will get heated by 10ºC. (assume no
loss of heat to the surroundings) isclose to : (2020)
(a) 245 s (b) 365 s
(c) 418 s (d) 348 s
40. A uniform magnetic field B exists in a direction
(a) 60° (b) 150°
perpendicular to the plane of a square loop made of a
(c) 90° (d) either (b) or (c) metal wire. The wire has a diameter of 4 mm and a total
35. A 10 m long horizontal wire extends from North East to length of 30 cm. The magnetic field changes with time at
South West. It is falling with a speed of 5.0 ms- 1, at right a steady rate dB/dt = 0.032 Ts–1. The induced current in
angles to the horizontal component of the earth’s magnetic the loop is close to (Resistivity of the metal wire is 1.23 ×
field, of 0.3 × 10-4 Wb/m2. The value of the induced emf 10–8m) (2020)
in wire is : (2019) (a) 0.53 A (b) 0.61 A
(a) 1 .5 × 10 V–3
(b) 1.1 × 10 V
–3
(c) 0.34 A (d) 0.43 A
(c) 2.5 × 10–3V (d) 0.3 × 10–3V
41. A small bar magnet is moved through a coil at constant
36. A circular coil of radius 10 cm is placed in uniform magnetic
speed from one end to the other. Which of the following
field of 3.0 × 10–5 T with its plane perpendicular to the field
series of observations will be seen on the galvanometer
initially. It is rotated at constant angular speed about
G attached across the coil? (2020)
an axis along the diameter of coil and perpendicular to
magnetic field so that it under-goes half of rotation in 0.2s.
The maximum value of EMF induced (in V) in the coil
will be close to the integer …… . (2020)
37. An inductance coil has a reactance of 100 . When an
AC signal of frequency 1000 Hz is applied to the coil, the
applied voltage leads the current by 45º. The self-
inductance of the coil is : (2020)
(a) 6.7  107 H (b) 5.5  105 H Three positions shown describe : (a) the magnet’s entry
(b) magnet is completely inside and (c) magnet’s exit.
(c) 1.1  101 H (d) 1.1  102 H
(2020)
EMI & AC 139

 0 Ivl  0 Ivl
(a) (b)
2 Rr  Rr
20 Ivl  0 Ivl
(c) (d)
 Rr 4 Rr
45. An AC circuit has
R  100, C  2  F and L  80 mH connected in series.
The quality factor of the circuit is: (2020)
(a) 20 (b) 2
(c) 0.5 (d) 400
46. A part of a complete circuit is shown in the figure. At some
instant, the value of current I is1A and it is decreasing at
42. A series L-R circuit is connected to a battery of emf V. If a rate of 102A s-1. The value of the potential difference VP
the circuit is switched on at t = 0, then the time at which - VQ, (in volts) at that instant, is _______. (2020)
1
the energy stored in the inductor reaches   times of
n
its maximum value, is: (2020)
47. In a series LR circuit, power of 400 W is dissipated from a
L  n  L  n  source of 250 V, 50 Hz. The power factor of the circuit is
(a) R n   (b) R n   0.8. In order to bring the power factor to unity, a capacitor
 n 1  n 1 
of value C is added in series to the L and R. Taking the
L  n 1 L  n 1   n 
(c) R n   (d) R n   value of C as    F , then value of n is _____.
 n 1  n   3 
43. Two concentric circular coils, C1 and C2, are placed in the (2020)
XY plane. C1 has 500 turns, and a radius of 1 cm. C2 has 48. A long solenoid of radius R carries a time (t) dependent
200 turns and radius of 20 cm. C2 carries a time dependent
current I  t   I 0 t 1  t  . A ring of radius 2R is placed
current I (t) = (5t2 – 2t + 3) A where t is in s. The emf
coaxially near its middle. During the time instant 0  t  1 ,
4
induced in C1 (in mV), at the instant t = 1s is . The the induced current  I R  and the induced EMF VR  in
x
value of x is …………. . (2020) the ring changes as: (2020)
44. An infinitely long straight wire carrying current I, one (a) Direction of I R remains unchanged and VR is
side opened rectangular loop and conductor C with a
maximum at t = 0.5
sliding connector are located in the same plane, as shown
in the figure. The connector has length l and resistance R. (b) Direction of I R remains unchanged and VR is zero at
It slides to the right with a velocity v. The resistance of t = 0.25
the conductor and the self inductance of the loop are
negligible. The induced current in the loop, (c) At t = 0.5 direction of I R reverses and VR is zero
as a function of separation r, between the connector and
the straight wire is : (2020) (d) At t = 0.25 direction of I R reverses and VR is maximum
EMI & AC 140

49. Consider a circular coil of wire carrying current I, forming 54. At time t = 0 magnetic field of 1000 Gauss is passing
a magnetic dipole. The magnetic flux through an infinite perpendicularly through the area defined by the closed
plane that contains the circular coil and excluding the loop shown in the figure. If the magnetic field reduces
linearly to 500 Gauss, in the next 5 s, then induced EMF in
circular coil area is given by i . The magnetic flux through
the loop is: (2020)
the area of the circular coil area is given by 0 . (a) 56 V (b) 28V
Which of the following option is correct? (2020)
(c) 30 V (d) 48V
(a) i  0 (b) i  0
55. As shown in figure, a battery of emf  is connected to an
(c) i  0 (d) i  0
inductor and resistance in series. The switch is closed at
50. A LCR circuit behaves like a damped harmonic oscillator. = 0. The total charge that flows from the battery, between
Comparing it with a physical spring-mass damped t = 0 andt =tc(tc is the time constant of the circuit) is
oscillator having damping constant ‘b’, the correct (2020)
equivalence will be (2020)
1 1 1
(a) L  ,C  , R 
b m k
(b) L  k , C  b, R  m
(c) L  m, C  k , R  b

1
(d) L  m, C  ,R  b
k
L R
51. A loop ABCDEFA of straight edges has six corner points (a) 2 (b)
eR eL2
A(0,0,0), B(5,0,0), C(5,5,0), D(0,5,0), E(0,5,5), F(0,0,5). The


magnetic field in this region is B  3i  4k T . The  (c)
L
2
1
1  
R  e
(d)
L
R2
quantity of flux through the loop ABCDEFA (in Wb) is
(2020) 56. In a fluorescent lamp choke (a small transformer) 100 V of
52. A planar loop of wire rotates in a uniform magnetic field. reversible voltage is producedwhen choke changes current
Initially at t = 0 , the plane of the loop is perpendicular to in from 0.25 A to 0 A in 0.025 ms. The self- i n d u c t a n c e
the magnetic field. If it rotates with a period of 10s about ofchoke (in mH) is estimated to be (2020)
an axis in its plane, then the magnitude of induced emf will 57. In LC circuit the inductance L = 40mH and C = 100  F. If
be maximum and minimum, respectively at (2020)
(a) 2.5 sec and 5 sec (b) 5 sec and 7.5 sec a voltage V  t   10sin  314t  is applied to the circuit,
(c) 2.5 sec and 7.5 sec (d) 5 sec and 10 sec the current in the circuit is given as (2020)
53. An emf of 20V is applied at time t = 0 to a circuit containing
in series 10mH inductor and 5Ù resistor. The ratio of the (a) 10cos  314t  (b) 0.52 cos  314t 
currents at time t = ¥ and t = 40s is close to(take e2 = 7.389)
(2020) (c) 0.52sin  314t  (d) 5.2 cos  314t 
(a) 1.06 (b) 1.46
(c) 1.15 (d) 0.84
EMI & AC 141

EXERCISE - 3 : ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Single Answer Type Questions

1. A physicist works in a laboratory where the magnetic

field is 2 T. She wears a necklace enclosing area 0.01 m2 in
such a way that the plane of the necklace is normal to the
field and is having a resistance R = 0.01 . Because of
power failure, the field decays to 1 T in time 10–3 seconds.
Then what is the total heat produced in her necklace ? (T
= Tesla)
(a) 10 J (b) 20 J
(c) 30 J (d) 40 J
2. Some magnetic flux is changed from a coil of Y Y
resistance 10 ohm. As a result an induced current is
developed in it, which varies with time as shown in e e
figure. The magnitude of change in flux through the
(a) (b)
coil in webers is
O X O X
1 2t 1 2t
i(amp)
4 Y Y

e e
(c) (d)
t(sec)
0.1 O X O X
1 2t 1 2t

(a) 2 (b) 4 5. A rectangular loop with a sliding conductor of lenght l is

(c) 6 (d) None of these located in a uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the
plane of the loop. The magnetic induction is B. The
3. Figure (i) shows a conducting loop being pulled out conductor has a resistance R. The sides AB and CD have
of a magnetic field with a speed v. Which of the four resistances R1 and R2, respectively. Find the current through
plots shown in figure (ii) may represent the power the conductor during its motion to the right a constant
delivered by the pulling agent as a function of the velocity v.
speed v

×× × × P d a
c
×× ×
×× × v
×× × b
×× × × v
(i) (ii)

(a) a (b) b
(c) c (d) d
Bv  R1  R 2  B 2 v
4. A flexible wire bent in the form of a circle is placed in a (a) R R  R (b)
uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the plane of 1 1 2 R 1  R 1R 2
the coil. The radius of the coil changes as shown in
figure. The graph of induced emf in the coil is represented Bv  R1  R 2  B2 v
(c) R R  R R  R (d) R R  R R  R
by 1 2  1 2 1 2  1 2
EMI & AC 142

6. A conductor of length l and mass m can slide without 9. In the circuit shown in figure, X is joined to Y for a long
any friction along the two vertical conductors time and then X is joined to Z. The total heat produced
connected at the top through a capacitor. A uniform in R2 is
magnetic field B is set up  to the plane of paper. The
voltage across the capacitor in terms of distance x
through which it falls is

LE 2 LE 2
(a) (b)
2R12 2R 22

LE 2 LE 2 R 2
(c) (d)
(a) Bl2gx (b) B gx 2R1R 2 2R13
10. In the circuit shown in figure, X is the joined to Y for a
(c) B 2gx (d) Bx 2g long time and then X is joined to Z. The total heat produced
7. The length of a wire required to manufacture a solenoid in R2 is
of length l and self induction L is (cross-sectional area
is negligibile)

2L 0 L
(a) 0 (b)
4

4L 0 L
(c) 0 (d) LE 2 LE 2
2
(a) (b)
2R12 2R 22
8. An inductor of inductance L = 400 mH and resistors of
resistances R1 = 4 and R2 = 2 are connected to battery
LE 2 LE 2 R 2
of emf 12 V as shown in the figure. The internal (c) (d)
resistance of the battery is negligible. The switch S is 2R1R 2 2R13
closed at t = 0. The potential drop across L as a function 11. Figure shows a rectangular coil near a long wire. Calculate
ot time is the mutual inductance of the combination is

0 a  b  0 a  b 
(a) n  1   (b) n 1  
2  c  2  c 
12 3t
–5t
(a) 6e V (b) e V
t 0 a  b  0 a  b
(c) n 1   (d) n 1  
(c) 6 (1 – e
–t/0.2
)
–5t
(d) 12 e V   c 2  c 
EMI & AC 143

12. A small square loop of wire of side l is placed inside a large 16. Plane figures made of thin wires of resistance R = 50 milli
square loop of wire of side L(L>>l). The loops are ohm/metre are located in a uniform magnetic field
coplanar and their centres coincide. The mutual perpendicular into the plane of the figures and which
inductance of the system is proportional to : decrease at the rate dB/dt = 0.1 m T/s. Then currents
(a) l/L (b) l2/L in the inner and outer boundary are. (The inner
radius a = 10 cm and outer radius b = 20 cm)
(c) L/l (d) L2/l
13. Two concentric and coplanar coils have radii a and b
(>>a) as shown in figure. Resistance of the inner coil is × × × × × × ×
R. Current in the outer coil is increased from 0 to i, then
the total charge circulating the inner coil is × × × b× × × ×
× × × ×a × × ×
× × × × × × ×
× ×D × × ×C × ×

(a) 10 – 4 A (Clockwise), 2  10 – 4 A (Clockwise)

0 ia 2
 0 iab (b) 10 – 4 A (Anticlockwise), 2  10 – 4 A (Clockwise)
(a) (b)
2Rb 2R
(c) 4  10 – 4 A (clockwise), 10 – 4 A (Clockwise)
 0 iab b 2  0 ib (d) 2  10 – 4 A (Anticlockwise), 10 – 4 A (Anticlockwise)
(b) (d)
2a R 2 R
17. A conducting ring of radius 1 meter is placed in an
14. A highly conducting ring of radius R is perpendicular to uniform magnetic field B of 0.01Telsa oscillating with
and concentric with the axis of a long solenoid as shown frequency 100Hz with its plane at right angles to B.
in fig. The ring has a narrow gap of width d in its What will be the maximum induced electric field
circumference. The solenoid has cross sectional area A
and a uniform internal field of magnitude B 0. Now (a) volt/m (b) 2volt/m
beginning at t = 0, the solenoid current is steadily
(c) 10volt/m (d) 62volt/m
increased to so that the field magnitude at any time t is
given by B(t) = B0 + t where  > 0. Assuming that no 18. Shown in the figure is a circular loop of radius r
charge can flow across the gap, the end of ring which and resistance R. A variable magnetic field of
has excess of positive charge and the magnitude of induction B = B 0e–t is established inside the coil. If the
induced e.m.f. in the ring are respectively key (K) is closed at t = 0 the electrical power developed
right after closing the switch is equal to

Area B
A
B R
X Y
d
K
(a) X, A (b) X R2
(c) Y, A2 (d) Y, R2
15. Two identical circular loop of metal wire are lying on a
table without touching each other. Loop A carries a B02 r 2 B 0 10r 3
current which increases with time. In response, the loop (a) (b)
R R
B:
(a) remains stationary B02  2 r 4 R B02  2 r 4
(c) (d)
(b) is attracted by the loop A 5 R
(c) is repelled by the loop A
(d) rotates about its CM, with CM fixed
EMI & AC 144

19. A conductor ABOCD moves along its bisector with a 22. A rectangular loop with a sliding connector of length
velocity of 1 m/s through a perpendicular magnetic field of l = 1.0 m is situated in a uniform magnetic field B = 2T
1 wb/m2, as shown in fig. If all the four sides are of 1m perpendicular to the plane of loop. Resistance of connector
length each, then the induced emf between points A & D is is r = 2. Two resistance of 6 and 3 are connected as
shown in figure. The external force required to keep the
connector moving with a constant velocity v = 2m/s is
× × B× × × A× ×
× × × × × × ×
O 90° v
× × × × × × × v
× × C × ×D× ×

(a) 0 (b) 1.41 volt

(a) 6 N (b) 4 N
(c) 0.71 volt (d) None of the above (c) 2 N (d) 1 N
20. A conducting rod of length 2l is rotating with constant 23. A wire cd of length l and mass m is sliding without friction
angular speed  about its perpendicular bisector. A uniform on conducting rails ax and by as shown. The vertical rails
magnetic field B exists parallel to the axis of rotation. The are connected to each other with a resistance R between a
e.m.f. induced between two ends of the rod is and b. A uniform magnetic field B is applied perpendicular
to the plane abcd such that cd moves with a constant
velocity of
R
a b

c l d

x y

mgR mgR
1 (a) (b)
(a) B 2 (b) B 2 B B2 2
2
mgR mgR
1 (c) (d)
(c) B  2 (d) Zero B3 3 B2
8
24. A wire of length 1 m is moving at a speed of 2ms–1
21. A conducting rod PQ of length L = 1.0 m is moving with a perpendicular to its length and a homogeneous magnetic
uniform speed v = 2 m/s in a uniform magnetic field B = 4.0 T field of 0.5 T. The ends of the wire are joined to a circuit of
directed into the paper. A capacitor of capacity C = 10 F resistance 6 . The rate at which work is being done to
is connected as shown in figure. Then keep the wire moving at constant speed is
1 1
× × × P × (a) W (b) W
12 6
× × × × ×
A 1
v W
B× × × × × (c) (d) 1W
3
× × × × ×
Q 25. How much length of a very thin wire is required to obtain
a solenoid of length l0 and inductance L
(a) qA = + 80 C and qB = – 80 C
2L 0 4L 0
(b) qA = – 80 C and qB = + 80 C (a) (b)
0  02
(c) qA = 0 = qB
(d) Charge stored in the capacitor increases exponentially 4L 0 8L 0
with time (c) (d)
0 0
EMI & AC 145

26. An inductor of 2 henry and a resistance of 10 ohms are

connected in series with a battery of 5 volts. The initial  0 a 4  0 a 4
(a) (b)
rate of change of current is 8 3 4 3
(a) 0.5 amp/sec (b) 2.0 amp/sec
 0 a 4  0 a 4
(c) 2.5 amp/sec (d) 0.25 amp/sec (c) (d)
6 3 2 3
27. An e.m.f. of 15 volt is applied in a circuit containing 5
henry inductance and 10 ohm resistance. The ratio of the 32. Two conducting circular loops of radii R1 and R2 are
currents at time t =  and at t = 1 second is placed in the same plane with their centres coinciding.
If R1 >> R2, the mutual inductance M between them will
e 1/ 2 e2 be directly proportional to
(a) (b)
e1/ 2  1 e2 1
(a) R1/R2 (b) R2/R1
(c) 1 – e–1 (d) e–1
28. The resistance in the following circuit is increased at a (c) R 12 / R 2 (d) R 22 / R 1
particular instant. At this instant the value of resistance is
10. The current in the circuit at this instant will be now 33. Two coils have a mutual inductance 0.005 H. The cur-
rent changes in the first coil according to equation I =
I0 sin t, where I0 = 10A and   radian/sec. The
maximum value of e.m.f. in the second coil is
(a) 2 (b) 5
(c)  (d) 4
34. An inductor of inductance 2.0 mH is connected across
a charged capacitor of capacitance 5.0 µF and the
(a) i = 0.5 A (b) i > 0.5 A resulting L-C circuit is set oscillating at its natural
frequency. Let Q denote the instantaneous charge on
(c) i < 0.5 A (d) i = 0
the capacitor and I the current in the circuit. It is found
29. A 50 volt potential difference is suddenly applied to a coil that the maximum value of Q is 200 µC.
with L = 5 × 10–3 h bmenry and R = 180 ohm. The rate of
increase of current after 0.001 second is (a) When Q = 100 µC, what is the value of |dI / dt| ?
(a) 27.3 amp/sec (b) 27.8 amp/sec (b) When Q = 200 µC, what is the value of I ?
(c) 2.73 amp/sec (d) None of the above
(c) Find the maximum value of I.
3
30. The current in a LR circuit builds up to th of its steady (d) When I is equal to one-half its maximum value, what
4 is the value of |Q| ?
state value in 4s. The time constant of this circuit is
35. A resistance of 20  is connected to a source of an
1 2 alternating potential V = 220 sin (100 t). The time taken
(a) s (b) s
n 2 n 2 by the current to change from the peak value to rms
3 4 value, is
(c) s (d) s
n 2 n 2 (a) 0.2 s (b) 0.25 s
31. What is the mutual inductance of a two-loop system as (c) 2.5 × 10 s
–3
(d) 2.5 × 10 s
–3

shown with centre separation l

36. A direct current of 5 A a superimposed on an
alternating current I = 10 sin t flowing through a wire.
1 2 The effective value of the resulting current will be
a a
(a) (15/2) A (b) 5 3 A
l >>a
(c) 5 5 A (d) 15 A
EMI & AC 146

37. Determine the rms value of a semi-circular current wave

which has a maximum value of a. × × ×
M
× × ×
× × × × × × ×
× × × × × × ×
R × × × F× × d ×
B
× × × × × ×
× × × × × × ×
× × × × × ×
N


(a) 1/ 2 a  (b) 3 / 2 a (i) Find the velocity of the rod and the applied force F as
functions of the distance x of the rod from R.

(c)  2 / 3 a 
(d) 1/ 3 a  (ii) What fraction of the work done per second by F is
converted into heat?
38. The voltage time (V–t) graph for triangular wave having 42. A circuit containing a two position switch S is shown in
peak value. V0 is as shown in figure figure.

R3 C

R5
R1 E1
12V
1 A E2 R2 B
The rms value of V in time interval from t = 0 to T/4 is 2 S 3V R4
L
V0 V0
(a) (b) 10 mH
3 2

V0 (a) The switch S is in position 1. Find the potential difference

(c) (d) None of these VA–VB and the rate of production of joule heat in R1.
2
(b) If now the switch S is put in position 2 at t = 0. Find;
39. In a series LCR circuit the voltage across the resistance,
(i) steady current in R4 and
capacitance and inductance is 10 V each. If the capacitance
is short circuited, the voltage across the inductance will (ii) the time when current in R4 is half the steady value.Also
be calculate the energy stored in the inductor L at that time.

(a) 10 2 V (b) 10 V 43. A magnetic field B  B 0 y / a  k̂ is acting into the paper in

(c) (10/3) V (d) 20 V
Subjective Questions
40. A coil has an inductance of 0.7 H and is joined in series
with a resistance of 220 . When an alternating emf of 220
V at 50 cps is applied to it, then the wattless component of
the current in the circuit is
(a) 5A (b) 0.5 A
(c) 0.7 A (d) 7 A
41. Two long parallel horizontal rails, a distance d apart and
each having a resistance  per unit length, are joined at
one end by a resistance R. A perfectly conducting rod
MN of mass m is free to slide along the rails without
friction (see figure). There is a uniform magnetic field of
induction B normal to the plane of the paper and directed
into the paper. A variable force F is applied to the rod MN
such that, as the rod moves, a constant current i flows
through R.
the +z direction. B0 and a are positive constants. A square
loop EFGH of side a, mass m and resistance R in x-y plane
starts falling under the influence of gravity. Note the
directions of x and y in the figure. Find :
O x
g
E F
H G
y
(a) the induced current in the loop and indicate its direction.
(b) the total Lorentz force acting on the loop and indicate
its direction.
(c) an expression for the speed of the loop v (t) and its
terminal velocity.
EMI & AC 147

44. A rectangular frame ABCD, made of a uniform metal wire,
has a straight connection between E and F made of the
same wire, as shown in figure AEFD is a square of side
1 m and EB = FC = 0.5 m. The entire circuit is placed in a
steadily increasing, uniform magnetic field directed into
the plane of the paper and normal to it. The rate of change
of the magnetic field is 1 T/s. The resistance per unit length
of the wire is 1/m. Find the magnitudes and directions of
the currents in the segments AE. BE and EF.
47. A pair of parallel horizontal conducting rails of negligible
resistance shorted at one end is fixed on a table. The
distance between the rails is L. A conducting massless rod
of resistance R can slide on the rails frictionlessly. The rod
is tied to a massless string which passes over a pulley
fixed to the edge of the table. A mass m tied to the other
end of the string hangs vertically. A constant magnetic
field B exists perpendicular to the table. If the system is
released from rest. Calculate :

A E B
× × × × × ×
B
× × × × × × L R
× × × × × ×
× × × × × ×
× × × × × ×
D F C

45. A square metal wire loop of side 10 cm and resistance 1 is

moved with a constant velocity v 0 in a uniform magnetic
field of induction B = 2 weber/m2 as shown in the figure.
The magnetic field lines are perpendicular to the plane of
the loop (directed into the paper). The loop is connected
to a network of resistors each of value 3
48.
The resistances of the lead wires OS and PQ are negligible.
What should be the speed of the loop so as to have a
steady current of 1 mA in the loop? Give the direction of
current in the loop.
46. Space is divided by the line AD into two regions. Region I
is field free and the region II has a uniform magnetic field B
directed into the plane of the paper. ACD is a semicircular
conducting loop of radius r with centre at O, the plane of the
loop being in the plane of the paper. The loop is now made to
rotate with a constant angular velocity  about an axis passing
through O and perpendicular to the plane of the paper. The
effective resistance of the loop is R.
(a) the terminal velocity achieved by the rod, and
(b) the acceleration of the mass at the instant when the
velocity of the rod is half the terminal velocity.
Two parallel vertical metallic rails AB and CD are separated
by 1 m. They are connected at two ends by resistances R1
and R2 as shown in figure. A horizontal metallic bar of
mass 0.2 kg slides without friction vertically down the rails
under the action of gravity. There is a uniform horizontal
magnetic field of 0.6 T perpendicular to the plane of the
rails. It is observed that when the terminal velocity is
attained, the powers dissipated in R1 and R2 are 0.76 W and
1.2 W respectively. Find the terminal velocity of the bar L
and the values of R1 and R2.
R1
A C
L

Region I Region II
× × × × ×
A × × × × ×
× × × × × R2
r × × × × × B D
O × × × B× ×
× × × × × 49. A metal rod OA and mass m and length r kept rotating with
C × × × × × a constant angular speed  in a vertical plane about 1
D × × × × × horizontal axis at the end O. The free end A is arranged to
× × × × × slide without friction along a fixed conducting circular ring
in the same plane as that of rotation. A uniform and constant

(a) Obtain an expression for the magnitude of the induced magnetic induction B is applied perpendicular and into
current in the loop. the plane of rotation as shown in figure. An inductor L and
(b) Show the direction of the current when the loop is an external resistance R are connected through a switch S
entering into the region II. between the point O and a point C on the ring to form an
(c) Plot a graph between the induced emf and the time of electrical circuit. Neglect the resistance of the ring and the
rotation for two periods of rotation. rod. Initially, the switch is open.
EMI & AC 148

Y
× × × × × ×
A
S × × × × × B
X
(a) (b)
× × ×O × × ×
R × × × × × ×
C
L

50. An ac is given by equation I = I1 cos t + I2 sin t. The rms

value of current is given by :
(c) (d)
I1  I2  I1  I 2 2
(a) (b)
2 2

1 54. A conducting rod of length l is hinged at point O. It is free

I12  I22 I12  I 22
(c) (d) to rotate in a vertical plane. There exists a uniform magnetic
2 2 
field B in horizontal direction. The rod is released from
Multiple Answer Questions (more than one correct) the position shown in the figure. The potential difference
between the two ends of the rod is proportional to:
51. The uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the plane of a
conducting ring of radius a changes at the rate of , then O l
(a) all the points on the ring are at the same potential
2
(b) the e.m.f. induced in the ring is a 
(c) electric field intensity E at any point on the ring is zero B
a
(d) E 
2
(a) l 3/2 (b) l 2
52. The conductor AD moves to the right in a uniform
magnetic field directed into the plane of the paper. (c) sin  (d) (sin )1/2
55. A circular conducting loop of radius r0 and having
resistance per unit length  as shown in the figure is placed
in a magnetic field B which is constant in space and time.
The ends of the loop are crossed and pulled in opposite
directions with a velocity V such that the loop always
remains circular and the radius of the loop goes on
decreasing, then -

(a) The free electron in AD will move towards A × × × × × × ×

(b) D will acquire a positive potential with respect to A × × × × × × ×
B
(c) A current will flow from A to D in AD in close loop × × × × × × ×

(d) The current in AD flows from lower to higher potential × × × × × × ×

V ×
× × × × × ×
53. Switch S of the circuit shown in figure is closed at t = 0. If
e denotes the induced e.m.f. in L and I is the current flowing
through the circuit at time t, which of the following graphs (a) radius of the loop changes with r = r0 – vt/
is/are correct ? (b) EMF induced in the loop as a function of time is
|e| = 2Bv(r 0 – vt/)
Bv
(c) Current induced in the loop is I =
2
Bv
(d) Current induced in the loop is I =

EMI & AC 149

56. Two different coils have self inductance L1 = 8 mH, L2 = 2 (a) The maximum current in circuit during the motion of
mH. The current in one coil is increased at a constant rate.
The current in the second coil is also increased at the M
rod is v 0
same rate. At a certain instant of time, the power given L
to the two coils is the same. At that time the current the (b) The rod moves for some distance and comes to
induced voltage and the energy stored in the first coil permanently rest
are i1, V1 and W1 respectively. Corresponding values for
(c) The velocity of rod when current in the circuit is half
the second coil at the same instant are i2, V2 and W2
respectively. Then - 3
of maximum is v0
(a) i1/i2 = 1/4 (b) i1/i2 = 4 2
(d) The rod oscillates in SHM
(c) W2/W1 = 4 (d) V2/V1 = 1/4
60. In the figure shown R is a fixed conducting ring of negligible
57. The magnetic flux (f) linked with a coil depends on time t resistance and radius 'a'. PQ is a uniform rod of resistance
as  = atn, where a is a constant. The induced e.m.f. in the r. It is hinged at the centre of the ring and rotated about
coil is e: this point in clockwise direction with a uniform angular
velocity . There is a uniform magnetic field of strength B
(a) lf 0 < n < 1, e = 0
pointing inwards, 'r' is a stationary resistance.
(b) If 0 < n < 1, e  0 and |e| decreases with time
(c) If n = 1, e is constant
(d) If n > 1, |e| increases with time. B
58. If B and E denote induction of magnetic field and energy P Q
density at the midpoint of a long solenoid carrying a current r
I, then which of the following graphs is/are correct? R
B B
(a) current through r is zero
(a) (b) 2
(b) current through r is 2Ba /5r
I I
(c) Direction of current in external r is from centre to
circumference
E E
(d) Direction of current in external r is from circumference
to centre.
(c) (d)
61. Two straight conducting rails form a right angle where
B B
their ends are joined. A conducting bar in contact with the
59. A loop is formed by two parallel conductors connected by rails start at the vertex at t = 0 and moves with a constant
a solenoid with inductance L and a conducting rod of velocity v along them as shown. A magnetic field B is
mass M which can freely slide over the conductors. The directed into the page. The induced emf in the circuit at
conductors are located in a uniform magnetic field with any time t is proportional to :
induction B perpendicular to the plane of loop. The
distance between conductors is l. At t = 0, the rod is given × × × × × × × ×
a velocity v 0 directed towards right and the current through × × × × × × × ×
the inductor is initially zero.
× × × × × × × ×
× × × × × × × ×
× × × × × × × v×
× × × × × × × ×
× × × × × × × ×
B × × × × × × × ×
V0 × × × × × × × ×

(a) t0 (b) t
(c) v (d) v2
EMI & AC 150

62. A coil of inductance 1H and resistance 10is connected 65. In steady state, the current flowing through 3 H inductor is:
to a battery of emf 50 V (negligible internal resistance) at (a) 3 A (b) 6 A
t = 0. The ratio of the rate at which magnetic energy is
stared in the coil to the rate at which energy is supplied by (c) 9 A (d) none of these
the battery : 66. In steady state the current flowing through 6 H inductor is:
(a) At t = 0.1 sec is 0.74 (b) At t = 0.1 sec is 0.37 (a) 3 A (b) 6 A
(c) Increases with time. (d) Decreases with time.
(c) 9 A (d) none of these
63. In an ac circuit shown below in figure, the supply voltage
has a constant rms value V but variable frequency f. At Passage : 2
resonance, the circuit Using the following comprehension, solve Q. 105 & 106
A wire loop enclosing a semicircle of radius R is located
on the boundary of a uniform magnetic field B. At the
moment t = 0, the loop is set into rotation with constant
angular acceleration  about an axis O conducting with
the line of vector on the boundary. The clockwise e.m.f.
direction is taken to be positive.

V
(a) has a current I given by : I 
R
(b) has a resonance frequency 500 Hz
(c) has a voltage across the capacitor which is 180° out of
phase with that across the inductor

V
(d) has a current given by I 
2
1 1
R2    
 

Comprehension type Questions

67. The variation of e.m.f. as a function of time is
Passage : 1
1 3
Using the following comprehension, solve Q. 64 to Q. 66 (a) BR 2 t (b) BR 2 tA
2 2
Figure shows a circuit in which two inductors of 3 H and 6
H are connected in parallel. These are connected to a 18
BR 2 t
volt battery with a 2 resistance. (c) 3 BR t
2
(d)
2
Switch S is closed at t = 0. Neglect mutual inductance
between the two inductors. 68. The variation of e.m.f. as a function of time is

6H

3H (a) (b)

18V S
64. Current as a function of time in the battery is :
(a) 9 (1 – e–t/3) A (b) 9 (1 – e–t/6) A (c) (d)
(c) 9 (1 – e–2t/3) A (d) none of these
EMI & AC 151

Passage : 3 Match The Column Type Questions

Using the following comprehension, 72. Time varying magnetic field is present in a circular region
of radius R. Then
The magnetic field within a long, straight solenoid with a
circular cross section and radius R is increasing at a Column–I Column–II
rate of dB/dt. (A) If a rod is placed (P) Electric field is perpendicular
69. What is the rate of change of flux through a circle with along the diameter of to the length of the rod.
radius r 1 inside the solenoid, normal to the axis of the the magnetic field.
solenoid, and with centre on the solenoid axis is (B) Induced electric (Q) Constant along the length
field at a point within of conductor.
dB 1 2 dB
(a) 2 r1
2
(b) r1 magnetic field (r < R)
dt 2 dt
r dB
(C) Induced electric (R) 
dB 3 2 dB 2 dt
(c) r1 r1
2
(d) field at a point out side
dt 2 dt
the magnetic field (r > R)
70. The magnitude of the induced electric field inside the
R 2 dB
solenoid at a distance r 1 from its axis is (D) Induced electric field (S) 
2r dt
r1 dB dB in a conductor has a
(a) (b) r1
2 dt dt component parallel to
length of conductor
3r1 dB r1 dB 73. Figure shows a circuit with two identical resistors and an
(c) (d)
2 dt 2 dt ideal inductor. Comment on the current through the central
resistor wrt other resistor for situation in column I
Passage : 4
Using the following comprehension,

In the circuit shown E = 120 V, R1 = 30.0 , R2 = 50.0  +

and L = 0.200 H. Switch S is closed at t = 0. Just after the
switch is closed.

S
Column–I Column–II
(A) just after the closing at switch S (P) More
(B) along time after the closing of S (Q) less
(C) just after S is reopened, a long (R) same
time later
(D) a long time after the reopening (S) zero of S
100
74. In series R-L-C circuit, R = 100 , C  F, and

71. Now the switch s is opened, just after opening the S, 100
L mH, is connected to an ac source as shown in figure.
what is the potential difference Vab across the resistance 4
R1 ?
(a) 72 V (b) 36 V
(c) 56 V (d) 90 V
EMI & AC 152

The rms value of ac voltage is 220 V and its frequency is 78. Fig. shows a uniform magnetic field of induction B
50 Hz. In column I some physical quantities are mentioned confined to a cylindrical volume of radius R. B is
while in column II information about quantities are increasing at a constant rate of 0.01 T/s. What is the
provided. Match the entries of column I with the entries of instantaneous acceleration experienced by an electron
column II. placed at C distant r from centre. Assume r = 5 cm. [in 107]
Column I Column II
(a) average power dissipated in (p) zero × ×
× × C
the resistor is × × R
× × × ×
(b) average power dissipated in (q) non-zero × × × ×
the inductor is × ×
(c) average power dissipated in (r) 160
79. A copper rod of length 0.19 m is moving with uniform
the capacitor is velocity of 10m/s parallel to a long wire carrying a current
(d) RMS voltage across the (s) 185.6 of 5 A. The rod itself is perpendicular to the wire with its
capacitor is ends at distance of 0.01 m and 0.20 m from it. Calculate
the emf induced in the rod. [in v]
Integer Type Questions 80. A coil has an inductance of 10 H and a resistance of 2 .
75. The potential difference across a 4 H inductor varies with It is connected to a 10 V battery. How long will it take for
time as shown. The current is zero at time t = 0. Find the the magnetic energy to reach 1/4 of its maximum value ?[in sec]
current (in A) at t = 2 sec. 81. An LCR series with 100  resistance is connected to an
A.C. source of 220 V and angular frequency 300 rad/
sec. When only the capacitance is removed, the current
leads, the voltage by 60°. When only the inductance is
removed, the current leads the voltage by 60°. Calculate
the current (in A) in the LCR circuit.
82. The electric current in a circuit is given by i = i0 (t/) for
some time. The rms current for the period t = 0 t =  is
i0
76. A square loop of side (L/2) enters in a uniform magnetic . What is the value of x ?
field B = 4 T which acts in a region of length L = 2 m. The x
2
loop moves with constant acceleration of 1 m/sec . The 83. Find the time required for a 50 Hz alternating current
resistance per unit length of the square frame is 1/m . to change its value from zero to the rms value
Find the magnetic force (in N) on the frame at time t = 1 sec.
 1 
 in  ms  .
 2 
84. A solenoid has an inductance of 10 H and a resistance of
2. It is connected to a 10 V battery. How long will it take
for the magnetic energy to reach 1/4 of its maximum value?
85. A coil has a resistance of 10  an and inductance of 0.4
30
Henry. It is connected to an Ac source of 6.5 V, Hz.

x
77. A rectangular loop has a sliding connector of length 1.0 The average power consumed in the circuit is w. Find
8
m. The loop is situated in a uniform magnetic field B = 4 the value of x.
T perpendicular and into the plane of the loop. The
resistance of the connector is 2. Find the external force FILL IN THE BLANKS
required to keep the connector moving with a constant 86. A uniformly wound solenoidal coil of self-inductance 1.8
velocity of v = 2 m/sec (in N). × 10–4 H and resistance 6 is broken up into two identical
coils. These identical coils are then connected in parallel
across a 15 V battery of negligible resistance. The time
constant for the current in the circuit is .......... s and the
steady state current through the battery is .......... A.
EMI & AC 153

EXERCISE - 4 : PREVIOUS YEARS JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

1. A uniform but time- varying magnetic field B (t) exists in a
circular region of radius a and is directed into the plane of
the paper as shown. The magnitude of the induced electric
field at point P at a distance r from the centre of the circular
region : (2000, 2M)
4. A metallic square loop ABCD is moving in its own plane
with velocity v in a uniform magnetic field perpendicular to
its plane as shown in the figure. Electric field is induced:
(2001, 2M)

B(t) A B
× × r P
× × v
× × × × ×
× × × × D C
× ×× ×× ×
× ×a× ×
×× ××
(a) in AD, but not in BC
(a) is zero (b) decreases as 1/r (b) in BC, but not in AD
(c) increases as r (d) decreases as 1/r2 (c) neither in AD nor in BC

2. A coil of wire having finite inductance and resistance (d) in both AD and BC
has a conducting ring placed co-axially within it. The 5. Two circular coils can be arranged in any of the three
coil is connected to a battery at time t=0, so that a time situations shown in the figure. Their mutual inductance
dependent current I1 (t) starts flowing through the coil. If will be : (2001, S)
I2 (t) is the current induced in the ring and B (t) is the
magnetic field at the axis of the coil due to I1 (t) then as a
function of time (t > 0), the product I2(t) B(t): (2000, 2M)
(a) increases with time
(b) decreases with time (a) (b) (c)
(c) does not vary with time
(a) maximum in situation (a)
(d) passes through a maximum
(b) maximum in situation (b)
3. A thermocole vessel contains 0.5 kg of distilled water at
30°C. A metal coil of area 5 × 10 –3 m2, number of turns (c) maximum in situation (c)
100, mass 0.06 kg and resistance 1.6  is lying (d) the same in all situations
horizontally at the bottom of the vessel. A uniform time
varying magnetic field is set-up to pass vertically 6. An inductor of inductance L = 400 mH and resistors of
through the coil at time t = 0. The field is first increased resistances R1 = 2 and R2= 2 are connected to a battery
from 0 to 0.8 T at a constant rate between 0 and 0.2 s and of emf E = 12 V as shown in the figure. The internal
then decreased to zero from zero at the same rate between resistance of the battery is negligible. The switch S is closed
0.2 and 0.4 s. The cycle is repeated 12000 times. Make at time t =0. (2001, 5M)
sketches of the current through the coil and the power
dissipated in the coil as a function of time for the first
two cycles. Clearly indicate the magnitudes of the
quantities on the axes. Assume that no heat is lost to
the vessel or the surroundings. Determine the final
temperature of the water under thermal equilibrium.
Specific heat of metal = 500 J/kg-K and the specific heat What is the potential drop across L as a function of time?
of water = 4200 J/kg-K. Neglect the inductance of coil. After the steady state is reached, the switch is opened.
(2000, 10M) What is the direction and the magnitude of current through
R1 as a function of time?
EMI & AC 154

7. As shown in the figure, P and Q are two coaxial conducting

di d
loops separated by some distance. When the switch S is (a) Find a relation among i, and where i is the
dt dt
closed, a clockwise current Ip flows in P (as seen by E) and
current in the circuit and  is the flux of the magnetic
an induced current IQ flows in Q. The switch remains closed
1
field due to the long wire through the circuit.
for a longtime. When S is opened, a current IQ flows in Q.
2
(b) It is observed that at time t = T, the metal bar AB is at a
Then the direction IQ and IQ (as seen by E) are:
1 2 distance of 2 x0 from the long wire and the resistance R
(2002, 2M)
carries a current i1. Obtain an expression for the net
P charge that has flown through resistance R from
Q
E t = 0 to t = T.
(c) The bar is suddenly stopped at time T. The current
S
through resistance R is found to be i1/4 at time 2T.
Find the value of L/R in terms of the other given
Battery
quantities.
10. When an AC source of emf e=E0 sin (100t) is connected
(a) respectively clockwise and anticlockwise
across a circuit, the phase difference between the emf e
(b) both clockwise and the current i in the circuit is observed to be /4, as
(c) both anticlockwise shown in the diagram. If the circuit consists possibly only
of R–C or R-L or L-C in series, find the relationship
(d) respectively anticlockwise and clockwise
between the two elements : (2003, 2M)
8. A short-circuited coil is placed in a time varying magnetic
field. Electrical power is dissipated due to the current i
induced in the coil. If the number of turns were to be
t
quadrupled and the wire radius halved, the electrical power
dissipated would be : (2002, 2M)
(a) halved (b) the same
(a) R = 1k , C = 10 F (b) R = 1k , C = 1 F
(c) doubled (d) quadrupled
(c) R = 1k , L = 10 H (d) R = 1k , L = 1 H
9. A metal bar AB can slide on two parallel thick metallic rail
11. The variation of induced emf (e) with time (t) in a coil if a
separated by a distance l. A resistance R and an inductance
short bar magnet is moved along its axis with a constant
L are connected to the rails as shown in the figure. A long
velocity is best represented as : (2004, 2M)
straight wire, carrying a constant current I0 is placed in the
plane of the rails and perpendicular to them as shown. The
bar AB is held at rest at a distance x0 from the long wire. At
t = 0, it made to slide on the rails away from the wire. Answer
the following questions. (2002, 5M) e e

t
(a) (b)
t

e e

(c) (d)
t t
EMI & AC 155

12. In the circuit shown A and B are two cells of same emf E but
different internal resistances r1 and r2 (r1 > r2) respectively.
Find the value of R such that the potential difference across
the terminals of cell A is zero a long time after the key K is
closed. (2004, 4M)
PASSAGE–I
The capacitor of capacitance C can be charged (with the
help of a resistance R ) by a voltage source V , by closing
switch S1 , while keeping switch S2 open. The capacitor
can be connected in series with an inductor L by closing
switch S2 and opening S1 .
15. Initially, the capacitor was uncharged. Now, switch Sl is
closed and S2 is kept open. If time constant of this circuit is
, then : (2006, 6M)

R C S1

S2
13. A long solenoid of radius a and number of turns per unit
L
length n is enclosed by cylindrical shell of radius R
thickness d (d < < R) and length L. A variable current i = i0 (a) after time interval , charge on the capacitor is CV/2
sin t flows through the coil. If the resistivity of the material (b) after time interval 2, charge on the capacitor is
of cylindrical shell is  , find the induced current in the CV/[(1 – e–2)]
shell. (2005, 4M) (c) the work done by the voltage source will be half on
the heat dissipated when the capacitor is fully charged
(d) after time interval 2, charge on the capacitor is CV/
[(1 – e–1)]
16. After the capacitor gets fully charged, S1 is opened and S2
is closed so that the inductor is connected in series with
the capacitor. Then, (2006, 6M)
(a) at t = 0, energy stored in the circuit is purely in the form
of magnetic energy
(b) at any time t > 0, current in the circuit is in the same direction
(c) at t > 0, there is no exchange of energy between the
inductor and capacitor
(d) at any time t > 0, maximum instantaneous current in the
C
circuit may V
L
17. A field line is shown in the figure. This field cannot
14. An infinitely long cylinder is kept parallel to an uniform represent. (2006, 5M)
magnetic field B directed along positive z-axis. The direction
of induced current as seen from the z-axis will be:
(2005, 2M)
(a) clockwise of the +ve z-axis
(b) anticlockwise of the +ve z-axis
(c) zero
(a) Magnetic field (b) Electrostatic field
(d) along the magnetic field
(c) Induced electric field (d) Gravitational field
EMI & AC 156

PASSAGE–2 22. The figure shows certain wire segments joined together to
Modern trains are based on Maglev technology in which form a coplanar loop. The loop is placed in a perpendicular
magnetic field in the direction going into the plane of the
trains are magnetically leviated, which runs its EDS Maglev
figure. The magnitude of the field increases with time. I1
system.
and I2 are the currents in the segments ab and cd. Then,
There are coils on both sides of wheels. Due to motion of (2009)
train, current induces in the coil of track which levitate it.
This is in accordance with Lenz’s law. If trains lower down
then due to Lenz’s law a repulsive force increases due to
which train gets uplifted and if it goes much high then
there is a net downward force due to gravity. The advantage
of Maglev train is that there is no friction between the train
and the track, thereby reducing power consumption and
enabling the train to attain very high speeds.
Disadvantage of Maglev train is that as it slows down the
electromagnetic forces decreases and it becomes difficult
to keep it levitated and as it moves forward according to (a) I1 > I2
Lenz law there is an electromagnetic drag force. (b) I1 < I2

18. What is the advantage of this system? (2006, 6M) (c) I1 is in the direction ba and I2 is in the direction cd

(a) No friction hence no power consumption (d) I1 is in the direction ab and I2 is in the direction dc

(b) No electric power is used 23. Two metallic rings A and B, identical in shape and size but
having different resistivities A and B, are kept on top of
(c) Gravitation force is zero
two identical solenoids as shown in the figure. When
(d) Electrostatic force draws the train
current I is switched on in both the solenoids in identical
19. What is the disadvantage of this system ? (2006, 6M) manner, the rings A and B jump to heights hA and hB,
(a) Train experiences upward force according to Lenz’s law respectively, with hA > hB. The possible relation(s) between
(b) Friction force create a drag on the train their resistivities and their masses mA and mB is (are) (2009)
(c) Retardation
(d) By Lenz’s law train experience a drag
20. Which force causes the train to elevate up ? (2006, 6M)
(a) Electrostatic force (b) Time varying electric field
(c) Magnetic force (d) Induced electric field
21. If the total charge stored in the LC circuit is Q0, then for
t0 (2006, 6M)

 t 
(a) the charge on the capacitor is Q  Q 0 cos  
2 LC 

  (a) A > B and mA = mB (b) A < B and mA = mB

(b) the charge on the capacitor is Q  Q 0 cos   t 
2  (c) A > B and mA > mB (d) A < B and mA < mB
 LC 
24. A series R–C combination is connected to an AC voltage
d 2Q
(c) the charge on the capacitor is Q  LC of angular frequency  = 500 rad/s. If the impedance of the
dt 2
R–C circuit is R 1.25 , the time constant (in millisecond)
(d) the charge on the capacitor is Q  
1 d 2Q
of the circuit is (2011)
LC dt 2
EMI & AC 157

25. A long circular tube of length 10 m and radius 0.3 m carries 28. In the method using the transformers, assume that the
a current I along its curved surface as shown. A wire loop ratio of the number of turns in the primary to that in the
of resistance 0.005  and of radius 0.1 m is placed inside secondary in the step-up transformer is 1 : 10. If the power
the tube with its axis coinciding with the axis of the tube. to the consumers has to be supplied at 200 V, the ratio of
The current varies as I = I0 cos 300 t where I0 is constant. If the number of turns in the primary to that in the secondary
the magnetic moment of the loop is N 0I0 sin (300 t), then in the step-down transformer is (2013)
N is. (2011) (a) 200 : 1 (b) 150 : 1
(c) 100 :1 (d) 50 :1

PASSAGE - 4
A point charge Q is moving in a circular orbit of radius R in
the x–y plane with an angular velocity . This can be
considered as equivalent to a loop carrying a steady
Q
current . A uniform magnetic field along the positive
2
z–axis is now switched on, which increases at a constant
26. A pulse of light of duration 100 ns is absorbed completely rate from 0 to B in one second. Assume that the radius of
by a small object initially at rest. Power of the pulse is 30 the orbit remains constant. The applications of the
8 –1
mV and the speed of light is 3 × 10 ms . The final magnetic field induces an emf in the orbit. The induced
momentum of the object is : (2013) emf is defined as the work done by an induced electric
–17 –1 –17 –1
(a) 0.3 × 10 kg–ms (b) 1.0 × 10 kg–ms field in moving a unit positive charge around a closed
(c) 3.0 × 10
–17 –1
kg–ms (d) 9.0 × 10
–17 –1
kg–ms loop. It is known that, for an orbiting charge, the magnetic
dipole moment is propotional to the angular momentum
PASSAGE - 3 with a proportionality constant .
29. The magnitude of the induced electric field in the orbit at
A thermal power plant produces electric power of 600 kW
any instant of time during the time interval of the magnetic
at 4000 V, which is to be transported to a place 20 km away
field change is (2013)
from the power plant for consumer’s usage. It can be
BR BR
transported either directly with a cable of large current (a) (b)
4 2
carrying capacity or by using a combination of step-up (c) BR (d) 2 BR
and step-down transformers at the two ends. The 30. The change in the magnetic dipole moment associated
drawback of the direct transmission is the large energy with the orbit, at the end of the time interval of the magnetic
dissipation. In the method using transformers, the field change, is : (2013)
dissipation is much smaller. In this method, a step-up
2 BQR 2
transformer is used at the plant side so that the current is (a) BQR (b) 
2
reduced to a smaller value. At the consumers’ end a step-
BQR 2 2
down transformer is used to supply power to the (c)  (d) BQR
2
consumers at the specified lower voltage. It is reasonable
31. At time t = 0, terminal A in the circuit shown in the figure is
to assume that the power cable is purely resistive and the
connected to B by a key and an alternating current I (t) =
transformers are ideal with a power factor unity. All the
I0cos (  t), with I0 = 1 A and  = 500 rad s–1 starts flowing
current and voltage mentioned are rms values.
in it with the initial direction shown in the figure. At
27. If the direct transmission method with a cable of resistance
–1 7
0.4 km is used, the power dissipation (in %) during t , the key is switched from B to D. Now onwards
6
transmission is (2013)
only A and D are connected. A total charge Q flows from
(a) 20 (b) 30
the battery to change the capacitor fully. If C = 20  F, R =
(c) 40 (d) 50
10  and battery is ideal with emf of 50 V, identify the
correct statement(s). (2014)
EMI & AC 158

34. A circular insulated copper wire loop is twisted to form

two loops of area A and 2A as shown in the figure. At the
point of crossing the wires remain electrically insulated
from each other. The entire loop lies in the plane (of the
paper). A uniform magnetic field B points into the plane
of the paper. At t = 0, the loop starts rotating about the
common diameter as axis with a constant angular velocity
 in the magnetic field. Which of the following options
(a) Magnitude of the maximum charge on the capacitor is/are correct? (2017)
7
before t  is 1×10–-3C
6

(b) The current in the left part of the circuit just before
7
t is clockwise.
6

(c) Immediately after A is connected to D, the currrent in R

is 10A.
(d) Q = 2×10–3C.
32. Two inductors L1 (inductance 1 mH, internal resistance
3) and L2 (inductance 2 mH, internal resistance 4),
and a resistor R (resistance 12) are all connected in
parallel across a 5 V battery. The circuit is switched on
at time t = 0, The ratio of the maximum to minimum current
(Imax/Imin) drawn from the battery is (2016)
33. In the circuit shown, L = 1H, C = 1F and R = 1k. They
are connected in series with an a.c. source V = V0 sin t as
shown. Which of the following options is/are correct?
(2017)
35.
(a) At  ~ 0 the current flowing through the circuit
becomes nearly zero
(a) The amplitude of the maximum net emf induced due to
both loops is equal to the amplitude of maximum emf
induced in the smaller loop alone.
(b) The rate of change of the flux is maximum when the
plane of the loops is perpendicular to plane of the paper
(c) The net emf induced due to both the loops is
proportional to has to be completed.
(d) The emf induced in the loop is proportional to the sum
of the areas of the two loops
In the figure below, the switches S1 and S2 are closed
simultaneously at t = 0 and a current starts to flow in the
circuit. Both the batteries have the same magnitude of the
electromotive force (emf) and have polarities are as
indicated in the figure. Ignore mutual inductance between
the inductors. The current I in the middle wire reaches its
maximum magnitude Imax at time t = . Which of the following
statements is(are) true ? (2018)

(b) At   106 rad.s 1 , the circuit behaves like a

capacitor
(c) The frequency at which the current will be in phase
with the voltage is independent of R V V
(a) I max  (b) I max 
2R 4R
(d) The current will be in phase with the voltage if
L 2L
  10 4 rad . s 1 (c)   n 2 (d)   n 2
R R
EMI & AC 159

36. Two identical moving coil galvanometers have 10

resistance and full scale deflection at 2A current. One
of them is converted into a voltmeter of 100 mV full scale
reading and the other into an Ammeter of 1mA full scale
current using appropriate resistors. These are then used
to measure the voltage and current in the Ohm’s law
experiment with R = 1000  resistor by using an ideal cell.
Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct ? (2019)

(a) The resistance of the Voltmeter will be 100 k

(b) The resistance of the Ammeter will be 0.02 (round
off to 2nd decimal place) 38. The inductors of two LR circuits are placed next to each
(c) If the ideal cell is replaced by a cell having internal other, as shown in the figure. The values of the self-
inductance of the inductors, resistances, mutual-
resistance of 5 then the measured value of R will be
inductance and applied voltages are specified in the
more than 1000  given circuit. After both the switches are closed
(d) The measured value of R will be 978  R  982 simultaneously, the total work done by the batteries
against the induced EMF in the inductors by the time the
37. A 10 cm long perfectly conducting wire PQ is moving currents reach their steady state values is__mJ. (2020)
with a velocity 1 cm/s on a pair of horizontal rails of zero
resistance. One side of the rails is connected to an
inductor L = 1 mH and a resistance R = 1W as shown in
figure. The horizontal rails, L and R lie in the same plane
with a uniform magnetic field B = 1T perpendicular to the
plane. If the key S is closed at certain instant, the current
in the circuit after 1 millisecond is x × 10–3A, where the
value of x is __. [Assume the velocity of wire PQ remains
constant (1 cm/s) after key S is closed. Given : e–1 = 0.37,
where e is base of the natural logarithm] (2019)

EMI & AC

Please share your valuable feedback by

scanning the QR code.
 160

Answer Key
CHAPTER -1 MAGNETISM

EXERCISE - 1 : EXERCISE - 2 :
BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS PREVIOUS YEAR JEE MAIN QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE -
DIRECTION TO USE -
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (d) 1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (a)

5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (b) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (a)
9. (d) 10. (a) 11. (b) 12. (a)
9. (a) 10. (b) 11. (a) 12. (a)
13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (a)
13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (c)
17. (d) 18. (c) 20. (d) 21. (b)
17. (d) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (a)
22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (d) 25. (b)
26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (c) 21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (d)
30. (c) 31. (b) 32. (b) 33. (b) 25. (d) 26. (d) 27. (a) 28. (d)
34. (a) 35. (d) 36. (c) 37. (a) 29. (b) 30. (9.00) 31. (b) 32. (d)
38. (d) 39. (c) 40. (b) 41. (b)
33. (d) 34. (26.00) 35. (d) 36. (d)
42. (a) 43. (a) 44. (b) 45. (d)
37. (a) 38. (d) 39. (b) 40. (b)
46. (d) 47. (b) 48. (a) 49. (a)
50. (a) 51. (c) 52. (d) 53. (a) 41. (a) 42. (a) 43. (b)

54. (d) 55. (d) 56. (d) 57. (c) 44. (015.00)
58. (d) 59. (a) 60. (d) 61. (d)
62. (b) 63. (c) 64. (b) 65. (a)
66. (c) 67. (c) 68. (b) 69. (b)

20
70. (0) 71. (c) 72.
7
2
73. 4.78  10 2  m 74. 0.302Am
1
75. QR  76. 6.3 T
2

5
ANSWER KEY 161

EXERCISE - 3 : 101. 1.26  1023 Am 2

ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
102. (F)

103. a)  3A , perpendicular to paper outwards;

 b)1 3  10 7 T;  c) 2.88  106 N / m

4
104. 10 T , perpendicular to paper outwords

 0 l 2  L2  a 2 
DIRECTION TO USE - 105  2 ln  a 2  k̂ ,zero
F
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.  

1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (d) 2 2

106. 1.2 10 m, 4.37  10 m
5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (c)
 
  qB   q    qB   v 0 ×B 
9. (a) 10. (b) 11. (a) 12. (a) 107. v  cos  m  (v 0 )   m t  (E)  sin  m t   B 
      
13. (d) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (a)
111. A-R, B-S, C-P, D-Q
17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (a) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (b) 112. A-S, B-P, C-Q, D-R
25. (a) 26. (d) 27. (d) 28. (a) 113. A-Q, B-P, C-Q, D-P
29. (a) 30. (a) 31. (a) 32. (b)
33. (a) 34. (a) 35. (a) 36. (a)
37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (a)
41. (b) 42. (b) 43. (a) 44. (b)
45. (a) 46. (a) 47. (b) 48. (b)
49. (d) 50. (c) 51. (d) 52. (b)
53. (d) 54. (b) 55. (d) 56. (a)
57. (c) 58. (a) 59. (b) 60. (b)
61. (d) 62. (b) 63. (d) 64. (c)
65. (a) 66. (a) 67. (a) 68. (b)
69. (b) 70. (b) 71. (c) 72. (a)
73. (b) 74. (a) 75. (c) 76. (a)
77. (b, c) 78. (b, c) 79. (a, d) 80. (a, b)
81. (a, c) 82. (b, c, d) 83. (a, b) 84. (b, c)
85. (a, d) 86. (a, d) 87. (c, d) 88. (a, c, d)
89. (a, c) 90. (a, b, d) 91. (b, c) 91. (0)
92. (a, d) 93. (a, b, d) 94. (d, b) 95. (0008)
96. (0002) 97. (0.2sec)
98. (6.4m, 0, 0), (6.4m, 0, 2m)

99.  a ) 0.14m, 450 ; (b) 4.712  10 8 s

mv 0  ˆ πm
100.  (a) L= 2B q ; (b)vf =-v 0 i, t AB = B q
0 0
ANSWER KEY 162

EXERCISE - 4 :
PREVIOUS YEAR JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE -
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (b)

 0 qV0 I ˆ   
5.  (a ) F   ˆ F  4BIRiˆ
k; (b)F1  F2  2BIRi,
4R

6.  a ) 6.54  10 5 T (vertically upword or outward normal to the
paper); b) Zero  8.1106 N (inward)

7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (a)

ˆ ˆ mg
11. (b) 12.  (a ) P  to  Q;(b)lbB0 (3k  4i);(c) 6bB
0

dT0
13. ωmax  14. (b) 15. (b)
BQR 2

1
16. (c) 17. (d) 18.
2

2BiNA BNAπ
19.  (a) k=BNA, (b)K  ;  (c) Q
π 21i

20. (A)  P;(B)  P,Q,S;(C)  Q,S,R;(D)  Q,R

21.    (A)  Q, R; (B)  P; (C)  Q 4 R; (D)  Q,S

22. (a) 23. (acd) 24. (0007)
25. (c) 26. (bd) 27. (c) 28. (b)
29. (ad) 30. (ac) 31. (ac) 32. (d)
33. (0) 34. (2m/s) 35. (b)
 163

Answer Key
CHAPTER -2 EMI & AC
EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS EXERCISE - 2 : PREVIOUS YEAR JEE MAIN QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE - DIRECTION TO USE -

Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions. Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (a) 1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (c)

5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (c) 5. (c) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (c)
9. (b) 10. (a) 11. (d) 12. (d) 9. (b) 10. (a) 11. (b) 12. (c)
13.(b) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (b) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (b)
17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (a) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (d)
21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (d) 21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (440)
25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (d) 28. (d) 25. (d) 26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (c)
29. (a) 30. (a) 31. (c) 32. (c) 29. (b) 30. (a) 31. (b) 32. (b)
33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (d) 36. (c) 33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (a) 36. (015.00)
37. (a) 38. (c) 39. (b) 40. (c) 37. (d) 38. (c) 39. (d) 40. (b)
41. (b) 42. (b) 43. (c) 44. (b) 41. (a) 42. (b) 43. (005.00) 44. (a)
45. (a) 46. (a) 47. (c) 48. (b) 45. (b) 46. (33) 47. (400) 48. (c)
49. (c) 50. (a) 51. (c) 52. (b) 49. (a) 50. (d) 51. (175.00) 52. (a)
53. (a) 54. (b) 55. (d) 56. (c) 53. (a) 54. (a) 55. (a) 56. (10.00)
57. (d) 58. (a) 59. (a) 60. (d) 57. (b)
61. (c) 62. (c) 63. (b) 64. (b)
65. (b) 66. (b) 67. (b) 68. (b)
69. (a) 70. (c) 71. (d) 72. (9.60)
73. (2) 74. (4.02) 75. (32) 76. (10)
77. (0.20) 78. (7) 79. (30) 80. (3)
81. (17) 82. (4) 83. (53) 84. (2)
85.(7) 86. (3) 87. (3) 88. (30)
89. (5000) 90. (2) 91. (5)
ANSWER KEY 164

EXERCISE - 3 : ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS mgR g

47. (a)    v  2 2 ,     (b)  a 
B L 2

48.  v  1 m / s, R1  0.47, R 2  0.3 

Br 2    t 
R
Br 2 1  e  L   ,
49. ((a)  e  , (b) (i)  i 
2 2R  
 

B2r 4 mgr
(ii)  net   cos t )
4R 2
DIRECTION TO USE -
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions. 50. (c) 51. (b, d) 52. (a, b, c, d) 53. (c, d)
54. (a, d) 55. (a, b, d) 56. (a, c, d) 57. (b c, d)
58. (a, d) 59. (a, c, d) 60. (b, d) 61. (b, d)
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (b) 62. (b, d) 63. (a, b, c) 64. (d) 65. (b)
5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (d) 66. (a) 67. (a) 68. (a) 69. (b)
70. (a) 71. (a)
9. (a) 10. (a) 11. (b) 12. (b)
72. (a–p; b–r; c–s; d–q)
13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (a) 73. (a–p; b–r; c–r; d–r,s)
17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (d) 74. (a – q, s; b – p; c – p; d – q, r)
21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (b) 75. (0002) 76. (0004) 77. (0008) 78. (0004)
25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (c) 79. (0030) 80. (0003) 81. (0002) 82. (0003)
83. (0005) 84. (3.465s) 85. (0005)
29. (d) 30. (b) 31. (d) 32. (d)
86. (3 × 10–5, 10)
33. (b)
34. (a) 104A/s,  (b) Zero (c) 2.0A,  (d) 1.732 × 10–4
35. (d) 36. (b) 37. (b) 38. (a)
39. (b) 40. (d) 41. (a)
42. (a) 3V, 40.5W,  (b)
(i) 0.6A,
(ii) 1.386 × 10–3s, 4.5 × 10–4J

B 0 av B2a 2 v
43. (a) i  anticlockwise (b) F   0 ĵ
R R

(c) v 
g
K
  B2a 2 g gmR
1  e  kT Where K  0 , v1   2 2
mR K B0 a

7 6 1
44. A  E to A  ,  B to E  , A  F to E 
22 22 22
45. ( 0.02 m / s , direction of induced current is clockwise)

1 Br 2
46. (a) ,   (b) anticlockwise
2 R
ANSWER KEY 165

EXERCISE - 4 : PREVIOUS YEAR JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE -
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (35.6°C) 4. (d)

5. (a) 6. (12e 5t V, 6e 10t A  (clockwise))

7. (d) 8. (b0)

d di 1   0I 0 
9. (a)    iR  L ,        (b)    n 2   Li1  ,
dt dt R  2  

T
(c)   )
n 4 

4
10. (a) 11. (b) 12. . ( R  r1  r2 
3

 0 Ldna 2 I 0 cos  t 
13.  i  2 R

 

14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (b, d)

18. (a) 19. (d) 20. (c) 21. (c)
22. (d) 23. (b, d) 24. (0004) 25. (0006)
26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (a) 29. (b)
30. (b) 31. (c, d) 32. (0008) 33. (a, c)
34. (a, b) 35. (b, d) 36. (b, d)
37. (0.63) 38. (055.00)
Note